]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
Merge pull request #31531 from poettering/verity-userspace-optional
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 256 in spe:
4
5 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
6
7 * Support for flushing of the nscd user/group database caches will be
8 dropped in a future release.
9
10 * Support for cgroup v1 ('legacy' and 'hybrid' hierarchies) is now
11 considered obsolete and systemd by default will refuse to boot under it.
12 To forcibly reenable cgroup v1 support, SYSTEMD_CGROUP_ENABLE_LEGACY_FORCE=1
13 must be set on kernel command line. The meson option 'default-hierarchy='
14 is also deprecated, i.e. only cgroup v2 ('unified' hierarchy) can be
15 selected as build-time default.
16
17 * Previously, systemd-networkd did not explicitly remove any bridge VLAN
18 IDs assigned on bridge master and ports. Since v256, if a .network
19 file for an interface has at least one valid settings in [BridgeVLAN]
20 section, then all assigned VLAN IDs on the interface that are not
21 configured in the .network file are removed.
22
23 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator will stop generating units for ESP or
24 XBOOTLDR partitions if it finds mount entries in the /boot/ or /efi/
25 hierarchies in fstab. This is to prevent the generator from
26 interfering with systems where ESP is explicitly configured to be
27 mounted at some path, for example /boot/efi/ (this type of setup is
28 obsolete but is still commonly found).
29
30 Network Management:
31
32 * systemd-networkd's proxy support gained a new option to configure
33 a private VLAN variant of the proxy ARP supported by the kernel
34 under the name IPv4ProxyARPPrivateVLAN=.
35
36 * TPM 1.2 PCR measurement support has been removed from
37 systemd-stub. TPM 1.2 is obsolete and — due to the (by today's
38 standards) weak cryptographic algorithms it only supports — does not
39 actually provide the security benefits it's supposed to
40 provide. Given that the rest of systemd's codebase never supported
41 TPM 1.2 the support has now been removed from systemd-stub as well.
42
43 CHANGES WITH 255:
44
45 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
46
47 * Support for split-usr (/usr/ mounted separately during late boot,
48 instead of being mounted by the initrd before switching to the rootfs)
49 and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin/ and /usr/bin/, /lib/ and
50 /usr/lib/, …) has been removed. For more details, see:
51 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
52
53 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from a systemd release after
54 the end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of
55 cgroup v1 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate
56 hierarchies for each controller), please implement compatibility with
57 cgroup v2 (i.e. the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later.
58 Most of Linux userspace has been ported over already.
59
60 * Support for System V service scripts is now deprecated and will be
61 removed in a future release. Please make sure to update your software
62 *now* to include a native systemd unit file instead of a legacy
63 System V script to retain compatibility with future systemd releases.
64
65 * Support for the SystemdOptions EFI variable is deprecated.
66 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' will emit a warning when used. It seems
67 that this feature is little-used and it is better to use alternative
68 approaches like credentials and confexts. The plan is to drop support
69 altogether at a later point, but this might be revisited based on
70 user feedback.
71
72 * systemd-run's switch --expand-environment= which currently is disabled
73 by default when combined with --scope, will be changed in a future
74 release to be enabled by default.
75
76 * "systemctl switch-root" is now restricted to initrd transitions only.
77
78 Transitions between real systems should be done with
79 "systemctl soft-reboot" instead.
80
81 * The "ip=off" and "ip=none" kernel command line options interpreted by
82 systemd-network-generator will now result in IPv6RA + link-local
83 addressing being disabled, too. Previously DHCP was turned off, but
84 IPv6RA and IPv6 link-local addressing was left enabled.
85
86 * The NAMING_BRIDGE_MULTIFUNCTION_SLOT naming scheme has been deprecated
87 and is now disabled.
88
89 * SuspendMode=, HibernateState= and HybridSleepState= in the [Sleep]
90 section of systemd-sleep.conf are now deprecated and have no effect.
91 They did not (and could not) take any value other than the respective
92 default. HybridSleepMode= is also deprecated, and will now always use
93 the 'suspend' disk mode.
94
95 Service Manager:
96
97 * The way services are spawned has been overhauled. Previously, a
98 process was forked that shared all of the manager's memory (via
99 copy-on-write) while doing all the required setup (e.g.: mount
100 namespaces, CGroup configuration, etc.) before exec'ing the target
101 executable. This was problematic for various reasons: several glibc
102 APIs were called that are not supposed to be used after a fork but
103 before an exec, copy-on-write meant that if either process (the
104 manager or the child) touched a memory page a copy was triggered, and
105 also the memory footprint of the child process was that of the
106 manager, but with the memory limits of the service. From this version
107 onward, the new process is spawned using CLONE_VM and CLONE_VFORK
108 semantics via posix_spawn(3), and it immediately execs a new internal
109 binary, systemd-executor, that receives the configuration to apply
110 via memfd, and sets up the process before exec'ing the target
111 executable. The systemd-executor binary is pinned by file descriptor
112 by each manager instance (system and users), and the reference is
113 updated on daemon-reexec - it is thus important to reexec all running
114 manager instances when the systemd-executor and/or libsystemd*
115 libraries are updated on the filesystem.
116
117 * Most of the internal process tracking is being changed to use PIDFDs
118 instead of PIDs when the kernel supports it, to improve robustness
119 and reliability.
120
121 * A new option SurviveFinalKillSignal= can be used to configure the
122 unit to be skipped in the final SIGTERM/SIGKILL spree on shutdown.
123 This is part of the required configuration to let a unit's processes
124 survive a soft-reboot operation.
125
126 * System extension images (sysext) can now set
127 EXTENSION_RELOAD_MANAGER=1 in their extension-release files to
128 automatically reload the service manager (PID 1) when
129 merging/refreshing/unmerging on boot. Generally, while this can be
130 used to ship services in system extension images it's recommended to
131 do that via portable services instead.
132
133 * The ExtensionImages= and ExtensionDirectories= options now support
134 confexts images/directories.
135
136 * A new option NFTSet= provides a method for integrating dynamic cgroup
137 IDs into firewall rules with NFT sets. The benefit of using this
138 setting is to be able to use control group as a selector in firewall
139 rules easily and this in turn allows more fine grained filtering.
140 Also, NFT rules for cgroup matching use numeric cgroup IDs, which
141 change every time a service is restarted, making them hard to use in
142 systemd environment.
143
144 * A new option CoredumpReceive= can be set for service and scope units,
145 together with Delegate=yes, to make systemd-coredump on the host
146 forward core files from processes crashing inside the delegated
147 CGroup subtree to systemd-coredump running in the container. This new
148 option is by default used by systemd-nspawn containers that use the
149 "--boot" switch.
150
151 * A new ConditionSecurity=measured-uki option is now available, to ensure
152 a unit can only run when the system has been booted from a measured UKI.
153
154 * MemoryAvailable= now considers physical memory if there are no CGroup
155 memory limits set anywhere in the tree.
156
157 * The $USER environment variable is now always set for services, while
158 previously it was only set if User= was specified. A new option
159 SetLoginEnvironment= is now supported to determine whether to also set
160 $HOME, $LOGNAME, and $SHELL.
161
162 * Socket units now support a new pair of
163 PollLimitBurst=/PollLimitInterval= options to configure a limit on
164 how often polling events on the file descriptors backing this unit
165 will be considered within a time window.
166
167 * Scope units can now be created using PIDFDs instead of PIDs to select
168 the processes they should include.
169
170 * Sending SIGRTMIN+18 with 0x500 as sigqueue() value will now cause the
171 manager to dump the list of currently pending jobs.
172
173 * If the kernel supports MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH, the systemctl and
174 machinectl bind and mount-image verbs will now cause the new mount to
175 replace the old mount (if any), instead of overmounting it.
176
177 * Units now have MemoryPeak, MemorySwapPeak, MemorySwapCurrent and
178 MemoryZSwapCurrent properties, which respectively contain the values
179 of the cgroup v2's memory.peak, memory.swap.peak, memory.swap.current
180 and memory.zswap.current properties. This information is also shown in
181 "systemctl status" output, if available.
182
183 TPM2 Support + Disk Encryption & Authentication:
184
185 * systemd-cryptenroll now allows specifying a PCR bank and explicit hash
186 value in the --tpm2-pcrs= option.
187
188 * systemd-cryptenroll now allows specifying a TPM2 key handle (nv
189 index) to be used instead of the default SRK via the new
190 --tpm2-seal-key-handle= option.
191
192 * systemd-cryptenroll now allows TPM2 enrollment using only a TPM2
193 public key (in TPM2B_PUBLIC format) – without access to the TPM2
194 device itself – which enables offline sealing of LUKS images for a
195 specific TPM2 chip, as long as the SRK public key is known. Pass the
196 public to the tool via the new --tpm2-device-key= switch.
197
198 * systemd-cryptsetup is now installed in /usr/bin/ and is no longer an
199 internal-only executable.
200
201 * The TPM2 Storage Root Key will now be set up, if not already present,
202 by a new systemd-tpm2-setup.service early boot service. The SRK will
203 be stored in PEM format and TPM2_PUBLIC format (the latter is useful
204 for systemd-cryptenroll --tpm2-device-key=, as mentioned above) for
205 easier access. A new "srk" verb has been added to systemd-analyze to
206 allow extracting it on demand if it is already set up.
207
208 * The internal systemd-pcrphase executable has been renamed to
209 systemd-pcrextend.
210
211 * The systemd-pcrextend tool gained a new --pcr= switch to override
212 which PCR to measure into.
213
214 * systemd-pcrextend now exposes a Varlink interface at
215 io.systemd.PCRExtend that can be used to do measurements and event
216 logging on demand.
217
218 * TPM measurements are now also written to an event log at
219 /run/log/systemd/tpm2-measure.log, using a derivative of the TCG
220 Canonical Event Log format. Previously we'd only log them to the
221 journal, where they however were subject to rotation and similar.
222
223 * A new component "systemd-pcrlock" has been added that allows managing
224 local TPM2 PCR policies for PCRs 0-7 and similar, which are hard to
225 predict by the OS vendor because of the inherently local nature of
226 what measurements they contain, such as firmware versions of the
227 system and extension cards and suchlike. pcrlock can predict PCR
228 measurements ahead of time based on various inputs, such as the local
229 TPM2 event log, GPT partition tables, PE binaries, UKI kernels, and
230 various other things. It can then pre-calculate a TPM2 policy from
231 this, which it stores in an TPM2 NV index. TPM2 objects (such as disk
232 encryption keys) can be locked against this NV index, so that they
233 are locked against a specific combination of system firmware and
234 state. Alternatives for each component are supported to allowlist
235 multiple kernel versions or boot loader version simultaneously
236 without losing access to the disk encryption keys. The tool can also
237 be used to analyze and validate the local TPM2 event log.
238 systemd-cryptsetup, systemd-cryptenroll, systemd-repart have all been
239 updated to support such policies. There's currently no support for
240 locking the system's root disk against a pcrlock policy, this will be
241 added soon. Moreover, it is currently not possible to combine a
242 pcrlock policy with a signed PCR policy. This component is
243 experimental and its public interface is subject to change.
244
245 systemd-boot, systemd-stub, ukify, bootctl, kernel-install:
246
247 * bootctl will now show whether the system was booted from a UKI in its
248 status output.
249
250 * systemd-boot and systemd-stub now use different project keys in their
251 respective SBAT sections, so that they can be revoked individually if
252 needed.
253
254 * systemd-boot will no longer load unverified Devicetree blobs when UEFI
255 SecureBoot is enabled. For more details see:
256 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/security/advisories/GHSA-6m6p-rjcq-334c
257
258 * systemd-boot gained new hotkeys to reboot and power off the system
259 from the boot menu ("B" and "O"). If the "auto-poweroff" and
260 "auto-reboot" options in loader.conf are set these entries are also
261 shown as menu items (which is useful on devices lacking a regular
262 keyboard).
263
264 * systemd-boot gained a new configuration value "menu-disabled" for the
265 set-timeout option, to allow completely disabling the boot menu,
266 including the hotkey.
267
268 * systemd-boot will now measure the content of loader.conf in TPM2
269 PCR 5.
270
271 * systemd-stub will now concatenate the content of all kernel
272 command-line addons before measuring them in TPM2 PCR 12, in a single
273 measurement, instead of measuring them individually.
274
275 * systemd-stub will now measure and load Devicetree Blob addons, which
276 are searched and loaded following the same model as the existing
277 kernel command-line addons.
278
279 * systemd-stub will now ignore unauthenticated kernel command line options
280 passed from systemd-boot when running inside Confidential VMs with UEFI
281 SecureBoot enabled.
282
283 * systemd-stub will now load a Devicetree blob even if the firmware did
284 not load any beforehand (e.g.: for ACPI systems).
285
286 * ukify is no longer considered experimental, and now ships in /usr/bin/.
287
288 * ukify gained a new verb inspect to describe the sections of a UKI and
289 print the contents of the well-known sections.
290
291 * ukify gained a new verb genkey to generate a set of key pairs for
292 signing UKIs and their PCR data.
293
294 * The 90-loaderentry kernel-install hook now supports installing device
295 trees.
296
297 * kernel-install now supports the --json=, --root=, --image=, and
298 --image-policy= options for the inspect verb.
299
300 * kernel-install now supports new list and add-all verbs. The former
301 lists all installed kernel images (if those are available in
302 /usr/lib/modules/). The latter will install all the kernels it can
303 find to the ESP.
304
305 systemd-repart:
306
307 * A new option --copy-from= has been added that synthesizes partition
308 definitions from the given image, which are then applied by the
309 systemd-repart algorithm.
310
311 * A new option --copy-source= has been added, which can be used to specify
312 a directory to which CopyFiles= is considered relative to.
313
314 * New --make-ddi=confext, --make-ddi=sysext, and --make-ddi=portable
315 options have been added to make it easier to generate these types of
316 DDIs, without having to provide repart.d definitions for them.
317
318 * The dm-verity salt and UUID will now be derived from the specified
319 seed value.
320
321 * New VerityDataBlockSizeBytes= and VerityHashBlockSizeBytes= can now be
322 configured in repart.d/ configuration files.
323
324 * A new Subvolumes= setting is now supported in repart.d/ configuration
325 files, to indicate which directories in the target partition should be
326 btrfs subvolumes.
327
328 * A new --tpm2-device-key= option can be used to lock a disk against a
329 specific TPM2 public key. This matches the same switch the
330 systemd-cryptenroll tool now supports (see above).
331
332 Journal:
333
334 * The journalctl --lines= parameter now accepts +N to show the oldest N
335 entries instead of the newest.
336
337 * journald now ensures that sealing happens once per epoch, and sets a
338 new compatibility flag to distinguish old journal files that were
339 created before this change, for backward compatibility.
340
341 Device Management:
342
343 * udev will now create symlinks to loopback block devices in the
344 /dev/disk/by-loop-ref/ directory that are based on the .lo_file_name
345 string field selected during allocation. The systemd-dissect tool and
346 the util-linux losetup command now supports a complementing new switch
347 --loop-ref= for selecting the string. This means a loopback block
348 device may now be allocated under a caller-chosen reference and can
349 subsequently be referenced without first having to look up the block
350 device name the caller ended up with.
351
352 * udev also creates symlinks to loopback block devices in the
353 /dev/disk/by-loop-inode/ directory based on the .st_dev/st_ino fields
354 of the inode attached to the loopback block device. This means that
355 attaching a file to a loopback device will implicitly make a handle
356 available to be found via that file's inode information.
357
358 * udevadm info gained support for JSON output via a new --json= flag, and
359 for filtering output using the same mechanism that udevadm trigger
360 already implements.
361
362 * The predictable network interface naming logic is extended to include
363 the SR-IOV-R "representor" information in network interface names.
364 This feature was intended for v254, but even though the code was
365 merged, the part that actually enabled the feature was forgotten.
366 It is now enabled by default and is part of the new "v255" naming
367 scheme.
368
369 * A new hwdb/rules file has been added that sets the
370 ID_NET_AUTO_LINK_LOCAL_ONLY=1 udev property on all network interfaces
371 that should usually only be configured with link-local addressing
372 (IPv4LL + IPv6LL), i.e. for PC-to-PC cables ("laplink") or
373 Thunderbolt networking. systemd-networkd and NetworkManager (soon)
374 will make use of this information to apply an appropriate network
375 configuration by default.
376
377 * The ID_NET_DRIVER property on network interfaces is now set
378 relatively early in the udev rule set so that other rules may rely on
379 its use. This is implemented in a new "net-driver" udev built-in.
380
381 Network Management:
382
383 * The "duid-only" option for DHCPv4 client's ClientIdentifier= setting
384 is now dropped, as it never worked, hence it should not be used by
385 anyone.
386
387 * The 'prefixstable' ipv6 address generation mode now considers the SSID
388 when generating stable addresses, so that a different stable address
389 is used when roaming between wireless networks. If you already use
390 'prefixstable' addresses with wireless networks, the stable address
391 will be changed by the update.
392
393 * The DHCPv4 client gained a RapidCommit option, true by default, which
394 enables RFC4039 Rapid Commit behavior to obtain a lease in a
395 simplified 2-message exchange instead of the typical 4-message
396 exchange, if also supported by the DHCP server.
397
398 * The DHCPv4 client gained new InitialCongestionWindow= and
399 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= options for route configurations.
400
401 * The DHCPv4 client gained a new RequestAddress= option that allows
402 to send a preferred IP address in the initial DHCPDISCOVER message.
403
404 * The DHCPv4 server and client gained support for IPv6-only mode
405 (RFC8925).
406
407 * The SendHostname= and Hostname= options are now available for the
408 DHCPv6 client, independently of the DHCPv4= option, so that these
409 configuration values can be set independently for each client.
410
411 * The DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 client state can now be queried via D-Bus,
412 including lease information.
413
414 * The DHCPv6 client can now be configured to use a custom DUID type.
415
416 * .network files gained a new IPv4ReversePathFilter= setting in the
417 [Network] section, to control sysctl's rp_filter setting.
418
419 * .network files gaiend a new HopLimit= setting in the [Route] section,
420 to configure a per-route hop limit.
421
422 * .network files gained a new TCPRetransmissionTimeoutSec= setting in
423 the [Route] section, to configure a per-route TCP retransmission
424 timeout.
425
426 * A new directive NFTSet= provides a method for integrating network
427 configuration into firewall rules with NFT sets. The benefit of using
428 this setting is that static network configuration or dynamically
429 obtained network addresses can be used in firewall rules with the
430 indirection of NFT set types.
431
432 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section supports the following new options:
433 UsePREF64=, UseHopLimit=, UseICMP6RateLimit=, and NFTSet=.
434
435 * The [IPv6SendRA] section supports the following new options:
436 RetransmitSec=, HopLimit=, HomeAgent=, HomeAgentLifetimeSec=, and
437 HomeAgentPreference=.
438
439 * A new [IPv6PREF64Prefix] set of options, containing Prefix= and
440 LifetimeSec=, has been introduced to append pref64 options in router
441 advertisements (RFC8781).
442
443 * The network generator now configures the interfaces with only
444 link-local addressing if "ip=link-local" is specified on the kernel
445 command line.
446
447 * The prefix of the configuration files generated by the network
448 generator from the kernel command line is now prefixed with '70-',
449 to make them have higher precedence over the default configuration
450 files.
451
452 * Added a new -Ddefault-network=BOOL meson option, that causes more
453 .network files to be installed as enabled by default. These configuration
454 files will which match generic setups, e.g. 89-ethernet.network matches
455 all Ethernet interfaces and enables both DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 clients.
456
457 * If a ID_NET_MANAGED_BY= udev property is set on a network device and
458 it is any other string than "io.systemd.Network" then networkd will
459 not manage this device. This may be used to allow multiple network
460 management services to run in parallel and assign ownership of
461 specific devices explicitly. NetworkManager will soon implement a
462 similar logic.
463
464 systemctl:
465
466 * systemctl is-failed now checks the system state if no unit is
467 specified.
468
469 * systemctl will now automatically soft-reboot if a new root file system
470 is found under /run/nextroot/ when a reboot operation is invoked.
471
472 Login management:
473
474 * Wall messages now work even when utmp support is disabled, using
475 systemd-logind to query the necessary information.
476
477 * systemd-logind now sends a new PrepareForShutdownWithMetadata D-Bus
478 signal before shutdown/reboot/soft-reboot that includes additional
479 information compared to the PrepareForShutdown signal. Currently the
480 additional information is the type of operation that is about to be
481 executed.
482
483 Hibernation & Suspend:
484
485 * The kernel and OS versions will no longer be checked on resume from
486 hibernation.
487
488 * Hibernation into swap files backed by btrfs are now
489 supported. (Previously this was supported only for other file
490 systems.)
491
492 Other:
493
494 * A new systemd-vmspawn tool has been added, that aims to provide for VMs
495 the same interfaces and functionality that systemd-nspawn provides for
496 containers. For now it supports QEMU as a backend, and exposes some of
497 its options to the user. This component is experimental and its public
498 interface is subject to change.
499
500 * "systemd-analyze plot" has gained tooltips on each unit name with
501 related-unit information in its svg output, such as Before=,
502 Requires=, and similar properties.
503
504 * A new varlinkctl tool has been added to allow interfacing with
505 Varlink services, and introspection has been added to all such
506 services. This component is experimental and its public interface is
507 subject to change.
508
509 * systemd-sysext and systemd-confext now expose a Varlink service
510 at io.systemd.sysext.
511
512 * portable services now accept confexts as extensions.
513
514 * systemd-sysupdate now accepts directories in the MatchPattern= option.
515
516 * systemd-run will now output the invocation ID of the launched
517 transient unit and its peak memory usage.
518
519 * systemd-analyze, systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-sysusers, systemd-sysctl,
520 and systemd-binfmt gained a new --tldr option that can be used instead
521 of --cat-config to suppress uninteresting configuration lines, such as
522 comments and whitespace.
523
524 * resolvectl gained a new "show-server-state" command that shows
525 current statistics of the resolver. This is backed by a new
526 DumpStatistics() Varlink method provided by systemd-resolved.
527
528 * systemd-timesyncd will now emit a D-Bus signal when the LinkNTPServers
529 property changes.
530
531 * vconsole now supports KEYMAP=@kernel for preserving the kernel keymap
532 as-is.
533
534 * seccomp now supports the LoongArch64 architecture.
535
536 * seccomp may now be enabled for services running as a non-root User=
537 without NoNewPrivileges=yes.
538
539 * systemd-id128 now supports a new -P option to show only values. The
540 combination of -P and --app options is also supported.
541
542 * A new pam_systemd_loadkey.so PAM module is now available, which will
543 automatically fetch the passphrase used by cryptsetup to unlock the
544 root file system and set it as the PAM authtok. This enables, among
545 other things, configuring auto-unlock of the GNOME Keyring / KDE
546 Wallet when autologin is configured.
547
548 * Many meson options now use the 'feature' type, which means they
549 take enabled/disabled/auto as values.
550
551 * A new meson option -Dconfigfiledir= can be used to change where
552 configuration files with default values are installed to.
553
554 * Options and verbs in man pages are now tagged with the version they
555 were first introduced in.
556
557 * A new component "systemd-storagetm" has been added, which exposes all
558 local block devices as NVMe-TCP devices, fully automatically. It's
559 hooked into a new target unit storage-target-mode.target that is
560 suppsoed to be booted into via
561 rd.systemd.unit=storage-target-mode.target on the kernel command
562 line. This is intended to be used for installers and debugging to
563 quickly get access to the local disk. It's inspired by MacOS "target
564 disk mode". This component is experimental and its public interface is
565 subject to change.
566
567 * A new component "systemd-bsod" has been added, which can show logged
568 error messages full screen, if they have a log level of LOG_EMERG log
569 level. This component is experimental and its public interface is
570 subject to change.
571
572 * The systemd-dissect tool's --with command will now set the
573 $SYSTEMD_DISSECT_DEVICE environment variable to the block device it
574 operates on for the invoked process.
575
576 * The systemd-mount tool gained a new --tmpfs switch for mounting a new
577 'tmpfs' instance. This is useful since it does so via .mount units
578 and thus can be executed remotely or in containers.
579
580 * The various tools in systemd that take "verbs" (such as systemctl,
581 loginctl, machinectl, …) now will suggest a close verb name in case
582 the user specified an unrecognized one.
583
584 * libsystemd now exports a new function sd_id128_get_app_specific()
585 that generates "app-specific" 128bit IDs from any ID. It's similar to
586 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() and
587 sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific() but takes the ID to base calculation
588 on as input. This new functionality is also exposed in the
589 "systemd-id128" tool where you can now combine --app= with `show`.
590
591 * All tools that parse timestamps now can also parse RFC3339 style
592 timestamps that include the "T" and Z" characters.
593
594 * New documentation has been added:
595
596 https://systemd.io/FILE_DESCRIPTOR_STORE
597 https://systemd.io/TPM2_PCR_MEASUREMENTS
598 https://systemd.io/MOUNT_REQUIREMENTS
599
600 * The codebase now recognizes the suffix .confext.raw and .sysext.raw
601 as alternative to the .raw suffix generally accepted for DDIs. It is
602 recommended to name configuration extensions and system extensions
603 with such suffixes, to indicate their purpose in the name.
604
605 * The sd-device API gained a new function
606 sd_device_enumerator_add_match_property_required() which allows
607 configuring matches on properties that are strictly required. This is
608 different from the existing sd_device_enumerator_add_match_property()
609 matches of which one one needs to apply.
610
611 * The MAC address the veth side of an nspawn container shall get
612 assigned may now be controlled via the $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_NETWORK_MAC
613 environment variable.
614
615 * The libiptc dependency is now implemented via dlopen(), so that tools
616 such as networkd and nspawn no longer have a hard dependency on the
617 shared library when compiled with support for libiptc.
618
619 * New rpm macros have been added: %systemd_user_daemon_reexec does
620 daemon-reexec for all user managers, and %systemd_postun_with_reload
621 and %systemd_user_postun_with_reload do a reload for system and user
622 units on upgrades.
623
624 * coredumpctl now propagates SIGTERM to the debugger process.
625
626 Contributions from: 김인수, Abderrahim Kitouni, Adam Goldman,
627 Adam Williamson, Alexandre Peixoto Ferreira, Alex Hudspith,
628 Alvin Alvarado, André Paiusco, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
629 Anton Lundin, Arian van Putten, Arseny Maslennikov, Arthur Shau,
630 Balázs Úr, beh_10257, Benjamin Peterson, Bertrand Jacquin,
631 Brian Norris, Charles Lee, Cheng-Chia Tseng, Chris Patterson,
632 Christian Hergert, Christian Hesse, Christian Kirbach,
633 Clayton Craft, commondservice, cunshunxia, Curtis Klein, cvlc12,
634 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel P. Berrangé, Daniel Rusek,
635 Daniel Thompson, Dan Nicholson, Dan Streetman, David Rheinsberg,
636 David Santamaría Rogado, David Tardon, dependabot[bot],
637 Diego Viola, Dmitry V. Levin, Emanuele Giuseppe Esposito,
638 Emil Renner Berthing, Emil Velikov, Etienne Dechamps, Fabian Vogt,
639 felixdoerre, Felix Dörre, Florian Schmaus, Franck Bui,
640 Frantisek Sumsal, G2-Games, Gioele Barabucci, Hugo Carvalho,
641 huyubiao, Iago López Galeiras, IllusionMan1212, Jade Lovelace,
642 janana, Jan Janssen, Jan Kuparinen, Jan Macku, Jeremy Fleischman,
643 Jin Liu, jjimbo137, Joerg Behrmann, Johannes Segitz, Jordan Rome,
644 Jordan Williams, Julien Malka, Juno Computers, Khem Raj, khm,
645 Kingbom Dou, Kiran Vemula, Krzesimir Nowak, Laszlo Gombos,
646 Lennart Poettering, linuxlion, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Adriano Salles,
647 Lukas, Lukáš Nykrýn, Maanya Goenka, Maarten, Malte Poll,
648 Marc Pervaz Boocha, Martin Beneš, Martin Joerg, Martin Wilck,
649 Mathieu Tortuyaux, Matthias Schiffer, Maxim Mikityanskiy,
650 Max Kellermann, Michael A Cassaniti, Michael Biebl, Michael Kuhn,
651 Michael Vasseur, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Yuan,
652 Milton D. Miller II, mordner, msizanoen, NAHO, Nandakumar Raghavan,
653 Neil Wilson, Nick Rosbrook, Nils K, NRK, Oğuz Ersen,
654 Omojola Joshua, onenowy, Paul Meyer, Paymon MARANDI, pelaufer,
655 Peter Hutterer, PhylLu, Pierre GRASSER, Piotr Drąg, Priit Laes,
656 Rahil Bhimjiani, Raito Bezarius, Raul Cheleguini, Reto Schneider,
657 Richard Maw, Robby Red, RoepLuke, Roland Hieber, Roland Singer,
658 Ronan Pigott, Sam James, Sam Leonard, Sergey A, Susant Sahani,
659 Sven Joachim, Tad Fisher, Takashi Sakamoto, Thorsten Kukuk, Tj,
660 Tomasz Świątek, Topi Miettinen, Valentin David,
661 Valentin Lefebvre, Victor Westerhuis, Vincent Haupert,
662 Vishal Chillara Srinivas, Vito Caputo, Warren, Weblate,
663 Xiaotian Wu, xinpeng wang, Yaron Shahrabani, Yo-Jung Lin,
664 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zeroskyx,
665 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
666
667 — Edinburgh, 2023-12-06
668
669 CHANGES WITH 254:
670
671 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
672
673 * The next release (v255) will remove support for split-usr (/usr/
674 mounted separately during late boot, instead of being mounted by the
675 initrd before switching to the rootfs) and unmerged-usr (parallel
676 directories /bin/ and /usr/bin/, /lib/ and /usr/lib/, …). For more
677 details, see:
678 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
679
680 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from a systemd release after
681 the end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of
682 cgroup v1 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate
683 hierarchies for each controller), please implement compatibility with
684 cgroup v2 (i.e. the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later.
685 Most of Linux userspace has been ported over already.
686
687 * Support for System V service scripts is now deprecated and will be
688 removed in a future release. Please make sure to update your software
689 *now* to include a native systemd unit file instead of a legacy
690 System V script to retain compatibility with future systemd releases.
691
692 * Support for the SystemdOptions EFI variable is deprecated.
693 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' will emit a warning when used. It seems
694 that this feature is little-used and it is better to use alternative
695 approaches like credentials and confexts. The plan is to drop support
696 altogether at a later point, but this might be revisited based on
697 user feedback.
698
699 * EnvironmentFile= now treats the line following a comment line
700 trailing with escape as a non comment line. For details, see:
701 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/issues/27975
702
703 * PrivateNetwork=yes and NetworkNamespacePath= now imply
704 PrivateMounts=yes unless PrivateMounts=no is explicitly specified.
705
706 * Behaviour of sandboxing options for the per-user service manager
707 units has changed. They now imply PrivateUsers=yes, which means user
708 namespaces will be implicitly enabled when a sandboxing option is
709 enabled in a user unit. Enabling user namespaces has the drawback
710 that system users will no longer be visible (and processes/files will
711 appear as owned by 'nobody') in the user unit.
712
713 By definition a sandboxed user unit should run with reduced
714 privileges, so impact should be small. This will remove a great
715 source of confusion that has been reported by users over the years,
716 due to how these options require an extra setting to be manually
717 enabled when used in the per-user service manager, which is not
718 needed in the system service manager. For more details, see:
719 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-December/048682.html
720
721 * systemd-run's switch --expand-environment= which currently is disabled
722 by default when combined with --scope, will be changed in a future
723 release to be enabled by default.
724
725 Security Relevant Changes:
726
727 * pam_systemd will now by default pass the CAP_WAKE_ALARM ambient
728 process capability to invoked session processes of regular users on
729 local seats (as well as to systemd --user), unless configured
730 otherwise via data from JSON user records, or via the PAM module's
731 parameter list. This is useful in order allow desktop tools such as
732 GNOME's Alarm Clock application to set a timer for
733 CLOCK_REALTIME_ALARM that wakes up the system when it elapses. A
734 per-user service unit file may thus use AmbientCapability= to pass
735 the capability to invoked processes. Note that this capability is
736 relatively narrow in focus (in particular compared to other process
737 capabilities such as CAP_SYS_ADMIN) and we already — by default —
738 permit more impactful operations such as system suspend to local
739 users.
740
741 Service Manager:
742
743 * Memory limits that apply while the unit is activating are now
744 supported. Previously IO and CPU settings were already supported via
745 StartupCPUWeight= and similar. The same logic has been added for the
746 various manager and unit memory settings (DefaultStartupMemoryLow=,
747 StartupMemoryLow=, StartupMemoryHigh=, StartupMemoryMax=,
748 StartupMemorySwapMax=, StartupMemoryZSwapMax=).
749
750 * The service manager gained support for enqueuing POSIX signals to
751 services that carry an additional integer value, exposing the
752 sigqueue() system call. This is accessible via new D-Bus calls
753 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.QueueSignalUnit() and
754 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Unit.QueueSignal(), as well as in systemctl
755 via the new --kill-value= option.
756
757 * systemctl gained a new "list-paths" verb, which shows all currently
758 active .path units, similarly to how "systemctl list-timers" shows
759 active timers, and "systemctl list-sockets" shows active sockets.
760
761 * systemctl gained a new --when= switch which is honoured by the various
762 forms of shutdown (i.e. reboot, kexec, poweroff, halt) and allows
763 scheduling these operations by time, similar in fashion to how this
764 has been supported by SysV shutdown.
765
766 * If MemoryDenyWriteExecute= is enabled for a service and the kernel
767 supports the new PR_SET_MDWE prctl() call, it is used instead of the
768 seccomp()-based system call filter to achieve the same effect.
769
770 * A new set of kernel command line options is now understood:
771 systemd.tty.term.<name>=, systemd.tty.rows.<name>=,
772 systemd.tty.columns.<name>= allow configuring the TTY type and
773 dimensions for the tty specified via <name>. When systemd invokes a
774 service on a tty (via TTYName=) it will look for these and configure
775 the TTY accordingly. This is particularly useful in VM environments
776 to propagate host terminal settings into the appropriate TTYs of the
777 guest.
778
779 * A new RootEphemeral= setting is now understood in service units. It
780 takes a boolean argument. If enabled for services that use RootImage=
781 or RootDirectory= an ephemeral copy of the disk image or directory
782 tree is made when the service is started. It is removed automatically
783 when the service is stopped. That ephemeral copy is made using
784 btrfs/xfs reflinks or btrfs snapshots, if available.
785
786 * The service activation logic gained new settings RestartSteps= and
787 RestartMaxDelaySec= which allow exponentially-growing restart
788 intervals for Restart=.
789
790 * The service activation logic gained a new setting RestartMode= which
791 can be set to 'direct' to skip the inactive/failed states when
792 restarting, so that dependent units are not notified until the service
793 converges to a final (successful or failed) state. For example, this
794 means that OnSuccess=/OnFailure= units will not be triggered until the
795 service state has converged.
796
797 * PID 1 will now automatically load the virtio_console kernel module
798 during early initialization if running in a suitable VM. This is done
799 so that early-boot logging can be written to the console if available.
800
801 * Similarly, virtio-vsock support is loaded early in suitable VM
802 environments. PID 1 will send sd_notify() notifications via AF_VSOCK
803 to the VMM if configured, thus loading this early is beneficial.
804
805 * A new verb "fdstore" has been added to systemd-analyze to show the
806 current contents of the file descriptor store of a unit. This is
807 backed by a new D-Bus call DumpUnitFileDescriptorStore() provided by
808 the service manager.
809
810 * The service manager will now set a new $FDSTORE environment variable
811 when invoking processes for services that have the file descriptor
812 store enabled.
813
814 * A new service option FileDescriptorStorePreserve= has been added that
815 allows tuning the lifecycle of the per-service file descriptor store.
816 If set to "yes", the entries in the fd store are retained even after
817 the service has been fully stopped.
818
819 * The "systemctl clean" command may now be used to clear the fdstore of
820 a service.
821
822 * Unit *.preset files gained a new directive "ignore", in addition to
823 the existing "enable" and "disable". As the name suggests, matching
824 units are left unchanged, i.e. neither enabled nor disabled.
825
826 * Service units gained a new setting DelegateSubgroup=. It takes the
827 name of a sub-cgroup to place any processes the service manager forks
828 off in. Previously, the service manager would place all service
829 processes directly in the top-level cgroup it created for the
830 service. This usually meant that main process in a service with
831 delegation enabled would first have to create a subgroup and move
832 itself down into it, in order to not conflict with the "no processes
833 in inner cgroups" rule of cgroup v2. With this option, this step is
834 now handled by PID 1.
835
836 * The service manager will now look for .upholds/ directories,
837 similarly to the existing support for .wants/ and .requires/
838 directories. Symlinks in this directory result in Upholds=
839 dependencies.
840
841 The [Install] section of unit files gained support for a new
842 UpheldBy= directive to generate .upholds/ symlinks automatically when
843 a unit is enabled.
844
845 * The service manager now supports a new kernel command line option
846 systemd.default_device_timeout_sec=, which may be used to override
847 the default timeout for .device units.
848
849 * A new "soft-reboot" mechanism has been added to the service manager.
850 A "soft reboot" is similar to a regular reboot, except that it
851 affects userspace only: the service manager shuts down any running
852 services and other units, then optionally switches into a new root
853 file system (mounted to /run/nextroot/), and then passes control to a
854 systemd instance in the new file system which then starts the system
855 up again. The kernel is not rebooted and neither is the hardware,
856 firmware or boot loader. This provides a fast, lightweight mechanism
857 to quickly reset or update userspace, without the latency that a full
858 system reset involves. Moreover, open file descriptors may be passed
859 across the soft reboot into the new system where they will be passed
860 back to the originating services. This allows pinning resources
861 across the reboot, thus minimizing grey-out time further. This new
862 reboot mechanism is accessible via the new "systemctl soft-reboot"
863 command.
864
865 * Services using RootDirectory= or RootImage= will now have read-only
866 access to a copy of the host's os-release file under
867 /run/host/os-release, which will be kept up-to-date on 'soft-reboot'.
868 This was already the case for Portable Services, and the feature has
869 now been extended to all services that do not run off the host's
870 root filesystem.
871
872 * A new service setting MemoryKSM= has been added to enable kernel
873 same-page merging individually for services.
874
875 * A new service setting ImportCredentials= has been added that augments
876 LoadCredential= and LoadCredentialEncrypted= and searches for
877 credentials to import from the system, and supports globbing.
878
879 * A new job mode "restart-dependencies" has been added to the service
880 manager (exposed via systemctl --job-mode=). It is only valid when
881 used with "start" jobs, and has the effect that the "start" job will
882 be propagated as "restart" jobs to currently running units that have
883 a BindsTo= or Requires= dependency on the started unit.
884
885 * A new verb "whoami" has been added to "systemctl" which determines as
886 part of which unit the command is being invoked. It writes the unit
887 name to standard output. If one or more PIDs are specified reports
888 the unit names the processes referenced by the PIDs belong to.
889
890 * The system and service credential logic has been improved: there's
891 now a clearly defined place where system provisioning tools running
892 in the initrd can place credentials that will be imported into the
893 system's set of credentials during the initrd → host transition: the
894 /run/credentials/@initrd/ directory. Once the credentials placed
895 there are imported into the system credential set they are deleted
896 from this directory, and the directory itself is deleted afterwards
897 too.
898
899 * A new kernel command line option systemd.set_credential_binary= has
900 been added, that is similar to the pre-existing
901 systemd.set_credential= but accepts arbitrary binary credential data,
902 encoded in Base64. Note that the kernel command line is not a
903 recommend way to transfer credentials into a system, since it is
904 world-readable from userspace.
905
906 * The default machine ID to use may now be configured via the
907 system.machine_id system credential. It will only be used if no
908 machine ID was set yet on the host.
909
910 * On Linux kernel 6.4 and newer system and service credentials will now
911 be placed in a tmpfs instance that has the "noswap" mount option
912 set. Previously, a "ramfs" instance was used. By switching to tmpfs
913 ACL support and overall size limits can now be enforced, without
914 compromising on security, as the memory is never paged out either
915 way.
916
917 * The service manager now can detect when it is running in a
918 'Confidential Virtual Machine', and a corresponding 'cvm' value is now
919 accepted by ConditionSecurity= for units that want to conditionalize
920 themselves on this. systemd-detect-virt gained new 'cvm' and
921 '--list-cvm' switches to respectively perform the detection or list
922 all known flavours of confidential VM, depending on the vendor. The
923 manager will publish a 'ConfidentialVirtualization' D-Bus property,
924 and will also set a SYSTEMD_CONFIDENTIAL_VIRTUALIZATION= environment
925 variable for unit generators. Finally, udev rules can match on a new
926 'cvm' key that will be set when in a confidential VM.
927 Additionally, when running in a 'Confidential Virtual Machine', SMBIOS
928 strings and QEMU's fw_cfg protocol will not be used to import
929 credentials and kernel command line parameters by the system manager,
930 systemd-boot and systemd-stub, because the hypervisor is considered
931 untrusted in this particular setting.
932
933 Journal:
934
935 * The sd-journal API gained a new call sd_journal_get_seqnum() to
936 retrieve the current log record's sequence number and sequence number
937 ID, which allows applications to order records the same way as
938 journal does internally. The sequence number is now also exported in
939 the JSON and "export" output of the journal.
940
941 * journalctl gained a new switch --truncate-newline. If specified
942 multi-line log records will be truncated at the first newline,
943 i.e. only the first line of each log message will be shown.
944
945 * systemd-journal-upload gained support for --namespace=, similar to
946 the switch of the same name of journalctl.
947
948 systemd-repart:
949
950 * systemd-repart's drop-in files gained a new ExcludeFiles= option which
951 may be used to exclude certain files from the effect of CopyFiles=.
952
953 * systemd-repart's Verity support now implements the Minimize= setting
954 to minimize the size of the resulting partition.
955
956 * systemd-repart gained a new --offline= switch, which may be used to
957 control whether images shall be built "online" or "offline",
958 i.e. whether to make use of kernel facilities such as loopback block
959 devices and device mapper or not.
960
961 * If systemd-repart is told to populate a newly created ESP or XBOOTLDR
962 partition with some files, it will now default to VFAT rather than
963 ext4.
964
965 * systemd-repart gained a new --architecture= switch. If specified, the
966 per-architecture GPT partition types (i.e. the root and /usr/
967 partitions) configured in the partition drop-in files are
968 automatically adjusted to match the specified CPU architecture, in
969 order to simplify cross-architecture DDI building.
970
971 * systemd-repart will now default to a minimum size of 300MB for XFS
972 filesystems if no size parameter is specified. This matches what the
973 XFS tools (xfsprogs) can support.
974
975 systemd-boot, systemd-stub, ukify, bootctl, kernel-install:
976
977 * gnu-efi is no longer required to build systemd-boot and systemd-stub.
978 Instead, pyelftools is now needed, and it will be used to perform the
979 ELF -> PE relocations at build time.
980
981 * bootctl gained a new switch --print-root-device/-R that prints the
982 block device the root file system is backed by. If specified twice,
983 it returns the whole disk block device (as opposed to partition block
984 device) the root file system is on. It's useful for invocations such
985 as "cfdisk $(bootctl -RR)" to quickly show the partition table of the
986 running OS.
987
988 * systemd-stub will now look for the SMBIOS Type 1 field
989 "io.systemd.stub.kernel-cmdline-extra" and append its value to the
990 kernel command line it invokes. This is useful for VMMs such as qemu
991 to pass additional kernel command lines into the system even when
992 booting via full UEFI. The contents of the field are measured into
993 TPM PCR 12.
994
995 * The KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT= setting for kernel-install gained a new
996 value "auto". With this value, a kernel will be automatically
997 analyzed, and if it qualifies as UKI, it will be installed as if the
998 setting was to set to "uki", otherwise as "bls".
999
1000 * systemd-stub can now optionally load UEFI PE "add-on" images that may
1001 contain additional kernel command line information. These "add-ons"
1002 superficially look like a regular UEFI executable, and are expected
1003 to be signed via SecureBoot/shim. However, they do not actually
1004 contain code, but instead a subset of the PE sections that UKIs
1005 support. They are supposed to provide a way to extend UKIs with
1006 additional resources in a secure and authenticated way. Currently,
1007 only the .cmdline PE section may be used in add-ons, in which case
1008 any specified string is appended to the command line embedded into
1009 the UKI itself. A new 'addon<EFI-ARCH>.efi.stub' is now provided that
1010 can be used to trivially create addons, via 'ukify' or 'objcopy'. In
1011 the future we expect other sections to be made extensible like this as
1012 well.
1013
1014 * ukify has been updated to allow building these UEFI PE "add-on"
1015 images, using the new 'addon<EFI-ARCH>.efi.stub'.
1016
1017 * ukify now accepts SBAT information to place in the .sbat PE section
1018 of UKIs and addons. If a UKI is built the SBAT information from the
1019 inner kernel is merged with any SBAT information associated with
1020 systemd-stub and the SBAT data specified on the ukify command line.
1021
1022 * The kernel-install script has been rewritten in C, and reuses much of
1023 the infrastructure of existing tools such as bootctl. It also gained
1024 --esp-path= and --boot-path= options to override the path to the ESP,
1025 and the $BOOT partition. Options --make-entry-directory= and
1026 --entry-token= have been added as well, similar to bootctl's options
1027 of the same name.
1028
1029 * A new kernel-install plugin 60-ukify has been added which will
1030 combine kernel/initrd locally into a UKI and optionally sign them
1031 with a local key. This may be used to switch to UKI mode even on
1032 systems where a local kernel or initrd is used. (Typically UKIs are
1033 built and signed by the vendor.)
1034
1035 * The ukify tool now supports "pesign" in addition to the pre-existing
1036 "sbsign" for signing UKIs.
1037
1038 * systemd-measure and systemd-stub now look for the .uname PE section
1039 that should contain the kernel's "uname -r" string.
1040
1041 * systemd-measure and ukify now calculate expected PCR hashes for a UKI
1042 "offline", i.e. without access to a TPM (physical or
1043 software-emulated).
1044
1045 Memory Pressure & Control:
1046
1047 * The sd-event API gained new calls sd_event_add_memory_pressure(),
1048 sd_event_source_set_memory_pressure_type(),
1049 sd_event_source_set_memory_pressure_period() to create and configure
1050 an event source that is called whenever the OS signals memory
1051 pressure. Another call sd_event_trim_memory() is provided that
1052 compacts the process' memory use by releasing allocated but unused
1053 malloc() memory back to the kernel. Services can also provide their
1054 own custom callback to do memory trimming. This should improve system
1055 behaviour under memory pressure, as on Linux traditionally provided
1056 no mechanism to return process memory back to the kernel if the
1057 kernel was under memory pressure. This makes use of the kernel's PSI
1058 interface. Most long-running services in systemd have been hooked up
1059 with this, and in particular systems with low memory should benefit
1060 from this.
1061
1062 * Service units gained new settings MemoryPressureWatch= and
1063 MemoryPressureThresholdSec= to configure the PSI memory pressure
1064 logic individually. If these options are used, the
1065 $MEMORY_PRESSURE_WATCH and $MEMORY_PRESSURE_WRITE environment
1066 variables will be set for the invoked processes to inform them about
1067 the requested memory pressure behaviour. (This is used by the
1068 aforementioned sd-events API additions, if set.)
1069
1070 * systemd-analyze gained a new "malloc" verb that shows the output
1071 generated by glibc's malloc_info() on services that support it. Right
1072 now, only the service manager has been updated accordingly. This
1073 call requires privileges.
1074
1075 User & Session Management:
1076
1077 * The sd-login API gained a new call sd_session_get_username() to
1078 return the user name of the owner of a login session. It also gained
1079 a new call sd_session_get_start_time() to retrieve the time the login
1080 session started. A new call sd_session_get_leader() has been added to
1081 return the PID of the "leader" process of a session. A new call
1082 sd_uid_get_login_time() returns the time since the specified user has
1083 most recently been continuously logged in with at least one session.
1084
1085 * JSON user records gained a new set of fields capabilityAmbientSet and
1086 capabilityBoundingSet which contain a list of POSIX capabilities to
1087 set for the logged in users in the ambient and bounding sets,
1088 respectively. homectl gained the ability to configure these two sets
1089 for users via --capability-bounding-set=/--capability-ambient-set=.
1090
1091 * pam_systemd learnt two new module options
1092 default-capability-bounding-set= and default-capability-ambient-set=,
1093 which configure the default bounding sets for users as they are
1094 logging in, if the JSON user record doesn't specify this explicitly
1095 (see above). The built-in default for the ambient set now contains
1096 the CAP_WAKE_ALARM, thus allowing regular users who may log in
1097 locally to resume from a system suspend via a timer.
1098
1099 * The Session D-Bus objects systemd-logind gained a new SetTTY() method
1100 call to update the TTY of a session after it has been allocated. This
1101 is useful for SSH sessions which are typically allocated first, and
1102 for which a TTY is added later.
1103
1104 * The sd-login API gained a new call sd_pid_notifyf_with_fds() which
1105 combines the various other sd_pid_notify() flavours into one: takes a
1106 format string, an overriding PID, and a set of file descriptors to
1107 send. It also gained a new call sd_pid_notify_barrier() call which is
1108 equivalent to sd_notify_barrier() but allows the originating PID to
1109 be specified.
1110
1111 * "loginctl list-users" and "loginctl list-sessions" will now show the
1112 state of each logged in user/session in their tabular output. It will
1113 also show the current idle state of sessions.
1114
1115 DDIs:
1116
1117 * systemd-dissect will now show the intended CPU architecture of an
1118 inspected DDI.
1119
1120 * systemd-dissect will now install itself as mount helper for the "ddi"
1121 pseudo-file system type. This means you may now mount DDIs directly
1122 via /bin/mount or /etc/fstab, making full use of embedded Verity
1123 information and all other DDI features.
1124
1125 Example: mount -t ddi myimage.raw /some/where
1126
1127 * The systemd-dissect tool gained the new switches --attach/--detach to
1128 attach/detach a DDI to a loopback block device without mounting it.
1129 It will automatically derive the right sector size from the image
1130 and set up Verity and similar, but not mount the file systems in it.
1131
1132 * When systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the DDI mounting logic mount an
1133 ESP or XBOOTLDR partition the MS_NOSYMFOLLOW mount option is now
1134 implied. Given that these file systems are typically untrusted, this
1135 should make mounting them automatically have less of a security
1136 impact.
1137
1138 * All tools that parse DDIs (such as systemd-nspawn, systemd-dissect,
1139 systemd-tmpfiles, …) now understand a new switch --image-policy= which
1140 takes a string encoding image dissection policy. With this mechanism
1141 automatic discovery and use of specific partition types and the
1142 cryptographic requirements on the partitions (Verity, LUKS, …) can be
1143 restricted, permitting better control of the exposed attack surfaces
1144 when mounting disk images. systemd-gpt-auto-generator will honour such
1145 an image policy too, configurable via the systemd.image_policy= kernel
1146 command line option. Unit files gained the RootImagePolicy=,
1147 MountImagePolicy= and ExtensionImagePolicy= to configure the same for
1148 disk images a service runs off.
1149
1150 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "image-policy" to validate and
1151 parse image policy strings.
1152
1153 * systemd-dissect gained support for a new --validate switch to
1154 superficially validate DDI structure, and check whether a specific
1155 image policy allows the DDI.
1156
1157 * systemd-dissect gained support for a new --mtree-hash switch to
1158 optionally disable calculating mtree hashes, which can be slow on
1159 large images.
1160
1161 * systemd-dissect --copy-to, --copy-from, --list and --mtree switches
1162 are now able to operate on directories too, other than images.
1163
1164 Network Management:
1165
1166 * networkd's GENEVE support as gained a new .network option
1167 InheritInnerProtocol=.
1168
1169 * The [Tunnel] section in .netdev files has gained a new setting
1170 IgnoreDontFragment for controlling the IPv4 "DF" flag of datagrams.
1171
1172 * A new global IPv6PrivacyExtensions= setting has been added that
1173 selects the default value of the per-network setting of the same
1174 name.
1175
1176 * The predictable network interface naming logic was extended to
1177 include SR-IOV-R "representor" information in network interface
1178 names. Unfortunately, this feature was not enabled by default and can
1179 only be enabled at compilation time by setting
1180 -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme=v254.
1181
1182 * The DHCPv4 + DHCPv6 + IPv6 RA logic in networkd gained support for
1183 the RFC8910 captive portal option.
1184
1185 Device Management:
1186
1187 * udevadm gained the new "verify" verb for validating udev rules files
1188 offline.
1189
1190 * udev gained a new tool "iocost" that can be used to configure QoS IO
1191 cost data based on hwdb information onto suitable block devices. Also
1192 see https://github.com/iocost-benchmark/iocost-benchmarks.
1193
1194 TPM2 Support + Disk Encryption & Authentication:
1195
1196 * systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup will now install a TPM2 SRK
1197 ("Storage Root Key") as first step in the TPM2, and then use that
1198 for binding FDE to, if TPM2 support is used. This matches
1199 recommendations of TCG (see
1200 https://trustedcomputinggroup.org/wp-content/uploads/TCG-TPM-v2.0-Provisioning-Guidance-Published-v1r1.pdf)
1201
1202 * systemd-cryptenroll and other tools that take TPM2 PCR parameters now
1203 understand textual identifiers for these PCRs.
1204
1205 * systemd-veritysetup + /etc/veritytab gained support for a series of
1206 new options: hash-offset=, superblock=, format=, data-block-size=,
1207 hash-block-size=, data-blocks=, salt=, uuid=, hash=, fec-device=,
1208 fec-offset=, fec-roots= to configure various aspects of a Verity
1209 volume.
1210
1211 * systemd-cryptsetup + /etc/crypttab gained support for a new
1212 veracrypt-pim= option for setting the Personal Iteration Multiplier
1213 of veracrypt volumes.
1214
1215 * systemd-integritysetup + /etc/integritytab gained support for a new
1216 mode= setting for controlling the dm-integrity mode (journal, bitmap,
1217 direct) for the volume.
1218
1219 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "pcrs" that shows the known TPM PCR
1220 registers, their symbolic names and current values.
1221
1222 systemd-tmpfiles:
1223
1224 * The ACL support in tmpfiles.d/ has been updated: if an uppercase "X"
1225 access right is specified this is equivalent to "x" but only if the
1226 inode in question already has the executable bit set for at least
1227 some user/group. Otherwise the "x" bit will be turned off.
1228
1229 * tmpfiles.d/'s C line type now understands a new modifier "+": a line
1230 with C+ will result in a "merge" copy, i.e. all files of the source
1231 tree are copied into the target tree, even if that tree already
1232 exists, resulting in a combined tree of files already present in the
1233 target tree and those copied in.
1234
1235 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --graceful switch. If specified lines
1236 with unknown users/groups will silently be skipped.
1237
1238 systemd-notify:
1239
1240 * systemd-notify gained two new options --fd= and --fdname= for sending
1241 arbitrary file descriptors to the service manager (while specifying an
1242 explicit name for it).
1243
1244 * systemd-notify gained a new --exec switch, which makes it execute the
1245 specified command line after sending the requested messages. This is
1246 useful for sending out READY=1 first, and then continuing invocation
1247 without changing process ID, so that the tool can be nicely used
1248 within an ExecStart= line of a unit file that uses Type=notify.
1249
1250 sd-event + sd-bus APIs:
1251
1252 * The sd-event API gained a new call sd_event_source_leave_ratelimit()
1253 which may be used to explicitly end a rate-limit state an event
1254 source might be in, resetting all rate limiting counters.
1255
1256 * When the sd-bus library is used to make connections to AF_UNIX D-Bus
1257 sockets, it will now encode the "description" set via
1258 sd_bus_set_description() into the source socket address. It will also
1259 look for this information when accepting a connection. This is useful
1260 to track individual D-Bus connections on a D-Bus broker for debug
1261 purposes.
1262
1263 systemd-resolved:
1264
1265 * systemd-resolved gained a new resolved.conf setting
1266 StateRetentionSec= which may be used to retain cached DNS records
1267 even after their nominal TTL, and use them in case upstream DNS
1268 servers cannot be reached. This can be used to make name resolution
1269 more resilient in case of network problems.
1270
1271 * resolvectl gained a new verb "show-cache" to show the current cache
1272 contents of systemd-resolved. This verb communicates with the
1273 systemd-resolved daemon and requires privileges.
1274
1275 Other:
1276
1277 * Meson >= 0.60.0 is now required to build systemd.
1278
1279 * The default keymap to apply may now be chosen at build-time via the
1280 new -Ddefault-keymap= meson option.
1281
1282 * Most of systemd's long-running services now have a generic handler of
1283 the SIGRTMIN+18 signal handler which executes various operations
1284 depending on the sigqueue() parameter sent along. For example, values
1285 0x100…0x107 allow changing the maximum log level of such
1286 services. 0x200…0x203 allow changing the log target of such
1287 services. 0x300 make the services trim their memory similarly to the
1288 automatic PSI-triggered action, see above. 0x301 make the services
1289 output their malloc_info() data to the logs.
1290
1291 * machinectl gained new "edit" and "cat" verbs for editing .nspawn
1292 files, inspired by systemctl's verbs of the same name which edit unit
1293 files. Similarly, networkctl gained the same verbs for editing
1294 .network, .netdev, .link files.
1295
1296 * A new syscall filter group "@sandbox" has been added that contains
1297 syscalls for sandboxing system calls such as those for seccomp and
1298 Landlock.
1299
1300 * New documentation has been added:
1301
1302 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP
1303 https://systemd.io/MEMORY_PRESSURE
1304 smbios-type-11(7)
1305
1306 * systemd-firstboot gained a new --reset option. If specified, the
1307 settings in /etc/ it knows how to initialize are reset.
1308
1309 * systemd-sysext is now a multi-call binary and is also installed under
1310 the systemd-confext alias name (via a symlink). When invoked that way
1311 it will operate on /etc/ instead of /usr/ + /opt/. It thus becomes a
1312 powerful, atomic, secure configuration management of sorts, that
1313 locally can merge configuration from multiple confext configuration
1314 images into a single immutable tree.
1315
1316 * The --network-macvlan=, --network-ipvlan=, --network-interface=
1317 switches of systemd-nspawn may now optionally take the intended
1318 network interface inside the container.
1319
1320 * All our programs will now send an sd_notify() message with their exit
1321 status in the EXIT_STATUS= field when exiting, using the usual
1322 protocol, including PID 1. This is useful for VMMs and container
1323 managers to collect an exit status from a system as it shuts down, as
1324 set via "systemctl exit …". This is particularly useful in test cases
1325 and similar, as invocations via a VM can now nicely propagate an exit
1326 status to the host, similar to local processes.
1327
1328 * systemd-run gained a new switch --expand-environment=no to disable
1329 server-side environment variable expansion in specified command
1330 lines. Expansion defaults to enabled for all execution types except
1331 --scope, where it defaults to off (and prints a warning) for backward
1332 compatibility reasons. --scope will be flipped to enabled by default
1333 too in a future release. If you are using --scope and passing a '$'
1334 character in the payload you should start explicitly using
1335 --expand-environment=yes/no according to the use case.
1336
1337 * The systemd-system-update-generator has been updated to also look for
1338 the special flag file /etc/system-update in addition to the existing
1339 support for /system-update to decide whether to enter system update
1340 mode.
1341
1342 * The /dev/hugepages/ file system is now mounted with nosuid + nodev
1343 mount options by default.
1344
1345 * systemd-fstab-generator now understands two new kernel command line
1346 options systemd.mount-extra= and systemd.swap-extra=, which configure
1347 additional mounts or swaps in a format similar to /etc/fstab. 'fsck'
1348 will be ran on these block devices, like it already happens for
1349 'root='. It also now supports the new fstab.extra and
1350 fstab.extra.initrd credentials that may contain additional /etc/fstab
1351 lines to apply at boot.
1352
1353 * systemd-getty-generator now understands two new credentials
1354 getty.ttys.container and getty.ttys.serial. These credentials may
1355 contain a list of TTY devices – one per line – to instantiate
1356 container-getty@.service and serial-getty@.service on.
1357
1358 * The getty/serial-getty/container-getty units now import the 'agetty.*'
1359 and 'login.*' credentials, which are consumed by the 'login' and
1360 'agetty' programs starting from util-linux v2.40.
1361
1362 * systemd-sysupdate's sysupdate.d/ drop-ins gained a new setting
1363 PathRelativeTo=, which can be set to "esp", "xbootldr", "boot", in
1364 which case the Path= setting is taken relative to the ESP or XBOOTLDR
1365 partitions, rather than the system's root directory /. The relevant
1366 directories are automatically discovered.
1367
1368 * The systemd-ac-power tool gained a new switch --low, which reports
1369 whether the battery charge is considered "low", similar to how the
1370 s2h suspend logic checks this state to decide whether to enter system
1371 suspend or hibernation.
1372
1373 * The /etc/os-release file can now have two new optional fields
1374 VENDOR_NAME= and VENDOR_URL= to carry information about the vendor of
1375 the OS.
1376
1377 * When the system hibernates, information about the device and offset
1378 used is now written to a non-volatile EFI variable. On next boot the
1379 system will attempt to resume from the location indicated in this EFI
1380 variable. This should make hibernation a lot more robust, while
1381 requiring no manual configuration of the resume location.
1382
1383 * The $XDG_STATE_HOME environment variable (added in more recent
1384 versions of the XDG basedir specification) is now honoured to
1385 implement the StateDirectory= setting in user services.
1386
1387 * A new component "systemd-battery-check" has been added. It may run
1388 during early boot (usually in the initrd), and checks the battery
1389 charge level of the system. In case the charge level is very low the
1390 user is notified (graphically via Plymouth – if available – as well
1391 as in text form on the console), and the system is turned off after a
1392 10s delay. The feature can be disabled by passing
1393 systemd.battery_check=0 through the kernel command line.
1394
1395 * The 'passwdqc' library is now supported as an alternative to the
1396 'pwquality' library and can be selected at build time.
1397
1398 Contributions from: 김인수, 07416, Addison Snelling, Adrian Vovk,
1399 Aidan Dang, Alexander Krabler, Alfred Klomp, Anatoli Babenia,
1400 Andrei Stepanov, Andrew Baxter, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
1401 Arian van Putten, Arthur Shau, A S Alam,
1402 Asier Sarasua Garmendia, Balló György, Bastien Nocera,
1403 Benjamin Herrenschmidt, Benjamin Raison, Bill Peterson,
1404 Brad Fitzpatrick, Brett Holman, bri, Chen Qi, Chitoku,
1405 Christian Hesse, Christoph Anton Mitterer, Christopher Gurnee,
1406 Colin Walters, Cornelius Hoffmann, Cristian Rodríguez, cunshunxia,
1407 cvlc12, Cyril Roelandt, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri,
1408 Daniel P. Berrangé, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Edmundson,
1409 David Schroeder, David Tardon, dependabot[bot],
1410 Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitrii Fomchenkov, Dmitry V. Levin, dmkUK,
1411 Dominique Martinet, don bright, drosdeck, Edson Juliano Drosdeck,
1412 Egor Ignatov, EinBaum, Emanuele Giuseppe Esposito, Eric Curtin,
1413 Erik Sjölund, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui,
1414 François Rigault, Fran Diéguez, Franklin Yu, Frantisek Sumsal,
1415 Fuminobu TAKEYAMA, Gaël PORTAY, Gerd Hoffmann, Gertalitec,
1416 Gibeom Gwon, Gustavo Noronha Silva, Hannu Lounento,
1417 Hans de Goede, Haochen Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Henrik Holst,
1418 Hoe Hao Cheng, Igor Tsiglyar, Ivan Vecera, James Hilliard,
1419 Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan Luebbe, Jan Macku, Janne Sirén,
1420 jcg, Jeidnx, Joan Bruguera, Joerg Behrmann, jonathanmetzman,
1421 Jordan Rome, Josef Miegl, Joshua Goins, Joyce, Joyce Brum,
1422 Juno Computers, Kai Lueke, Kevin P. Fleming, Kiran Vemula, Klaus,
1423 Klaus Zipfel, Lawrence Thorpe, Lennart Poettering, licunlong,
1424 Lily Foster, Luca Boccassi, Ludwig Nussel, Luna Jernberg,
1425 maanyagoenka, Maanya Goenka, Maksim Kliazovich, Malte Poll,
1426 Marko Korhonen, Masatake YAMATO, Mateusz Poliwczak, Matt Johnston,
1427 Miao Wang, Micah Abbott, Michael A Cassaniti, Michal Koutný,
1428 Michal Sekletár, Mike Yuan, mooo, Morten Linderud, msizanoen,
1429 Nick Rosbrook, nikstur, Olivier Gayot, Omojola Joshua,
1430 Paolo Velati, Paul Barker, Pavel Borecki, Petr Menšík,
1431 Philipp Kern, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Quintin Hill,
1432 Rene Hollander, Richard Phibel, Robert Meijers, Robert Scheck,
1433 Roger Gammans, Romain Geissler, Ronan Pigott, Russell Harmon,
1434 saikat0511, Samanta Navarro, Sam James, Sam Morris,
1435 Simon Braunschmidt, Sjoerd Simons, Sorah Fukumori,
1436 Stanislaw Gruszka, Stefan Roesch, Steven Luo, Steve Ramage,
1437 Susant Sahani, taniishkaaa, Tanishka, Temuri Doghonadze,
1438 Thierry Martin, Thomas Blume, Thomas Genty, Thomas Weißschuh,
1439 Thorsten Kukuk, Times-Z, Tobias Powalowski, tofylion,
1440 Topi Miettinen, Uwe Kleine-König, Velislav Ivanov,
1441 Vitaly Kuznetsov, Vít Zikmund, Weblate, Will Fancher,
1442 William Roberts, Winterhuman, Wolfgang Müller, Xeonacid,
1443 Xiaotian Wu, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Yuxiang Zhu,
1444 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zhmylove, ZjYwMj,
1445 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
1446
1447 — Edinburgh, 2023-07-28
1448
1449 CHANGES WITH 253:
1450
1451 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
1452
1453 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from systemd release after the
1454 end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of cgroup v1
1455 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate hierarchies for
1456 each controller), please implement compatibility with cgroup v2 (i.e.
1457 the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later. Most of Linux
1458 userspace has been ported over already.
1459
1460 * We intend to remove support for split-usr (/usr mounted separately
1461 during boot) and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin and
1462 /usr/bin, /lib and /usr/lib, etc). This will happen in the second
1463 half of 2023, in the first release that falls into that time window.
1464 For more details, see:
1465 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
1466
1467 * We intend to change behaviour w.r.t. units of the per-user service
1468 manager and sandboxing options, so that they work without having to
1469 manually enable PrivateUsers= as well, which is not required for
1470 system units. To make this work, we will implicitly enable user
1471 namespaces (PrivateUsers=yes) when a sandboxing option is enabled in a
1472 user unit. The drawback is that system users will no longer be visible
1473 (and appear as 'nobody') to the user unit when a sandboxing option is
1474 enabled. By definition a sandboxed user unit should run with reduced
1475 privileges, so impact should be small. This will remove a great source
1476 of confusion that has been reported by users over the years, due to
1477 how these options require an extra setting to be manually enabled when
1478 used in the per-user service manager, as opposed as to the system
1479 service manager. We plan to enable this change in the next release
1480 later this year. For more details, see:
1481 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-December/048682.html
1482
1483 Deprecations and incompatible changes:
1484
1485 * systemctl will now warn when invoked without /proc/ mounted
1486 (e.g. when invoked after chroot() into an directory tree without the
1487 API mount points like /proc/ being set up.) Operation in such an
1488 environment is not fully supported.
1489
1490 * The return value of 'systemctl is-active|is-enabled|is-failed' for
1491 unknown units is changed: previously 1 or 3 were returned, but now 4
1492 (EXIT_PROGRAM_OR_SERVICES_STATUS_UNKNOWN) is used as documented.
1493
1494 * 'udevadm hwdb' subcommand is deprecated and will emit a warning.
1495 systemd-hwdb (added in 2014) should be used instead.
1496
1497 * 'bootctl --json' now outputs a single JSON array, instead of a stream
1498 of newline-separated JSON objects.
1499
1500 * Udev rules in 60-evdev.rules have been changed to load hwdb
1501 properties for all modalias patterns. Previously only the first
1502 matching pattern was used. This could change what properties are
1503 assigned if the user has more and less specific patterns that could
1504 match the same device, but it is expected that the change will have
1505 no effect for most users.
1506
1507 * systemd-networkd-wait-online exits successfully when all interfaces
1508 are ready or unmanaged. Previously, if neither '--any' nor
1509 '--interface=' options were used, at least one interface had to be in
1510 configured state. This change allows the case where systemd-networkd
1511 is enabled, but no interfaces are configured, to be handled
1512 gracefully. It may occur in particular when a different network
1513 manager is also enabled and used.
1514
1515 * Some compatibility helpers were dropped: EmergencyAction= in the user
1516 manager, as well as measuring kernel command line into PCR 8 in
1517 systemd-stub, along with the -Defi-tpm-pcr-compat compile-time
1518 option.
1519
1520 * The '-Dupdate-helper-user-timeout=' build-time option has been
1521 renamed to '-Dupdate-helper-user-timeout-sec=', and now takes an
1522 integer as parameter instead of a string.
1523
1524 * The DDI image dissection logic (which backs RootImage= in service
1525 unit files, the --image= switch in various tools such as
1526 systemd-nspawn, as well as systemd-dissect) will now only mount file
1527 systems of types btrfs, ext4, xfs, erofs, squashfs, vfat. This list
1528 can be overridden via the $SYSTEMD_DISSECT_FILE_SYSTEMS environment
1529 variable. These file systems are fairly well supported and maintained
1530 in current kernels, while others are usually more niche, exotic or
1531 legacy and thus typically do not receive the same level of security
1532 support and fixes.
1533
1534 * The default per-link multicast DNS mode is changed to "yes"
1535 (that was previously "no"). As the default global multicast DNS mode
1536 has been "yes" (but can be changed by the build option), now the
1537 multicast DNS is enabled on all links by default. You can disable the
1538 multicast DNS on all links by setting MulticastDNS= in resolved.conf,
1539 or on an interface by calling "resolvectl mdns INTERFACE no".
1540
1541 New components:
1542
1543 * A tool 'ukify' tool to build, measure, and sign Unified Kernel Images
1544 (UKIs) has been added. This replaces functionality provided by
1545 'dracut --uefi' and extends it with automatic calculation of PE file
1546 offsets, insertion of signed PCR policies generated by
1547 systemd-measure, support for initrd concatenation, signing of the
1548 embedded Linux image and the combined image with sbsign, and
1549 heuristics to autodetect the kernel uname and verify the splash
1550 image.
1551
1552 Changes in systemd and units:
1553
1554 * A new service type Type=notify-reload is defined. When such a unit is
1555 reloaded a UNIX process signal (typically SIGHUP) is sent to the main
1556 service process. The manager will then wait until it receives a
1557 "RELOADING=1" followed by a "READY=1" notification from the unit as
1558 response (via sd_notify()). Otherwise, this type is the same as
1559 Type=notify. A new setting ReloadSignal= may be used to change the
1560 signal to send from the default of SIGHUP.
1561
1562 user@.service, systemd-networkd.service, systemd-udevd.service, and
1563 systemd-logind have been updated to this type.
1564
1565 * Initrd environments which are not on a pure memory file system (e.g.
1566 overlayfs combination as opposed to tmpfs) are now supported. With
1567 this change, during the initrd → host transition ("switch root")
1568 systemd will erase all files of the initrd only when the initrd is
1569 backed by a memory file system such as tmpfs.
1570
1571 * New per-unit MemoryZSwapMax= option has been added to configure
1572 memory.zswap.max cgroup properties (the maximum amount of zswap
1573 used).
1574
1575 * A new LogFilterPatterns= option has been added for units. It may be
1576 used to specify accept/deny regular expressions for log messages
1577 generated by the unit, that shall be enforced by systemd-journald.
1578 Rejected messages are neither stored in the journal nor forwarded.
1579 This option may be used to suppress noisy or uninteresting messages
1580 from units.
1581
1582 * The manager has a new
1583 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.GetUnitByPIDFD() D-Bus method to
1584 query process ownership via a PIDFD, which is more resilient against
1585 PID recycling issues.
1586
1587 * Scope units now support OOMPolicy=. Login session scopes default to
1588 OOMPolicy=continue, allowing login scopes to survive the OOM killer
1589 terminating some processes in the scope.
1590
1591 * systemd-fstab-generator now supports x-systemd.makefs option for
1592 /sysroot/ (in the initrd).
1593
1594 * The maximum rate at which daemon reloads are executed can now be
1595 limited with the new ReloadLimitIntervalSec=/ReloadLimitBurst=
1596 options. (Or the equivalent on the kernel command line:
1597 systemd.reload_limit_interval_sec=/systemd.reload_limit_burst=). In
1598 addition, systemd now logs the originating unit and PID when a reload
1599 request is received over D-Bus.
1600
1601 * When enabling a swap device systemd will now reinitialize the device
1602 when the page size of the swap space does not match the page size of
1603 the running kernel. Note that this requires the 'swapon' utility to
1604 provide the '--fixpgsz' option, as implemented by util-linux, and it
1605 is not supported by busybox at the time of writing.
1606
1607 * systemd now executes generator programs in a mount namespace
1608 "sandbox" with most of the file system read-only and write access
1609 restricted to the output directories, and with a temporary /tmp/
1610 mount provided. This provides a safeguard against programming errors
1611 in the generators, but also fixes here-docs in shells, which
1612 previously didn't work in early boot when /tmp/ wasn't available
1613 yet. (This feature has no security implications, because the code is
1614 still privileged and can trivially exit the sandbox.)
1615
1616 * The system manager will now parse a new "vmm.notify_socket"
1617 system credential, which may be supplied to a VM via SMBIOS. If
1618 found, the manager will send a "READY=1" notification on the
1619 specified socket after boot is complete. This allows readiness
1620 notification to be sent from a VM guest to the VM host over a VSOCK
1621 socket.
1622
1623 * The sample PAM configuration file for systemd-user@.service now
1624 includes a call to pam_namespace. This puts children of user@.service
1625 in the expected namespace. (Many distributions replace their file
1626 with something custom, so this change has limited effect.)
1627
1628 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_MOUNT_RATE_LIMIT_BURST
1629 can be used to override the mount units burst late limit for
1630 parsing '/proc/self/mountinfo', which was introduced in v249.
1631 Defaults to 5.
1632
1633 * Drop-ins for init.scope changing control group resource limits are
1634 now applied, while they were previously ignored.
1635
1636 * New build-time configuration options '-Ddefault-timeout-sec=' and
1637 '-Ddefault-user-timeout-sec=' have been added, to let distributions
1638 choose the default timeout for starting/stopping/aborting system and
1639 user units respectively.
1640
1641 * Service units gained a new setting OpenFile= which may be used to
1642 open arbitrary files in the file system (or connect to arbitrary
1643 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system), and pass the open file
1644 descriptor to the invoked process via the usual file descriptor
1645 passing protocol. This is useful to give unprivileged services access
1646 to select files which have restrictive access modes that would
1647 normally not allow this. It's also useful in case RootDirectory= or
1648 RootImage= is used to allow access to files from the host environment
1649 (which is after all not visible from the service if these two options
1650 are used.)
1651
1652 Changes in udev:
1653
1654 * The new net naming scheme "v253" has been introduced. In the new
1655 scheme, ID_NET_NAME_PATH is also set for USB devices not connected via
1656 a PCI bus. This extends the coverage of predictable interface names
1657 in some embedded systems.
1658
1659 The "amba" bus path is now included in ID_NET_NAME_PATH, resulting in
1660 a more informative path on some embedded systems.
1661
1662 * Partition block devices will now also get symlinks in
1663 /dev/disk/by-diskseq/<seq>-part<n>, which may be used to reference
1664 block device nodes via the kernel's "diskseq" value. Previously those
1665 symlinks were only created for the main block device.
1666
1667 * A new operator '-=' is supported for SYMLINK variables. This allows
1668 symlinks to be unconfigured even if an earlier rule added them.
1669
1670 * 'udevadm --trigger --settle' now also works for network devices
1671 that are being renamed.
1672
1673 Changes in sd-boot, bootctl, and the Boot Loader Specification:
1674
1675 * systemd-boot now passes its random seed directly to the kernel's RNG
1676 via the LINUX_EFI_RANDOM_SEED_TABLE_GUID configuration table, which
1677 means the RNG gets seeded very early in boot before userspace has
1678 started.
1679
1680 * systemd-boot will pass a disk-backed random seed – even when secure
1681 boot is enabled – if it can additionally get a random seed from EFI
1682 itself (via EFI's RNG protocol), or a prior seed in
1683 LINUX_EFI_RANDOM_SEED_TABLE_GUID from a preceding bootloader.
1684
1685 * systemd-boot-system-token.service was renamed to
1686 systemd-boot-random-seed.service and extended to always save a random
1687 seed to ESP on every boot when a compatible boot loader is used. This
1688 allows a refreshed random seed to be used in the boot loader.
1689
1690 * systemd-boot handles various seed inputs using a domain- and
1691 field-separated hashing scheme.
1692
1693 * systemd-boot's 'random-seed-mode' option has been removed. A system
1694 token is now always required to be present for random seeds to be
1695 used.
1696
1697 * systemd-boot now supports being loaded from other locations than the
1698 ESP, for example for direct kernel boot under QEMU or when embedded
1699 into the firmware.
1700
1701 * systemd-boot now parses SMBIOS information to detect
1702 virtualization. This information is used to skip some warnings which
1703 are not useful in a VM and to conditionalize other aspects of
1704 behaviour.
1705
1706 * systemd-boot now supports a new 'if-safe' mode that will perform UEFI
1707 Secure Boot automated certificate enrollment from the ESP only if it
1708 is considered 'safe' to do so. At the moment 'safe' means running in
1709 a virtual machine.
1710
1711 * systemd-stub now processes random seeds in the same way as
1712 systemd-boot already does, in case a unified kernel image is being
1713 used from a different bootloader than systemd-boot, or without any
1714 boot load at all.
1715
1716 * bootctl will now generate a system token on all EFI systems, even
1717 virtualized ones, and is activated in the case that the system token
1718 is missing from either sd-boot and sd-stub booted systems.
1719
1720 * bootctl now implements two new verbs: 'kernel-identify' prints the
1721 type of a kernel image file, and 'kernel-inspect' provides
1722 information about the embedded command line and kernel version of
1723 UKIs.
1724
1725 * bootctl now honours $KERNEL_INSTALL_CONF_ROOT with the same meaning
1726 as for kernel-install.
1727
1728 * The JSON output of "bootctl list" will now contain two more fields:
1729 isDefault and isSelected are boolean fields set to true on the
1730 default and currently booted boot menu entries.
1731
1732 * bootctl gained a new verb "unlink" for removing a boot loader entry
1733 type #1 file from disk in a safe and robust way.
1734
1735 * bootctl also gained a new verb "cleanup" that automatically removes
1736 all files from the ESP's and XBOOTLDR's "entry-token" directory, that
1737 is not referenced anymore by any installed Type #1 boot loader
1738 specification entry. This is particularly useful in environments where
1739 a large number of entries reference the same or partly the same
1740 resources (for example, for snapshot-based setups).
1741
1742 Changes in kernel-install:
1743
1744 * A new "installation layout" can be configured as layout=uki. With
1745 this setting, a Boot Loader Specification Type#1 entry will not be
1746 created. Instead, a new kernel-install plugin 90-uki-copy.install
1747 will copy any .efi files from the staging area into the boot
1748 partition. A plugin to generate the UKI .efi file must be provided
1749 separately.
1750
1751 Changes in systemctl:
1752
1753 * 'systemctl reboot' has dropped support for accepting a positional
1754 argument as the argument to the reboot(2) syscall. Please use the
1755 --reboot-argument= option instead.
1756
1757 * 'systemctl disable' will now warn when called on units without
1758 install information. A new --no-warn option has been added that
1759 silences this warning.
1760
1761 * New option '--drop-in=' can be used to tell 'systemctl edit' the name
1762 of the drop-in to edit. (Previously, 'override.conf' was always
1763 used.)
1764
1765 * 'systemctl list-dependencies' now respects --type= and --state=.
1766
1767 * 'systemctl kexec' now supports XEN VMM environments.
1768
1769 * 'systemctl edit' will now tell the invoked editor to jump into the
1770 first line with actual unit file data, skipping over synthesized
1771 comments.
1772
1773 Changes in systemd-networkd and related tools:
1774
1775 * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained new SocketPriority=
1776 setting that assigns the Linux socket priority used by the DHCPv4 raw
1777 socket. This may be used in conjunction with the
1778 EgressQOSMaps=setting in [VLAN] section of .netdev file to send the
1779 desired ethernet 802.1Q frame priority for DHCPv4 initial
1780 packets. This cannot be achieved with netfilter mangle tables because
1781 of the raw socket bypass.
1782
1783 * The [DHCPv4] and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections in .network file gained a
1784 new QuickAck= boolean setting that enables the TCP quick ACK mode for
1785 the routes configured by the acquired DHCPv4 lease or received router
1786 advertisements (RAs).
1787
1788 * The RouteMetric= option (for DHCPv4, DHCPv6, and IPv6 advertised
1789 routes) now accepts three values, for high, medium, and low preference
1790 of the router (which can be set with the RouterPreference=) setting.
1791
1792 * systemd-networkd-wait-online now supports matching via alternative
1793 interface names.
1794
1795 * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained new SendRelease=
1796 setting which enables the DHCPv6 client to send release when
1797 it stops. This is the analog of the [DHCPv4] SendRelease= setting.
1798 It is enabled by default.
1799
1800 * If the Address= setting in [Network] or [Address] sections in .network
1801 specified without its prefix length, then now systemd-networkd assumes
1802 /32 for IPv4 or /128 for IPv6 addresses.
1803
1804 * networkctl shows network and link file dropins in status output.
1805
1806 Changes in systemd-dissect:
1807
1808 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --list, to print the paths of
1809 all files and directories in a DDI.
1810
1811 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --mtree, to generate a file
1812 manifest compatible with BSD mtree(5) of a DDI
1813
1814 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --with, to execute a command with
1815 the specified DDI temporarily mounted and used as working
1816 directory. This is for example useful to convert a DDI to "tar"
1817 simply by running it within a "systemd-dissect --with" invocation.
1818
1819 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --discover, to search for
1820 Discoverable Disk Images (DDIs) in well-known directories of the
1821 system. This will list machine, portable service and system extension
1822 disk images.
1823
1824 * systemd-dissect now understands 2nd stage initrd images stored as a
1825 Discoverable Disk Image (DDI).
1826
1827 * systemd-dissect will now display the main UUID of GPT DDIs (i.e. the
1828 disk UUID stored in the GPT header) among the other data it can show.
1829
1830 * systemd-dissect gained a new --in-memory switch to operate on an
1831 in-memory copy of the specified DDI file. This is useful to access a
1832 DDI with write access without persisting any changes. It's also
1833 useful for accessing a DDI without keeping the originating file
1834 system busy.
1835
1836 * The DDI dissection logic will now automatically detect the intended
1837 sector size of disk images stored in files, based on the GPT
1838 partition table arrangement. Loopback block devices for such DDIs
1839 will then be configured automatically for the right sector size. This
1840 is useful to make dealing with modern 4K sector size DDIs fully
1841 automatic. The systemd-dissect tool will now show the detected sector
1842 size among the other DDI information in its output.
1843
1844 Changes in systemd-repart:
1845
1846 * systemd-repart gained new options --include-partitions= and
1847 --exclude-partitions= to filter operation on partitions by type UUID.
1848 This allows systemd-repart to be used to build images in which the
1849 type of one partition is set based on the contents of another
1850 partition (for example when the boot partition shall include a verity
1851 hash of the root partition).
1852
1853 * systemd-repart also gained a --defer-partitions= option that is
1854 similar to --exclude-partitions=, but the size of the partition is
1855 still taken into account when sizing partitions, but without
1856 populating it.
1857
1858 * systemd-repart gained a new --sector-size= option to specify what
1859 sector size should be used when an image is created.
1860
1861 * systemd-repart now supports generating erofs file systems via
1862 CopyFiles= (a read-only file system similar to squashfs).
1863
1864 * The Minimize= option was extended to accept "best" (which means the
1865 most minimal image possible, but may require multiple attempts) and
1866 "guess" (which means a reasonably small image).
1867
1868 * The systemd-growfs binary now comes with a regular unit file template
1869 systemd-growfs@.service which can be instantiated directly for any
1870 desired file system. (Previously, the unit was generated dynamically
1871 by various generators, but no regular unit file template was
1872 available.)
1873
1874 Changes in journal tools:
1875
1876 * Various systemd tools will append extra fields to log messages when
1877 in debug mode, or when SYSTEMD_ENABLE_LOG_CONTEXT=1 is set. Currently
1878 this includes information about D-Bus messages when sd-bus is used,
1879 e.g. DBUS_SENDER=, DBUS_DESTINATION=, and DBUS_PATH=, and information
1880 about devices when sd-device is used, e.g. DEVNAME= and DRIVER=.
1881 Details of what is logged and when are subject to change.
1882
1883 * The systemd-journald-audit.socket can now be disabled via the usual
1884 "systemctl disable" mechanism to stop collection of audit
1885 messages. Please note that it is not enabled statically anymore and
1886 must be handled by the preset/enablement logic in package
1887 installation scripts.
1888
1889 * New options MaxUse=, KeepFree=, MaxFileSize=, and MaxFiles= can
1890 be used to curtail disk use by systemd-journal-remote. This is
1891 similar to the options supported by systemd-journald.
1892
1893 Changes in systemd-cryptenroll, systemd-cryptsetup, and related
1894 components:
1895
1896 * When enrolling new keys systemd-cryptenroll now supports unlocking
1897 via FIDO2 tokens (option --unlock-fido2-device=). Previously, a
1898 password was strictly required to be specified.
1899
1900 * systemd-cryptsetup now supports pre-flight requests for FIDO2 tokens
1901 (except for tokens with user verification, UV) to identify tokens
1902 before authentication. Multiple FIDO2 tokens can now be enrolled at
1903 the same time, and systemd-cryptsetup will automatically select one
1904 that corresponds to one of the available LUKS key slots.
1905
1906 * systemd-cryptsetup now supports new options tpm2-measure-bank= and
1907 tpm2-measure-pcr= in crypttab(5). These allow specifying the TPM2 PCR
1908 bank and number into which the volume key should be measured. This is
1909 automatically enabled for the encrypted root volume discovered and
1910 activated by systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
1911
1912 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator mounts the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions with
1913 "noexec,nosuid,nodev".
1914
1915 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator will now honour the rootfstype= and
1916 rootflags= kernel command line switches for root file systems it
1917 discovers, to match behaviour in case an explicit root fs is
1918 specified via root=.
1919
1920 * systemd-pcrphase gained new options --machine-id and --file-system=
1921 to measure the machine-id and mount point information into PCR 15.
1922 New service unit files systemd-pcrmachine.service and
1923 systemd-pcrfs@.service have been added that invoke the tool with
1924 these switches during early boot.
1925
1926 * systemd-pcrphase gained a --graceful switch will make it exit cleanly
1927 with a success exit code even if no TPM device is detected.
1928
1929 * systemd-cryptenroll now stores the user-supplied PIN with a salt,
1930 making it harder to brute-force.
1931
1932 Changes in other tools:
1933
1934 * systemd-homed gained support for luksPbkdfForceIterations (the
1935 intended number of iterations for the PBKDF operation on LUKS).
1936
1937 * Environment variables $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_BTRFS,
1938 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_EXT4, and $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_XFS
1939 may now be used to specify additional arguments for mkfs when
1940 systemd-homed formats a file system.
1941
1942 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the contents of
1943 /sys/class/dmi/id/bios_vendor and /sys/class/dmi/id/bios_date via two
1944 new D-Bus properties: FirmwareVendor and FirmwareDate. This allows
1945 unprivileged code to access those values.
1946
1947 systemd-hostnamed also exports the SUPPORT_END= field from
1948 os-release(5) as OperatingSystemSupportEnd. hostnamectl make uses of
1949 this to show the status of the installed system.
1950
1951 * systemd-measure gained an --append= option to sign multiple phase
1952 paths with different signing keys. This allows secrets to be
1953 accessible only in certain parts of the boot sequence. Note that
1954 'ukify' provides similar functionality in a more accessible form.
1955
1956 * systemd-timesyncd will now write a structured log message with
1957 MESSAGE_ID set to SD_MESSAGE_TIME_BUMP when it bumps the clock based
1958 on a on-disk timestamp, similarly to what it did when reaching
1959 synchronization via NTP.
1960
1961 * systemd-timesyncd will now update the on-disk timestamp file on each
1962 boot at least once, making it more likely that the system time
1963 increases in subsequent boots.
1964
1965 * systemd-vconsole-setup gained support for system/service credentials:
1966 vconsole.keymap/vconsole.keymap_toggle and
1967 vconsole.font/vconsole.font_map/vconsole.font_unimap are analogous
1968 the similarly-named options in vconsole.conf.
1969
1970 * systemd-localed will now save the XKB keyboard configuration to
1971 /etc/vconsole.conf, and also read it from there with a higher
1972 preference than the /etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/00-keyboard.conf config
1973 file. Previously, this information was stored in the former file in
1974 converted form, and only in latter file in the original form. Tools
1975 which want to access keyboard configuration can now do so from a
1976 standard location.
1977
1978 * systemd-resolved gained support for configuring the nameservers and
1979 search domains via kernel command line (nameserver=, domain=) and
1980 credentials (network.dns, network.search_domains).
1981
1982 * systemd-resolved will now synthesize host names for the DNS stub
1983 addresses it supports. Specifically when "_localdnsstub" is resolved,
1984 127.0.0.53 is returned, and if "_localdnsproxy" is resolved
1985 127.0.0.54 is returned.
1986
1987 * systemd-notify will now send a "RELOADING=1" notification when called
1988 with --reloading, and "STOPPING=1" when called with --stopping. This
1989 can be used to implement notifications from units where it's easier
1990 to call a program than to use the sd-daemon library.
1991
1992 * systemd-analyze's 'plot' command can now output its information in
1993 JSON, controlled via the --json= switch. Also, new --table, and
1994 --no-legend options have been added.
1995
1996 * 'machinectl enable' will now automatically enable machines.target
1997 unit in addition to adding the machine unit to the target.
1998
1999 Similarly, 'machinectl start|stop' gained a --now option to enable or
2000 disable the machine unit when starting or stopping it.
2001
2002 * systemd-sysusers will now create /etc/ if it is missing.
2003
2004 * systemd-sleep 'HibernateDelaySec=' setting is changed back to
2005 pre-v252's behaviour, and a new 'SuspendEstimationSec=' setting is
2006 added to provide the new initial value for the new automated battery
2007 estimation functionality. If 'HibernateDelaySec=' is set to any value,
2008 the automated estimate (and thus the automated hibernation on low
2009 battery to avoid data loss) functionality will be disabled.
2010
2011 * Default tmpfiles.d/ configuration will now automatically create
2012 credentials storage directory '/etc/credstore/' with the appropriate,
2013 secure permissions. If '/run/credstore/' exists, its permissions will
2014 be fixed too in case they are not correct.
2015
2016 Changes in libsystemd and shared code:
2017
2018 * sd-bus gained new convenience functions sd_bus_emit_signal_to(),
2019 sd_bus_emit_signal_tov(), and sd_bus_message_new_signal_to().
2020
2021 * sd-id128 functions now return -EUCLEAN (instead of -EIO) when the
2022 128-bit ID in files such as /etc/machine-id has an invalid
2023 format. They also accept NULL as output parameter in more places,
2024 which is useful when the caller only wants to validate the inputs and
2025 does not need the output value.
2026
2027 * sd-login gained new functions sd_pidfd_get_session(),
2028 sd_pidfd_get_owner_uid(), sd_pidfd_get_unit(),
2029 sd_pidfd_get_user_unit(), sd_pidfd_get_slice(),
2030 sd_pidfd_get_user_slice(), sd_pidfd_get_machine_name(), and
2031 sd_pidfd_get_cgroup(), that are analogous to sd_pid_get_*(),
2032 but accept a PIDFD instead of a PID.
2033
2034 * sd-path (and systemd-path) now export four new paths:
2035 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SYSTEM_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
2036 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_USER_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
2037 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SEARCH_SYSTEM_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR, and
2038 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SEARCH_USER_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
2039
2040 * sd_notify() now supports AF_VSOCK as transport for notification
2041 messages (in addition to the existing AF_UNIX support). This is
2042 enabled if $NOTIFY_SOCKET is set in a "vsock:CID:port" format.
2043
2044 * Detection of chroot() environments now works if /proc/ is not
2045 mounted. This affects systemd-detect-virt --chroot, but also means
2046 that systemd tools will silently skip various operations in such an
2047 environment.
2048
2049 * "Lockheed Martin Hardened Security for Intel Processors" (HS SRE)
2050 virtualization is now detected.
2051
2052 Changes in the build system:
2053
2054 * Standalone variants of systemd-repart and systemd-shutdown may now be
2055 built (if -Dstandalone=true).
2056
2057 * systemd-ac-power has been moved from /usr/lib/ to /usr/bin/, to, for
2058 example, allow scripts to conditionalize execution on AC power
2059 supply.
2060
2061 * The libp11kit library is now loaded through dlopen(3).
2062
2063 Changes in the documentation:
2064
2065 * Specifications that are not closely tied to systemd have moved to
2066 https://uapi-group.org/specifications/: the Boot Loader Specification
2067 and the Discoverable Partitions Specification.
2068
2069 Contributions from: 김인수, 13r0ck, Aidan Dang, Alberto Planas,
2070 Alvin Šipraga, Andika Triwidada, AndyChi, angus-p, Anita Zhang,
2071 Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Arsen Arsenović, asavah, Benjamin Fogle,
2072 Benjamin Tissoires, berenddeschouwer, BerndAdameit,
2073 Bernd Steinhauser, blutch112, cake03, Callum Farmer, Carlo Teubner,
2074 Charles Hardin, chris, Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche,
2075 Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer, Dan Streetman, DaPigGuy,
2076 Darrell Kavanagh, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dirk Su,
2077 Dmitry V. Levin, drosdeck, Edson Juliano Drosdeck, edupont,
2078 Eric DeVolder, Erik Moqvist, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Gurtner,
2079 Felix Riemann, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geert Lorang,
2080 Gerd Hoffmann, Gio, Hannoskaj, Hans de Goede, Hugo Carvalho,
2081 igo95862, Ilya Leoshkevich, Ivan Shapovalov, Jacek Migacz,
2082 Jade Lovelace, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku, January,
2083 Jason A. Donenfeld, jcg, Jean-Tiare Le Bigot, Jelle van der Waa,
2084 Jeremy Linton, Jian Zhang, Jiayi Chen, Jia Zhang, Joerg Behrmann,
2085 Jörg Thalheim, Joshua Goins, joshuazivkovic, Joshua Zivkovic,
2086 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Khem Raj, Koba Ko, Lennart Poettering, lichao,
2087 Li kunyu, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel,
2088 Łukasz Stelmach, Lycowolf, marcel151, Marcus Schäfer, Marek Vasut,
2089 Mark Laws, Michael Biebl, Michał Kotyla, Michal Koutný,
2090 Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, Mike Yuan, MkfsSion, ml,
2091 msizanoen1, mvzlb, MVZ Ludwigsburg, Neil Moore, Nick Rosbrook,
2092 noodlejetski, Pasha Vorobyev, Peter Cai, p-fpv, Phaedrus Leeds,
2093 Philipp Jungkamp, Quentin Deslandes, Raul Tambre, Ray Strode,
2094 reuben olinsky, Richard E. van der Luit, Richard Phibel,
2095 Ricky Tigg, Robin Humble, rogg, Rudi Heitbaum, Sam James,
2096 Samuel Cabrero, Samuel Thibault, Siddhesh Poyarekar, Simon Brand,
2097 Space Meyer, Spindle Security, Steve Ramage, Takashi Sakamoto,
2098 Thomas Haller, Tonći Galić, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
2099 Tuetuopay, uerdogan, Ulrich Ölmann, Valentin David,
2100 Vitaly Kuznetsov, Vito Caputo, Waltibaba, Will Fancher,
2101 William Roberts, wouter bolsterlee, Youfu Zhang, Yu Watanabe,
2102 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски,
2103 наб
2104
2105 — Warsaw, 2023-02-15
2106
2107 CHANGES WITH 252 🎃:
2108
2109 Announcements of Future Feature Removals:
2110
2111 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from systemd release after the
2112 end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of cgroup v1
2113 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate hierarchies for
2114 each controller), please implement compatibility with cgroup v2 (i.e.
2115 the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later. Most of Linux
2116 userspace has been ported over already.
2117
2118 * We intend to remove support for split-usr (/usr mounted separately
2119 during boot) and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin and
2120 /usr/bin, /lib and /usr/lib, etc). This will happen in the second
2121 half of 2023, in the first release that falls into that time window.
2122 For more details, see:
2123 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
2124
2125 Compatibility Breaks:
2126
2127 * ConditionKernelVersion= checks that use the '=' or '!=' operators
2128 will now do simple string comparisons (instead of version comparisons
2129 à la stverscmp()). Version comparisons are still done for the
2130 ordering operators '<', '>', '<=', '>='. Moreover, if no operator is
2131 specified, a shell-style glob match is now done. This creates a minor
2132 incompatibility compared to older systemd versions when the '*', '?',
2133 '[', ']' characters are used, as these will now match as shell globs
2134 instead of literally. Given that kernel version strings typically do
2135 not include these characters we expect little breakage through this
2136 change.
2137
2138 * The service manager will now read the SELinux label used for SELinux
2139 access checks from the unit file at the time it loads the file.
2140 Previously, the label would be read at the moment of the access
2141 check, which was problematic since at that time the unit file might
2142 already have been updated or removed.
2143
2144 New Features:
2145
2146 * systemd-measure is a new tool for calculating and signing expected
2147 TPM2 PCR values for a given unified kernel image (UKI) booted via
2148 sd-stub. The public key used for the signature and the signed
2149 expected PCR information can be embedded inside the UKI. This
2150 information can be extracted from the UKI by external tools and code
2151 in the image itself and is made available to userspace in the booted
2152 kernel.
2153
2154 systemd-cryptsetup, systemd-cryptenroll, and systemd-creds have been
2155 updated to make use of this information if available in the booted
2156 kernel: when locking an encrypted volume/credential to the TPM
2157 systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-creds will use the public key to bind the
2158 volume/credential to any kernel that carries PCR information signed
2159 by the same key pair. When unlocking such volumes/credentials
2160 systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-creds will use the signature embedded in
2161 the booted UKI to gain access.
2162
2163 Binding TPM-based disk encryption to public keys/signatures of PCR
2164 values — instead of literal PCR values — addresses the inherent
2165 "brittleness" of traditional PCR-bound TPM disk encryption schemes:
2166 disks remain accessible even if the UKI is updated, without any TPM
2167 specific preparation during the OS update — as long as each UKI
2168 carries the necessary PCR signature information.
2169
2170 Net effect: if you boot a properly prepared kernel, TPM-bound disk
2171 encryption now defaults to be locked to kernels which carry PCR
2172 signatures from the same key pair. Example: if a hypothetical distro
2173 FooOS prepares its UKIs like this, TPM-based disk encryption is now –
2174 by default – bound to only FooOS kernels, and encrypted volumes bound
2175 to the TPM cannot be unlocked on kernels from other sources. (But do
2176 note this behaviour requires preparation/enabling in the UKI, and of
2177 course users can always enroll non-TPM ways to unlock the volume.)
2178
2179 * systemd-pcrphase is a new tool that is invoked at six places during
2180 system runtime, and measures additional words into TPM2 PCR 11, to
2181 mark milestones of the boot process. This allows binding access to
2182 specific TPM2-encrypted secrets to specific phases of the boot
2183 process. (Example: LUKS2 disk encryption key only accessible in the
2184 initrd, but not later.)
2185
2186 Changes in systemd itself, i.e. the manager and units
2187
2188 * The cpu controller is delegated to user manager units by default, and
2189 CPUWeight= settings are applied to the top-level user slice units
2190 (app.slice, background.slice, session.slice). This provides a degree
2191 of resource isolation between different user services competing for
2192 the CPU.
2193
2194 * Systemd can optionally do a full preset in the "first boot" condition
2195 (instead of just enable-only). This behaviour is controlled by the
2196 compile-time option -Dfirst-boot-full-preset. Right now it defaults
2197 to 'false', but the plan is to switch it to 'true' for the subsequent
2198 release.
2199
2200 * Drop-ins are now allowed for transient units too.
2201
2202 * Systemd will set the taint flag 'support-ended' if it detects that
2203 the OS image is past its end-of-support date. This date is declared
2204 in a new /etc/os-release field SUPPORT_END= described below.
2205
2206 * Two new settings ConditionCredential= and AssertCredential= can be
2207 used to skip or fail units if a certain system credential is not
2208 provided.
2209
2210 * ConditionMemory= accepts size suffixes (K, M, G, T, …).
2211
2212 * DefaultSmackProcessLabel= can be used in system.conf and user.conf to
2213 specify the SMACK security label to use when not specified in a unit
2214 file.
2215
2216 * DefaultDeviceTimeoutSec= can be used in system.conf and user.conf to
2217 specify the default timeout when waiting for device units to
2218 activate.
2219
2220 * C.UTF-8 is used as the default locale if nothing else has been
2221 configured.
2222
2223 * [Condition|Assert]Firmware= have been extended to support certain
2224 SMBIOS fields. For example
2225
2226 ConditionFirmware=smbios-field(board_name = "Custom Board")
2227
2228 conditionalizes the unit to run only when
2229 /sys/class/dmi/id/board_name contains "Custom Board" (without the
2230 quotes).
2231
2232 * ConditionFirstBoot= now correctly evaluates as true only during the
2233 boot phase of the first boot. A unit executed later, after booting
2234 has completed, will no longer evaluate this condition as true.
2235
2236 * Socket units will now create sockets in the SELinuxContext= of the
2237 associated service unit, if any.
2238
2239 * Boot phase transitions (start initrd → exit initrd → boot complete →
2240 shutdown) will be measured into TPM2 PCR 11, so that secrets can be
2241 bound to a specific runtime phase. E.g.: a LUKS encryption key can be
2242 unsealed only in the initrd.
2243
2244 * Service credentials (i.e. SetCredential=/LoadCredential=/…) will now
2245 also be provided to ExecStartPre= processes.
2246
2247 * Various units are now correctly ordered against
2248 initrd-switch-root.target where previously a conflict without
2249 ordering was configured. A stop job for those units would be queued,
2250 but without the ordering it could be executed only after
2251 initrd-switch-root.service, leading to units not being restarted in
2252 the host system as expected.
2253
2254 * In order to fully support the IPMI watchdog driver, which has not yet
2255 been ported to the new common watchdog device interface,
2256 /dev/watchdog0 will be tried first and systemd will silently fallback
2257 to /dev/watchdog if it is not found.
2258
2259 * New watchdog-related D-Bus properties are now published by systemd:
2260 WatchdogDevice, WatchdogLastPingTimestamp,
2261 WatchdogLastPingTimestampMonotonic.
2262
2263 * At shutdown, API virtual files systems (proc, sys, etc.) will be
2264 unmounted lazily.
2265
2266 * At shutdown, systemd will now log about processes blocking unmounting
2267 of file systems.
2268
2269 * A new meson build option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' was added to
2270 allow disabling system time correction if RTC returns a timestamp far
2271 in the future.
2272
2273 * Propagated restart jobs will no longer be discarded while a unit is
2274 activating.
2275
2276 * PID 1 will now import system credentials from SMBIOS Type 11 fields
2277 ("OEM vendor strings"), in addition to qemu_fwcfg. This provides a
2278 simple, fast and generic path for supplying credentials to a VM,
2279 without involving external tools such as cloud-init/ignition.
2280
2281 * The CPUWeight= setting of unit files now accepts a new special value
2282 "idle", which configures "idle" level scheduling for the unit.
2283
2284 * Service processes that are activated due to a .timer or .path unit
2285 triggering will now receive information about this via environment
2286 variables. Note that this is information is lossy, as activation
2287 might be coalesced and only one of the activating triggers will be
2288 reported. This is hence more suited for debugging or tracing rather
2289 than for behaviour decisions.
2290
2291 * The riscv_flush_icache(2) system call has been added to the list of
2292 system calls allowed by default when SystemCallFilter= is used.
2293
2294 * The selinux context derived from the target executable, instead of
2295 'init_t' used for the manager itself, is now used when creating
2296 listening sockets for units that specify SELinuxContextFromNet=yes.
2297
2298 Changes in sd-boot, bootctl, and the Boot Loader Specification:
2299
2300 * The Boot Loader Specification has been cleaned up and clarified.
2301 Various corner cases in version string comparisons have been fixed
2302 (e.g. comparisons for empty strings). Boot counting is now part of
2303 the main specification.
2304
2305 * New PCRs measurements are performed during boot: PCR 11 for the
2306 kernel+initrd combo, PCR 13 for any sysext images. If a measurement
2307 took place this is now reported to userspace via the new
2308 StubPcrKernelImage and StubPcrInitRDSysExts EFI variables.
2309
2310 * As before, systemd-stub will measure kernel parameters and system
2311 credentials into PCR 12. It will now report this fact via the
2312 StubPcrKernelParameters EFI variable to userspace.
2313
2314 * The UEFI monotonic boot counter is now included in the updated random
2315 seed file maintained by sd-boot, providing some additional entropy.
2316
2317 * sd-stub will use LoadImage/StartImage to execute the kernel, instead
2318 of arranging the image manually and jumping to the kernel entry
2319 point. sd-stub also installs a temporary UEFI SecurityOverride to
2320 allow the (unsigned) nested image to be booted. This is safe because
2321 the outer (signed) stub+kernel binary must have been verified before
2322 the stub was executed.
2323
2324 * Booting in EFI mixed mode (a 64-bit kernel over 32-bit UEFI firmware)
2325 is now supported by sd-boot.
2326
2327 * bootctl gained a bunch of new options: --all-architectures to install
2328 binaries for all supported EFI architectures, --root= and --image=
2329 options to operate on a directory or disk image, and
2330 --install-source= to specify the source for binaries to install,
2331 --efi-boot-option-description= to control the name of the boot entry.
2332
2333 * The sd-boot stub exports a StubFeatures flag, which is used by
2334 bootctl to show features supported by the stub that was used to boot.
2335
2336 * The PE section offsets that are used by tools that assemble unified
2337 kernel images have historically been hard-coded. This may lead to
2338 overlapping PE sections which may break on boot. The UKI will now try
2339 to detect and warn about this.
2340
2341 Any tools that assemble UKIs must update to calculate these offsets
2342 dynamically. Future sd-stub versions may use offsets that will not
2343 work with the currently used set of hard-coded offsets!
2344
2345 * sd-stub now accepts (and passes to the initrd and then to the full
2346 OS) new PE sections '.pcrsig' and '.pcrkey' that can be used to embed
2347 signatures of expected PCR values, to allow sealing secrets via the
2348 TPM2 against pre-calculated PCR measurements.
2349
2350 Changes in the hardware database:
2351
2352 * 'systemd-hwdb query' now supports the --root= option.
2353
2354 Changes in systemctl:
2355
2356 * systemctl now supports --state= and --type= options for the 'show'
2357 and 'status' verbs.
2358
2359 * systemctl gained a new verb 'list-automounts' to list automount
2360 points.
2361
2362 * systemctl gained support for a new --image= switch to be able to
2363 operate on the specified disk image (similar to the existing --root=
2364 which operates relative to some directory).
2365
2366 Changes in systemd-networkd:
2367
2368 * networkd can set Linux NetLabel labels for integration with the
2369 network control in security modules via a new NetLabel= option.
2370
2371 * The RapidCommit= is (re-)introduced to enable faster configuration
2372 via DHCPv6 (RFC 3315).
2373
2374 * networkd gained a new option TCPCongestionControlAlgorithm= that
2375 allows setting a per-route TCP algorithm.
2376
2377 * networkd gained a new option KeepFileDescriptor= to allow keeping a
2378 reference (file descriptor) open on TUN/TAP interfaces, which is
2379 useful to avoid link flaps while the underlying service providing the
2380 interface is being serviced.
2381
2382 * RouteTable= now also accepts route table names.
2383
2384 Changes in systemd-nspawn:
2385
2386 * The --bind= and --overlay= options now support relative paths.
2387
2388 * The --bind= option now supports a 'rootidmap' value, which will
2389 use id-mapped mounts to map the root user inside the container to the
2390 owner of the mounted directory on the host.
2391
2392 Changes in systemd-resolved:
2393
2394 * systemd-resolved now persists DNSOverTLS in its state file too. This
2395 fixes a problem when used in combination with NetworkManager, which
2396 sends the setting only once, causing it to be lost if resolved was
2397 restarted at any point.
2398
2399 * systemd-resolved now exposes a Varlink socket at
2400 /run/systemd/resolve/io.systemd.Resolve.Monitor, accessible only for
2401 root. Processed DNS requests in a JSON format will be published to
2402 any clients connected to this socket.
2403
2404 resolvectl gained a 'monitor' verb to make use of this.
2405
2406 * systemd-resolved now treats unsupported DNSSEC algorithms as INSECURE
2407 instead of returning SERVFAIL, as per RFC:
2408 https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6840#section-5.2
2409
2410 * OpenSSL is the default crypto backend for systemd-resolved. (gnutls
2411 is still supported.)
2412
2413 Changes in libsystemd and other libraries:
2414
2415 * libsystemd now exports sd_bus_error_setfv() (a convenience function
2416 for setting bus errors), sd_id128_string_equal (a convenience
2417 function for 128-bit ID string comparisons), and
2418 sd_bus_message_read_strv_extend() (a function to incrementally read
2419 string arrays).
2420
2421 * libsystemd now exports sd_device_get_child_first()/_next() as a
2422 high-level interface for enumerating child devices. It also supports
2423 sd_device_new_child() for opening a child device given a device
2424 object.
2425
2426 * libsystemd now exports sd_device_monitor_set()/get_description()
2427 which allow setting a custom description that will be used in log
2428 messages by sd_device_monitor*.
2429
2430 * Private shared libraries (libsystemd-shared-nnn.so,
2431 libsystemd-core-nnn.so) are now installed into arch-specific
2432 directories to allow multi-arch installs.
2433
2434 * A new sd-gpt.h header is now published, listing GUIDs from the
2435 Discoverable Partitions specification. For more details see:
2436 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/
2437
2438 * A new function sd_hwdb_new_from_path() has been added to open a hwdb
2439 database given an explicit path to the file.
2440
2441 * The signal number argument to sd_event_add_signal() now can now be
2442 ORed with the SD_EVENT_SIGNAL_PROCMASK flag, causing sigprocmask() to
2443 be automatically invoked to block the specified signal. This is
2444 useful to simplify invocations as the caller doesn't have to do this
2445 manually.
2446
2447 * A new convenience call sd_event_set_signal_exit() has been added to
2448 sd-event to set up signal handling so that the event loop
2449 automatically terminates cleanly on SIGTERM/SIGINT.
2450
2451 Changes in other components:
2452
2453 * systemd-sysusers, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysctl configuration
2454 can now be provided via the credential mechanism.
2455
2456 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb 'compare-versions' that implements
2457 comparisons for versions strings (similarly to 'rpmdev-vercmp' and
2458 'dpkg --compare-versions').
2459
2460 * 'systemd-analyze dump' is extended to accept glob patterns for unit
2461 names to limit the output to matching units.
2462
2463 * tmpfiles.d/ lines can read file contents to write from a credential.
2464 The new modifier char '^' is used to specify that the argument is a
2465 credential name. This mechanism is used to automatically populate
2466 /etc/motd, /etc/issue, and /etc/hosts from credentials.
2467
2468 * tmpfiles.d/ may now be configured to avoid changing uid/gid/mode of
2469 an inode if the specification is prefixed with ':' and the inode
2470 already exists.
2471
2472 * Default tmpfiles.d/ configuration now carries a line to automatically
2473 use an 'ssh.authorized_keys.root' credential if provided to set up
2474 the SSH authorized_keys file for the root user.
2475
2476 * systemd-tmpfiles will now gracefully handle absent source of "C" copy
2477 lines.
2478
2479 * tmpfiles.d/ F/w lines now optionally permit encoding of the payload
2480 in base64. This is useful to write arbitrary binary data into files.
2481
2482 * The pkgconfig and rpm macros files now export the directory for user
2483 units as 'user_tmpfiles_dir' and '%_user_tmpfilesdir'.
2484
2485 * Detection of Apple Virtualization and detection of Parallels and
2486 KubeVirt virtualization on non-x86 archs have been added.
2487
2488 * os-release gained a new field SUPPORT_END=YYYY-MM-DD to inform the
2489 user when their system will become unsupported.
2490
2491 * When performing suspend-then-hibernate, the system will estimate the
2492 discharge rate and use that to set the delay until hibernation and
2493 hibernate immediately instead of suspending when running from a
2494 battery and the capacity is below 5%.
2495
2496 * systemd-sysctl gained a --strict option to fail when a sysctl
2497 setting is unknown to the kernel.
2498
2499 * machinectl supports --force for the 'copy-to' and 'copy-from'
2500 verbs.
2501
2502 * coredumpctl gained the --root and --image options to look for journal
2503 files under the specified root directory, image, or block device.
2504
2505 * 'journalctl -o' and similar commands now implement a new output mode
2506 "short-delta". It is similar to "short-monotonic", but also shows the
2507 time delta between subsequent messages.
2508
2509 * journalctl now respects the --quiet flag when verifying consistency
2510 of journal files.
2511
2512 * Journal log messages gained a new implicit field _RUNTIME_SCOPE= that
2513 will indicate whether a message was logged in the 'initrd' phase or
2514 in the 'system' phase of the boot process.
2515
2516 * Journal files gained a new compatibility flag
2517 'HEADER_INCOMPATIBLE_COMPACT'. Files with this flag implement changes
2518 to the storage format that allow reducing size on disk. As with other
2519 compatibility flags, older journalctl versions will not be able to
2520 read journal files using this new format. The environment variable
2521 'SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_COMPACT=0' can be passed to systemd-journald to
2522 disable this functionality. It is enabled by default.
2523
2524 * systemd-run's --working-directory= switch now works when used in
2525 combination with --scope.
2526
2527 * portablectl gained a --force flag to skip certain sanity checks. This
2528 is implemented using new flags accepted by systemd-portabled for the
2529 *WithExtensions() D-Bus methods: SD_SYSTEMD_PORTABLE_FORCE_ATTACH
2530 flag now means that the attach/detach checks whether the units are
2531 already present and running will be skipped. Similarly,
2532 SD_SYSTEMD_PORTABLE_FORCE_SYSEXT flag means that the check whether
2533 image name matches the name declared inside of the image will be
2534 skipped. Callers must be sure to do those checks themselves if
2535 appropriate.
2536
2537 * systemd-portabled will now use the original filename to check
2538 extension-release.NAME for correctness, in case it is passed a
2539 symlink.
2540
2541 * systemd-portabled now uses PrivateTmp=yes in the 'trusted' profile
2542 too.
2543
2544 * sysext's extension-release files now support '_any' as a special
2545 value for the ID= field, to allow distribution-independent extensions
2546 (e.g.: fully statically compiled binaries, scripts). It also gained
2547 support for a new ARCHITECTURE= field that may be used to explicitly
2548 restrict an image to hosts of a specific architecture.
2549
2550 * systemd-repart now supports creating squashfs partitions. This
2551 requires mksquashfs from squashfs-tools.
2552
2553 * systemd-repart gained a --split flag to also generate split
2554 artifacts, i.e. a separate file for each partition. This is useful in
2555 conjunction with systemd-sysupdate or other tools, or to generate
2556 split dm-verity artifacts.
2557
2558 * systemd-repart is now able to generate dm-verity partitions, including
2559 signatures.
2560
2561 * systemd-repart can now set a partition UUID to zero, allowing it to
2562 be filled in later, such as when using verity partitions.
2563
2564 * systemd-repart now supports drop-ins for its configuration files.
2565
2566 * Package metadata logged by systemd-coredump in the system journal is
2567 now more compact.
2568
2569 * xdg-autostart-service now expands 'tilde' characters in Exec lines.
2570
2571 * systemd-oomd now automatically links against libatomic, if available.
2572
2573 * systemd-oomd now sends out a 'Killed' D-Bus signal when a cgroup is
2574 killed.
2575
2576 * scope units now also provide oom-kill status.
2577
2578 * systemd-pstore will now try to load only the efi_pstore kernel module
2579 before running, ensuring that pstore can be used.
2580
2581 * systemd-logind gained a new StopIdleSessionSec= option to stop an idle
2582 session after a preconfigure timeout.
2583
2584 * systemd-homed will now wait up to 30 seconds for workers to terminate,
2585 rather than indefinitely.
2586
2587 * homectl gained a new '--luks-sector-size=' flag that allows users to
2588 select the preferred LUKS sector size. Must be a power of 2 between 512
2589 and 4096. systemd-userdbd records gained a corresponding field.
2590
2591 * systemd-sysusers will now respect the 'SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH' environment
2592 variable when generating the 'sp_lstchg' field, to ensure an image
2593 build can be reproducible.
2594
2595 * 'udevadm wait' will now listen to kernel uevents too when called with
2596 --initialized=no.
2597
2598 * When naming network devices udev will now consult the Devicetree
2599 "alias" fields for the device.
2600
2601 * systemd-udev will now create infiniband/by-path and
2602 infiniband/by-ibdev links for Infiniband verbs devices.
2603
2604 * systemd-udev-trigger.service will now also prioritize input devices.
2605
2606 * ConditionACPower= and systemd-ac-power will now assume the system is
2607 running on AC power if no battery can be found.
2608
2609 * All features and tools using the TPM2 will now communicate with it
2610 using a bind key. Beforehand, the tpm2 support used encrypted sessions
2611 by creating a primary key that was used to encrypt traffic. This
2612 creates a problem as the key created for encrypting the traffic could
2613 be faked by an active interposer on the bus. In cases when a pin is
2614 used, a bind key will be used. The pin is used as the auth value for
2615 the seal key, aka the disk encryption key, and that auth value will be
2616 used in the session establishment. An attacker would need the pin
2617 value to create the secure session and thus an active interposer
2618 without the pin cannot interpose on TPM2 traffic.
2619
2620 * systemd-growfs no longer requires udev to run.
2621
2622 * systemd-backlight now will better support systems with multiple
2623 graphic cards.
2624
2625 * systemd-cryptsetup's keyfile-timeout= option now also works when a
2626 device is used as a keyfile.
2627
2628 * systemd-cryptenroll gained a new --unlock-key-file= option to get the
2629 unlocking key from a key file (instead of prompting the user). Note
2630 that this is the key for unlocking the volume in order to be able to
2631 enroll a new key, but it is not the key that is enrolled.
2632
2633 * systemd-dissect gained a new --umount switch that will safely and
2634 synchronously unmount all partitions of an image previously mounted
2635 with 'systemd-dissect --mount'.
2636
2637 * When using gcrypt, all systemd tools and services will now configure
2638 it to prefer the OS random number generator if present.
2639
2640 * All example code shipped with documentation has been relicensed from CC0
2641 to MIT-0.
2642
2643 * Unit tests will no longer fail when running on a system without
2644 /etc/machine-id.
2645
2646 Experimental features:
2647
2648 * BPF programs can now be compiled with bpf-gcc (requires libbpf >= 1.0
2649 and bpftool >= 7.0).
2650
2651 * sd-boot can automatically enroll SecureBoot keys from files found on
2652 the ESP. This enrollment can be either automatic ('force' mode) or
2653 controlled by the user ('manual' mode). It is sufficient to place the
2654 SecureBoot keys in the right place in the ESP and they will be picked
2655 up by sd-boot and shown in the boot menu.
2656
2657 * The mkosi config in systemd gained support for automatically
2658 compiling a kernel with the configuration appropriate for testing
2659 systemd. This may be useful when developing or testing systemd in
2660 tandem with the kernel.
2661
2662 Contributions from: 김인수, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Aidan Dang,
2663 Akihiko Odaki, Alban Bedel, Albert Mikaelyan, Aleksey Vasenev,
2664 Alexander Graf, Alexander Shopov, Alexander Wilson,
2665 Alper Nebi Yasak, anarcat, Anders Jonsson, Andre Kalb,
2666 Andrew Stone, Andrey Albershteyn, Anita Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt,
2667 Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Arnaud Ferraris, Aryan singh, asavah,
2668 Avamander, Avram Lubkin, Balázs Meskó, Bastien Nocera,
2669 Benjamin Franzke, BerndAdameit, bin456789, Celeste Liu,
2670 Chih-Hsuan Yen, Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche,
2671 Christian Hesse, Clyde Byrd III, codefiles, Colin Walters,
2672 Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer, Daniel Braunwarth,
2673 Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Darsey Litzenberger, David Edmundson,
2674 David Jaša, David Rheinsberg, David Seifert, David Tardon,
2675 dependabot[bot], Devendra Tewari, Dominique Martinet, drosdeck,
2676 Edson Juliano Drosdeck, Eduard Tolosa, eggfly, Einsler Lee,
2677 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Evgeny Vereshchagin, exploide, Fei Li,
2678 Foster Snowhill, Franck Bui, Frank Dana, Frantisek Sumsal,
2679 Gerd Hoffmann, Gio, Goffredo Baroncelli, gtwang01,
2680 Guillaume W. Bres, H A, Hans de Goede, Heinrich Schuchardt,
2681 Hugo Carvalho, i-do-cpp, igo95862, j00512545, Jacek Migacz,
2682 Jade Bilkey, James Hilliard, Jan B, Janis Goldschmidt,
2683 Jan Janssen, Jan Kuparinen, Jan Luebbe, Jan Macku,
2684 Jason A. Donenfeld, Javkhlanbayar Khongorzul, Jeremy Soller,
2685 JeroenHD, jiangchuangang, João Loureiro,
2686 Joaquín Ignacio Aramendía, Jochen Sprickerhof,
2687 Johannes Schauer Marin Rodrigues, Jonas Kümmerlin,
2688 Jonas Witschel, Jonathan Kang, Jonathan Lebon, Joost Heitbrink,
2689 Jörg Thalheim, josh-gordon-fb, Joyce, Kai Lueke, lastkrick,
2690 Lennart Poettering, Leon M. George, licunlong, Li kunyu,
2691 LockBlock-dev, Loïc Collignon, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
2692 Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Łukasz Stelmach, Maccraft123,
2693 Marc Kleine-Budde, Marius Vollmer, Martin Wilck, matoro,
2694 Matthias Lisin, Max Gautier, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
2695 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Stanke, Mike Gilbert,
2696 Mitchell Freiderich, msizanoen1, Nick Rosbrook, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
2697 Oleg Solovyov, Olga Smirnova, Pablo Ceballos, Pavel Zhukov,
2698 Phaedrus Leeds, Philipp Gortan, Piotr Drąg, Pyfisch,
2699 Quentin Deslandes, Rahil Bhimjiani, Rene Hollander, Richard Huang,
2700 Richard Phibel, Rudi Heitbaum, Sam James, Sarah Brofeldt,
2701 Sean Anderson, Sebastian Scheibner, Shreenidhi Shedi,
2702 Sonali Srivastava, Steve Ramage, Suraj Krishnan, Swapnil Devesh,
2703 Takashi Sakamoto, Ted X. Toth, Temuri Doghonadze, Thomas Blume,
2704 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hebb, Tomáš Hnyk, Tomasz Paweł Gajc,
2705 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, undef, Uriel Corfa,
2706 Victor Westerhuis, Vincent Dagonneau, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
2707 Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wenchao Hao, William Roberts, williamsumendap,
2708 wineway, xiaoyang, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe,
2709 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhaofeng Li, наб
2710
2711 – The Great Beyond, 2022-10-31 👻
2712
2713 CHANGES WITH 251:
2714
2715 Backwards-incompatible changes:
2716
2717 * The minimum kernel version required has been bumped from 3.13 to 4.15,
2718 and CLOCK_BOOTTIME is now assumed to always exist.
2719
2720 * C11 with GNU extensions (aka "gnu11") is now used to build our
2721 components. Public API headers are still restricted to ISO C89.
2722
2723 * In v250, a systemd-networkd feature that automatically configures
2724 routes to addresses specified in AllowedIPs= was added and enabled by
2725 default. However, this causes network connectivity issues in many
2726 existing setups. Hence, it has been disabled by default since
2727 systemd-stable 250.3. The feature can still be used by explicitly
2728 configuring RouteTable= setting in .netdev files.
2729
2730 * Jobs started via StartUnitWithFlags() will no longer return 'skipped'
2731 when a Condition*= check does not succeed, restoring the JobRemoved
2732 signal to the behaviour it had before v250.
2733
2734 * The org.freedesktop.portable1 methods GetMetadataWithExtensions() and
2735 GetImageMetadataWithExtensions() have been fixed to provide an extra
2736 return parameter, containing the actual extension release metadata.
2737 The current implementation was judged to be broken and unusable, and
2738 thus the usual procedure of adding a new set of methods was skipped,
2739 and backward compatibility broken instead on the assumption that
2740 nobody can be affected given the current state of this interface.
2741
2742 * All kernels supported by systemd mix bytes returned by RDRAND (or
2743 similar) into the entropy pool at early boot. This means that on
2744 those systems, even if /dev/urandom is not yet initialized, it still
2745 returns bytes that are of at least RDRAND quality. For that reason,
2746 we no longer have reason to invoke RDRAND from systemd itself, which
2747 has historically been a source of bugs. Furthermore, kernels ≥5.6
2748 provide the getrandom(GRND_INSECURE) interface for returning random
2749 bytes before the entropy pool is initialized without warning into
2750 kmsg, which is what we attempt to use if available. systemd's direct
2751 usage of RDRAND has been removed. x86 systems ≥Broadwell that are
2752 running an older kernel may experience kmsg warnings that were not
2753 seen with 250. For newer kernels, non-x86 systems, or older x86
2754 systems, there should be no visible changes.
2755
2756 * sd-boot will now measure the kernel command line into TPM PCR 12
2757 rather than PCR 8. This improves usefulness of the measurements on
2758 systems where sd-boot is chainloaded from Grub. Grub measures all
2759 commands its executes into PCR 8, which makes it very hard to use
2760 reasonably, hence separate ourselves from that and use PCR 12
2761 instead, which is what certain Ubuntu editions already do. To retain
2762 compatibility with systems running older systemd systems a new meson
2763 option 'efi-tpm-pcr-compat' has been added (which defaults to false).
2764 If enabled, the measurement is done twice: into the new-style PCR 12
2765 *and* the old-style PCR 8. It's strongly advised to migrate all users
2766 to PCR 12 for this purpose in the long run, as we intend to remove
2767 this compatibility feature in two years' time.
2768
2769 * busctl capture now writes output in the newer pcapng format instead
2770 of pcap.
2771
2772 * A udev rule that imported hwdb matches for USB devices with lowercase
2773 hexadecimal vendor/product ID digits was added in systemd 250. This
2774 has been reverted, since uppercase hexadecimal digits are supposed to
2775 be used, and we already had a rule with the appropriate match.
2776
2777 Users might need to adjust their local hwdb entries.
2778
2779 * arch_prctl(2) has been moved to the @default set in the syscall filters
2780 (as exposed via the SystemCallFilter= setting in service unit files).
2781 It is apparently used by the linker now.
2782
2783 * The tmpfiles entries that create the /run/systemd/netif directory and
2784 its subdirectories were moved from tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf to
2785 tmpfiles.d/systemd-network.conf.
2786
2787 Users might need to adjust their files that override tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf
2788 to account for this change.
2789
2790 * The requirement for Portable Services images to contain a well-formed
2791 os-release file (i.e.: contain at least an ID field) is now enforced.
2792 This applies to base images and extensions, and also to systemd-sysext.
2793
2794 Changes in the Boot Loader Specification, kernel-install and sd-boot:
2795
2796 * kernel-install's and bootctl's Boot Loader Specification Type #1
2797 entry generation logic has been reworked. The user may now pick
2798 explicitly by which "token" string to name the installation's boot
2799 entries, via the new /etc/kernel/entry-token file or the new
2800 --entry-token= switch to bootctl. By default — as before — the
2801 entries are named after the local machine ID. However, in "golden
2802 image" environments, where the machine ID shall be initialized on
2803 first boot (as opposed to at installation time before first boot) the
2804 machine ID will not be available at build time. In this case the
2805 --entry-token= switch to bootctl (or the /etc/kernel/entry-token
2806 file) may be used to override the "token" for the entries, for
2807 example the IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from /etc/os-release. This will
2808 make the OS images independent of any machine ID, and ensure that the
2809 images will not carry any identifiable information before first boot,
2810 but on the other hand means that multiple parallel installations of
2811 the very same image on the same disk cannot be supported.
2812
2813 Summary: if you are building golden images that shall acquire
2814 identity information exclusively on first boot, make sure to both
2815 remove /etc/machine-id *and* to write /etc/kernel/entry-token to the
2816 value of the IMAGE_ID= or ID= field of /etc/os-release or another
2817 suitable identifier before deploying the image.
2818
2819 * The Boot Loader Specification has been extended with
2820 /loader/entries.srel file located in the EFI System Partition (ESP)
2821 that disambiguates the format of the entries in the /loader/entries/
2822 directory (in order to discern them from incompatible uses of this
2823 directory by other projects). For entries that follow the
2824 Specification, the string "type1" is stored in this file.
2825
2826 bootctl will now write this file automatically when installing the
2827 systemd-boot boot loader.
2828
2829 * kernel-install supports a new initrd_generator= setting in
2830 /etc/kernel/install.conf, that is exported as
2831 $KERNEL_INSTALL_INITRD_GENERATOR to kernel-install plugins. This
2832 allows choosing different initrd generators.
2833
2834 * kernel-install will now create a "staging area" (an initially-empty
2835 directory to gather files for a Boot Loader Specification Type #1
2836 entry). The path to this directory is exported as
2837 $KERNEL_INSTALL_STAGING_AREA to kernel-install plugins, which should
2838 drop files there instead of writing them directly to the final
2839 location. kernel-install will move them when all files have been
2840 prepared successfully.
2841
2842 * New option sort-key= has been added to the Boot Loader Specification
2843 to override the sorting order of the entries in the boot menu. It is
2844 read by sd-boot and bootctl, and will be written by kernel-install,
2845 with the default value of IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from
2846 os-release. Together, this means that on multiboot installations,
2847 entries should be grouped and sorted in a predictable way.
2848
2849 * The sort order of boot entries has been updated: entries which have
2850 the new field sort-key= are sorted by it first, and all entries
2851 without it are ordered later. After that, entries are sorted by
2852 version so that newest entries are towards the beginning of the list.
2853
2854 * The kernel-install tool gained a new 'inspect' verb which shows the
2855 paths and other settings used.
2856
2857 * sd-boot can now optionally beep when the menu is shown and menu
2858 entries are selected, which can be useful on machines without a
2859 working display. (Controllable via a loader.conf setting.)
2860
2861 * The --make-machine-id-directory= switch to bootctl has been replaced
2862 by --make-entry-directory=, given that the entry directory is not
2863 necessarily named after the machine ID, but after some other suitable
2864 ID as selected via --entry-token= described above. The old name of
2865 the option is still understood to maximize compatibility.
2866
2867 * 'bootctl list' gained support for a new --json= switch to output boot
2868 menu entries in JSON format.
2869
2870 * 'bootctl is-installed' now supports the --graceful, and various verbs
2871 omit output with the new option --quiet.
2872
2873 Changes in systemd-homed:
2874
2875 * Starting with v250 systemd-homed uses UID/GID mapping on the mounts
2876 of activated home directories it manages (if the kernel and selected
2877 file systems support it). So far it mapped three UID ranges: the
2878 range from 0…60000, the user's own UID, and the range 60514…65534,
2879 leaving everything else unmapped (in other words, the 16-bit UID range
2880 is mapped almost fully, with the exception of the UID subrange used
2881 for systemd-homed users, with one exception: the user's own UID).
2882 Unmapped UIDs may not be used for file ownership in the home
2883 directory — any chown() attempts with them will fail. With this
2884 release a fourth range is added to these mappings:
2885 524288…1879048191. This range is the UID range intended for container
2886 uses, see:
2887
2888 https://systemd.io/UIDS-GIDS
2889
2890 This range may be used for container managers that place container OS
2891 trees in the home directory (which is a questionable approach, for
2892 quota, permission, SUID handling and network file system
2893 compatibility reasons, but nonetheless apparently commonplace). Note
2894 that this mapping is mapped 1:1 in a pass-through fashion, i.e. the
2895 UID assignments from the range are not managed or mapped by
2896 `systemd-homed`, and must be managed with other mechanisms, in the
2897 context of the local system.
2898
2899 Typically, a better approach to user namespacing in relevant
2900 container managers would be to leave container OS trees on disk at
2901 UID offset 0, but then map them to a dynamically allocated runtime
2902 UID range via another UID mount map at container invocation
2903 time. That way user namespace UID ranges become strictly a runtime
2904 concept, and do not leak into persistent file systems, persistent
2905 user databases or persistent configuration, thus greatly simplifying
2906 handling, and improving compatibility with home directories intended
2907 to be portable like the ones managed by systemd-homed.
2908
2909 Changes in shared libraries:
2910
2911 * A new libsystemd-core-<version>.so private shared library is
2912 installed under /usr/lib/systemd/system, mirroring the existing
2913 libsystemd-shared-<version>.so library. This allows the total
2914 installation size to be reduced by binary code reuse.
2915
2916 * The <version> tag used in the name of libsystemd-shared.so and
2917 libsystemd-core.so can be configured via the meson option
2918 'shared-lib-tag'. Distributions may build subsequent versions of the
2919 systemd package with unique tags (e.g. the full package version),
2920 thus allowing multiple installations of those shared libraries to be
2921 available at the same time. This is intended to fix an issue where
2922 programs that link to those libraries would fail to execute because
2923 they were installed earlier or later than the appropriate version of
2924 the library.
2925
2926 * The sd-id128 API gained a new call sd_id128_to_uuid_string() that is
2927 similar to sd_id128_to_string() but formats the ID in RFC 4122 UUID
2928 format instead of as a simple series of hex characters.
2929
2930 * The sd-device API gained two new calls sd_device_new_from_devname()
2931 and sd_device_new_from_path() which permit allocating an sd_device
2932 object from a device node name or file system path.
2933
2934 * sd-device also gained a new call sd_device_open() which will open the
2935 device node associated with a device for which an sd_device object
2936 has been allocated. The call is supposed to address races around
2937 device nodes being removed/recycled due to hotplug events, or media
2938 change events: the call checks internally whether the major/minor of
2939 the device node and the "diskseq" (in case of block devices) match
2940 with the metadata loaded in the sd_device object, thus ensuring that
2941 the device once opened really matches the provided sd_device object.
2942
2943 Changes in PID1, systemctl, and systemd-oomd:
2944
2945 * A new set of service monitor environment variables will be passed to
2946 OnFailure=/OnSuccess= handlers, but only if exactly one unit lists the
2947 handler unit as OnFailure=/OnSuccess=. The variables are:
2948 $MONITOR_SERVICE_RESULT, $MONITOR_EXIT_CODE, $MONITOR_EXIT_STATUS,
2949 $MONITOR_INVOCATION_ID and $MONITOR_UNIT. For cases when a single
2950 handler needs to watch multiple units, use a templated handler.
2951
2952 * A new ExtensionDirectories= setting in service unit files allows
2953 system extensions to be loaded from a directory. (It is similar to
2954 ExtensionImages=, but takes paths to directories, instead of
2955 disk image files.)
2956
2957 'portablectl attach --extension=' now also accepts directory paths.
2958
2959 * The user.delegate and user.invocation_id extended attributes on
2960 cgroups are used in addition to trusted.delegate and
2961 trusted.invocation_id. The latter pair requires privileges to set,
2962 but the former doesn't and can be also set by the unprivileged user
2963 manager.
2964
2965 (Only supported on kernels ≥5.6.)
2966
2967 * Units that were killed by systemd-oomd will now have a service result
2968 of 'oom-kill'. The number of times a service was killed is tallied
2969 in the 'user.oomd_ooms' extended attribute.
2970
2971 The OOMPolicy= unit file setting is now also honoured by
2972 systemd-oomd.
2973
2974 * In unit files the new %y/%Y specifiers can be used to refer to
2975 normalized unit file path, which is particularly useful for symlinked
2976 unit files.
2977
2978 The new %q specifier resolves to the pretty hostname
2979 (i.e. PRETTY_HOSTNAME= from /etc/machine-info).
2980
2981 The new %d specifier resolves to the credentials directory of a
2982 service (same as $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY).
2983
2984 * The RootDirectory=, MountAPIVFS=, ExtensionDirectories=,
2985 *Capabilities*=, ProtectHome=, *Directory=, TemporaryFileSystem=,
2986 PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=, NetworkNamespacePath=,
2987 PrivateIPC=, IPCNamespacePath=, PrivateUsers=, ProtectClock=,
2988 ProtectKernelTunables=, ProtectKernelModules=, ProtectKernelLogs=,
2989 MountFlags= service settings now also work in unprivileged user
2990 services, i.e. those run by the user's --user service manager, as long
2991 as user namespaces are enabled on the system.
2992
2993 * Services with Restart=always and a failing ExecCondition= will no
2994 longer be restarted, to bring ExecCondition= behaviour in line with
2995 Condition*= settings.
2996
2997 * LoadCredential= now accepts a directory as the argument; all files
2998 from the directory will be loaded as credentials.
2999
3000 * A new D-Bus property ControlGroupId is now exposed on service units,
3001 that encapsulates the service's numeric cgroup ID that newer kernels
3002 assign to each cgroup.
3003
3004 * PID 1 gained support for configuring the "pre-timeout" of watchdog
3005 devices and the associated governor, via the new
3006 RuntimeWatchdogPreSec= and RuntimeWatchdogPreGovernor= configuration
3007 options in /etc/systemd/system.conf.
3008
3009 * systemctl's --timestamp= option gained a new choice "unix", to show
3010 timestamp as unix times, i.e. seconds since 1970, Jan 1st.
3011
3012 * A new "taint" flag named "old-kernel" is introduced which is set when
3013 the kernel systemd runs on is older then the current baseline version
3014 (see above). The flag is shown in "systemctl status" output.
3015
3016 * Two additional taint flags "short-uid-range" and "short-gid-range"
3017 have been added as well, which are set when systemd notices it is run
3018 within a userns namespace that does not define the full 0…65535 UID
3019 range
3020
3021 * A new "unmerged-usr" taint flag has been added that is set whenever
3022 running on systems where /bin/ + /sbin/ are *not* symlinks to their
3023 counterparts in /usr/, i.e. on systems where the /usr/-merge has not
3024 been completed.
3025
3026 * Generators invoked by PID 1 will now have a couple of useful
3027 environment variables set describing the execution context a
3028 bit. $SYSTEMD_SCOPE encodes whether the generator is called from the
3029 system service manager, or from the per-user service
3030 manager. $SYSTEMD_IN_INITRD encodes whether the generator is invoked
3031 in initrd context or on the host. $SYSTEMD_FIRST_BOOT encodes whether
3032 systemd considers the current boot to be a "first"
3033 boot. $SYSTEMD_VIRTUALIZATION encode whether virtualization is
3034 detected and which type of hypervisor/container
3035 manager. $SYSTEMD_ARCHITECTURE indicates which architecture the
3036 kernel is built for.
3037
3038 * PID 1 will now automatically pick up system credentials from qemu's
3039 fw_cfg interface, thus allowing passing arbitrary data into VM
3040 systems similar to how this is already supported for passing them
3041 into `systemd-nspawn` containers. Credentials may now also be passed
3042 in via the new kernel command line option `systemd.set_credential=`
3043 (note that kernel command line options are world-readable during
3044 runtime, and only useful for credentials that require no
3045 confidentiality). The credentials that can be passed to unified
3046 kernels that use the `systemd-stub` UEFI stub are now similarly
3047 picked up automatically. Automatic importing of system credentials
3048 this way can be turned off via the new
3049 `systemd.import_credentials=no` kernel command line option.
3050
3051 * LoadCredential= will now automatically look for credentials in the
3052 /etc/credstore/, /run/credstore/, /usr/lib/credstore/ directories if
3053 the argument is not an absolute path. Similarly,
3054 LoadCredentialEncrypted= will check the same directories plus
3055 /etc/credstore.encrypted/, /run/credstore.encrypted/ and
3056 /usr/lib/credstore.encrypted/. The idea is to use those directories
3057 as the system-wide location for credentials that services should pick
3058 up automatically.
3059
3060 * System and service credentials are described in great detail in a new
3061 document:
3062
3063 https://systemd.io/CREDENTIALS
3064
3065 Changes in systemd-journald:
3066
3067 * The journal JSON export format has been added to listed of stable
3068 interfaces (https://systemd.io/PORTABILITY_AND_STABILITY/).
3069
3070 * journalctl --list-boots now supports JSON output and the --reverse option.
3071
3072 * Under docs/: JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS was imported from the wiki and
3073 updated, BUILDING_IMAGES is new:
3074
3075 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS
3076 https://systemd.io/BUILDING_IMAGES
3077
3078 Changes in udev:
3079
3080 * Two new hwdb files have been added. One lists "handhelds" (PDAs,
3081 calculators, etc.), the other AV production devices (DJ tables,
3082 keypads, etc.) that should accessible to the seat owner user by
3083 default.
3084
3085 * udevadm trigger gained a new --prioritized-subsystem= option to
3086 process certain subsystems (and all their parent devices) earlier.
3087
3088 systemd-udev-trigger.service now uses this new option to trigger
3089 block and TPM devices first, hopefully making the boot a bit faster.
3090
3091 * udevadm trigger now implements --type=all, --initialized-match,
3092 --initialized-nomatch to trigger both subsystems and devices, only
3093 already-initialized devices, and only devices which haven't been
3094 initialized yet, respectively.
3095
3096 * udevadm gained a new "wait" command for safely waiting for a specific
3097 device to show up in the udev device database. This is useful in
3098 scripts that asynchronously allocate a block device (e.g. through
3099 repartitioning, or allocating a loopback device or similar) and need
3100 to synchronize on the creation to complete.
3101
3102 * udevadm gained a new "lock" command for locking one or more block
3103 devices while formatting it or writing a partition table to it. It is
3104 an implementation of https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING and
3105 usable in scripts dealing with block devices.
3106
3107 * udevadm info will show a couple of additional device fields in its
3108 output, and will not apply a limited set of coloring to line types.
3109
3110 * udevadm info --tree will now show a tree of objects (i.e. devices and
3111 suchlike) in the /sys/ hierarchy.
3112
3113 * Block devices will now get a new set of device symlinks in
3114 /dev/disk/by-diskseq/<nr>, which may be used to reference block
3115 device nodes via the kernel's "diskseq" value. Note that this does
3116 not guarantee that opening a device by a symlink like this will
3117 guarantee that the opened device actually matches the specified
3118 diskseq value. To be safe against races, the actual diskseq value of
3119 the opened device (BLKGETDISKSEQ ioctl()) must still be compred with
3120 the one in the symlink path.
3121
3122 * .link files gained support for setting MDI/MID-X on a link.
3123
3124 * .link files gained support for [Match] Firmware= setting to match on
3125 the device firmware description string. By mistake, it was previously
3126 only supported in .network files.
3127
3128 * .link files gained support for [Link] SR-IOVVirtualFunctions= setting
3129 and [SR-IOV] section to configure SR-IOV virtual functions.
3130
3131 Changes in systemd-networkd:
3132
3133 * The default scope for unicast routes configured through [Route]
3134 section is changed to "link", to make the behavior consistent with
3135 "ip route" command. The manual configuration of [Route] Scope= is
3136 still honored.
3137
3138 * A new unit systemd-networkd-wait-online@<interface>.service has been
3139 added that can be used to wait for a specific network interface to be
3140 up.
3141
3142 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Bridge] Isolated=true|false setting
3143 that configures the eponymous kernel attribute on the bridge.
3144
3145 * .netdev files now can be used to create virtual WLAN devices, and
3146 configure various settings on them, via the [WLAN] section.
3147
3148 * .link/.network files gained support for [Match] Kind= setting to match
3149 on device kind ("bond", "bridge", "gre", "tun", "veth", etc.)
3150
3151 This value is also shown by 'networkctl status'.
3152
3153 * The Local= setting in .netdev files for various virtual network
3154 devices gained support for specifying, in addition to the network
3155 address, the name of a local interface which must have the specified
3156 address.
3157
3158 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Tunnel] External= setting in .netdev
3159 files, to configure tunnels in external mode (a.k.a. collect metadata
3160 mode).
3161
3162 * [Network] L2TP= setting was removed. Please use interface specifier in
3163 Local= setting in .netdev files of corresponding L2TP interface.
3164
3165 * New [DHCPServer] BootServerName=, BootServerAddress=, and
3166 BootFilename= settings can be used to configure the server address,
3167 server name, and file name sent in the DHCP packet (e.g. to configure
3168 PXE boot).
3169
3170 Changes in systemd-resolved:
3171
3172 * systemd-resolved is started earlier (in sysinit.target), so it
3173 available earlier and will also be started in the initrd if installed
3174 there.
3175
3176 Changes in disk encryption:
3177
3178 * systemd-cryptenroll can now control whether to require the user to
3179 enter a PIN when using TPM-based unlocking of a volume via the new
3180 --tpm2-with-pin= option.
3181
3182 Option tpm2-pin= can be used in /etc/crypttab.
3183
3184 * When unlocking devices via TPM, TPM2 parameter encryption is now
3185 used, to ensure that communication between CPU and discrete TPM chips
3186 cannot be eavesdropped to acquire disk encryption keys.
3187
3188 * A new switch --fido2-credential-algorithm= has been added to
3189 systemd-cryptenroll allowing selection of the credential algorithm to
3190 use when binding encryption to FIDO2 tokens.
3191
3192 Changes in systemd-hostnamed:
3193
3194 * HARDWARE_VENDOR= and HARDWARE_MODEL= can be set in /etc/machine-info
3195 to override the values gleaned from the hwdb.
3196
3197 * A ID_CHASSIS property can be set in the hwdb (for the DMI device
3198 /sys/class/dmi/id) to override the chassis that is reported by
3199 hostnamed.
3200
3201 * hostnamed's D-Bus interface gained a new method GetHardwareSerial()
3202 for reading the hardware serial number, as reportd by DMI. It also
3203 exposes a new method D-Bus property FirmwareVersion that encode the
3204 firmware version of the system.
3205
3206 Changes in other components:
3207
3208 * /etc/locale.conf is now populated through tmpfiles.d factory /etc/
3209 handling with the values that were configured during systemd build
3210 (if /etc/locale.conf has not been created through some other
3211 mechanism). This means that /etc/locale.conf should always have
3212 reasonable contents and we avoid a potential mismatch in defaults.
3213
3214 * The userdbctl tool will now show UID range information as part of the
3215 list of known users.
3216
3217 * A new build-time configuration setting default-user-shell= can be
3218 used to set the default shell for user records and nspawn shell
3219 invocations (instead of the default /bin/bash).
3220
3221 * systemd-timesyncd now provides a D-Bus API for receiving NTP server
3222 information dynamically at runtime via IPC.
3223
3224 * The systemd-creds tool gained a new "has-tpm2" verb, which reports
3225 whether a functioning TPM2 infrastructure is available, i.e. if
3226 firmware, kernel driver and systemd all have TPM2 support enabled and
3227 a device found.
3228
3229 * The systemd-creds tool gained support for generating encrypted
3230 credentials that are using an empty encryption key. While this
3231 provides no integrity nor confidentiality it's useful to implement
3232 codeflows that work the same on TPM-ful and TPM2-less systems. The
3233 service manager will only accept credentials "encrypted" that way if
3234 a TPM2 device cannot be detected, to ensure that credentials
3235 "encrypted" like that cannot be used to trick TPM2 systems.
3236
3237 * When deciding whether to colorize output, all systemd programs now
3238 also check $COLORTERM (in addition to $NO_COLOR, $SYSTEMD_COLORS, and
3239 $TERM).
3240
3241 * Meson's new install_tag feature is now in use for several components,
3242 allowing to build and install select binaries only: pam, nss, devel
3243 (pkg-config files), systemd-boot, libsystemd, libudev. Example:
3244 $ meson build systemd-boot
3245 $ meson install --tags systemd-boot --no-rebuild
3246 https://mesonbuild.com/Installing.html#installation-tags
3247
3248 * A new build configuration option has been added, to allow selecting the
3249 default compression algorithm used by systemd-journald and systemd-coredump.
3250 This allows to build-in support for decompressing all supported formats,
3251 but choose a specific one for compression. E.g.:
3252 $ meson -Ddefault-compression=xz
3253
3254 Experimental features:
3255
3256 * sd-boot gained a new *experimental* setting "reboot-for-bitlocker" in
3257 loader.conf that implements booting Microsoft Windows from the
3258 sd-boot in a way that first reboots the system, to reset the TPM
3259 PCRs. This improves compatibility with BitLocker's TPM use, as the
3260 PCRs will only record the Windows boot process, and not sd-boot
3261 itself, thus retaining the PCR measurements not involving sd-boot.
3262 Note that this feature is experimental for now, and is likely going
3263 to be generalized and renamed in a future release, without retaining
3264 compatibility with the current implementation.
3265
3266 * A new systemd-sysupdate component has been added that automatically
3267 discovers, downloads, and installs A/B-style updates for the host
3268 installation itself, or container images, portable service images,
3269 and other assets. See the new systemd-sysupdate man page for updates.
3270
3271 Contributions from: 4piu, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Albert Brox,
3272 AlexCatze, Alex Henrie, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alice S,
3273 Alvin Šipraga, amarjargal, Amarjargal, Andrea Pappacoda,
3274 Andreas Rammhold, Andy Chi, Anita Zhang, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
3275 Arfrever Frehtes Taifersar Arahesis, ash, Bastien Nocera, Be,
3276 bearhoney, Ben Efros, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Franzke,
3277 Brett Holman, Christian Brauner, Clyde Byrd III, Curtis Klein,
3278 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Danilo Krummrich,
3279 David, David Bond, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, davijosw,
3280 dependabot[bot], Donald Chan, Dorian Clay, Eduard Tolosa,
3281 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Erik Sjölund, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3282 Federico Ceratto, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gaël PORTAY,
3283 Georges Basile Stavracas Neto, Gibeom Gwon, Goffredo Baroncelli,
3284 Grigori Goronzy, Hans de Goede, Heiko Becker, Hugo Carvalho,
3285 Jakob Lell, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
3286 Joan Bruguera, Joerie de Gram, Josh Triplett, Julia Kartseva,
3287 Kazuo Moriwaka, Khem Raj, ksa678491784, Lance, Lan Tian,
3288 Laura Barcziova, Lennart Poettering, Leviticoh, licunlong,
3289 Lidong Zhong, lincoln auster, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
3290 Luca BRUNO, lucagoc, Ludwig Nussel, Marcel Hellwig, march1993,
3291 Marco Scardovi, Mario Limonciello, Mariusz Tkaczyk,
3292 Markus Weippert, Martin, Martin Liska, Martin Wilck, Matija Skala,
3293 Matthew Blythe, Matthias Lisin, Matthijs van Duin, Matt Walton,
3294 Max Gautier, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal Koutný,
3295 Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, MkfsSion, Morten Linderud,
3296 Nick Rosbrook, Nikolai Grigoriev, Nikolai Kostrigin,
3297 Nishal Kulkarni, Noel Kuntze, Pablo Ceballos, Peter Hutterer,
3298 Peter Morrow, Pigmy-penguin, Piotr Drąg, prumian, Richard Neill,
3299 Rike-Benjamin Schuppner, rodin-ia, Romain Naour, Ruben Kerkhof,
3300 Ryan Hendrickson, Santa Wiryaman, Sebastian Pucilowski, Seth Falco,
3301 Simon Ellmann, Sonali Srivastava, Stefan Seering,
3302 Stephen Hemminger, tawefogo, techtino, Temuri Doghonadze,
3303 Thomas Batten, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tobias Stoeckmann,
3304 Tomasz Pala, Tyson Whitehead, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
3305 Vivien Didelot, w30023233, wangyuhang, Weblate, Xiaotian Wu,
3306 yangmingtai, YmrDtnJu, Yonathan Randolph, Yutsuten, Yu Watanabe,
3307 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, наб
3308
3309 — Edinburgh, 2022-05-21
3310
3311 CHANGES WITH 250:
3312
3313 * Support for encrypted and authenticated credentials has been added.
3314 This extends the credential logic introduced with v247 to support
3315 non-interactive symmetric encryption and authentication, based on a
3316 key that is stored on the /var/ file system or in the TPM2 chip (if
3317 available), or the combination of both (by default if a TPM2 chip
3318 exists the combination is used, otherwise the /var/ key only). The
3319 credentials are automatically decrypted at the moment a service is
3320 started, and are made accessible to the service itself in unencrypted
3321 form. A new tool 'systemd-creds' encrypts credentials for this
3322 purpose, and two new service file settings LoadCredentialEncrypted=
3323 and SetCredentialEncrypted= configure such credentials.
3324
3325 This feature is useful to store sensitive material such as SSL
3326 certificates, passwords and similar securely at rest and only decrypt
3327 them when needed, and in a way that is tied to the local OS
3328 installation or hardware.
3329
3330 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator can now automatically set up discoverable
3331 LUKS2 encrypted swap partitions.
3332
3333 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specification has been substantially
3334 extended with support for root and /usr/ partitions for the majority
3335 of architectures systemd supports. This includes platforms that do
3336 not natively support UEFI, because even though GPT is specified under
3337 UEFI umbrella, it is useful on other systems too. Specifically,
3338 systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-gpt-auto-generator and
3339 Portable Services use the concept without requiring UEFI.
3340
3341 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specifications has been extended with
3342 a new set of partitions that may carry PKCS#7 signatures for Verity
3343 partitions, encoded in a simple JSON format. This implements a simple
3344 mechanism for building disk images that are fully authenticated and
3345 can be tested against a set of cryptographic certificates. This is
3346 now implemented for the various systemd tools that can operate with
3347 disk images, such as systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-dissect,
3348 Portable services/RootImage=, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysusers.
3349 The PKCS#7 signatures are passed to the kernel (where they are
3350 checked against certificates from the kernel keyring), or can be
3351 verified against certificates provided in userspace (via a simple
3352 drop-in file mechanism).
3353
3354 * systemd-dissect's inspection logic will now report for which uses a
3355 disk image is intended. Specifically, it will display whether an
3356 image is suitable for booting on UEFI or in a container (using
3357 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch), whether it can be used as portable
3358 service, or attached as system extension.
3359
3360 * The system-extension.d/ drop-in files now support a new field
3361 SYSEXT_SCOPE= that may encode which purpose a system extension image
3362 is for: one of "initrd", "system" or "portable". This is useful to
3363 make images more self-descriptive, and to ensure system extensions
3364 cannot be attached in the wrong contexts.
3365
3366 * The os-release file learnt a new PORTABLE_PREFIXES= field which may
3367 be used in portable service images to indicate which unit prefixes
3368 are supported.
3369
3370 * The GPT image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn/systemd-dissect/…
3371 now is able to decode images for non-native architectures as well.
3372 This allows systemd-nspawn to boot images of non-native architectures
3373 if the corresponding user mode emulator is installed and
3374 systemd-binfmtd is running.
3375
3376 * systemd-logind gained new settings HandlePowerKeyLongPress=,
3377 HandleRebootKeyLongPress=, HandleSuspendKeyLongPress= and
3378 HandleHibernateKeyLongPress= which may be used to configure actions
3379 when the relevant keys are pressed for more than 5s. This is useful
3380 on devices that only have hardware for a subset of these keys. By
3381 default, if the reboot key is pressed long the poweroff operation is
3382 now triggered, and when the suspend key is pressed long the hibernate
3383 operation is triggered. Long pressing the other two keys currently
3384 does not trigger any operation by default.
3385
3386 * When showing unit status updates on the console during boot and
3387 shutdown, and a service is slow to start so that the cylon animation
3388 is shown, the most recent sd_notify() STATUS= text is now shown as
3389 well. Services may use this to make the boot/shutdown output easier
3390 to understand, and to indicate what precisely a service that is slow
3391 to start or stop is waiting for. In particular, the per-user service
3392 manager instance now reports what it is doing and which service it is
3393 waiting for this way to the system service manager.
3394
3395 * The service manager will now re-execute on reception of the
3396 SIGRTMIN+25 signal. It previously already did that on SIGTERM — but
3397 only when running as PID 1. There was no signal to request this when
3398 running as per-user service manager, i.e. as any other PID than 1.
3399 SIGRTMIN+25 works for both system and user managers.
3400
3401 * The hardware watchdog logic in PID 1 gained support for operating
3402 with the default timeout configured in the hardware, instead of
3403 insisting on re-configuring it. Set RuntimeWatchdogSec=default to
3404 request this behavior.
3405
3406 * A new kernel command line option systemd.watchdog_sec= is now
3407 understood which may be used to override the hardware watchdog
3408 time-out for the boot.
3409
3410 * A new setting DefaultOOMScoreAdjust= is now supported in
3411 /etc/systemd/system.conf and /etc/systemd/user.conf. It may be used
3412 to set the default process OOM score adjustment value for processes
3413 started by the service manager. For per-user service managers this
3414 now defaults to 100, but for per-system service managers is left as
3415 is. This means that by default now services forked off the user
3416 service manager are more likely to be killed by the OOM killer than
3417 system services or the managers themselves.
3418
3419 * A new per-service setting RestrictFileSystems= as been added that
3420 restricts the file systems a service has access to by their type.
3421 This is based on the new BPF LSM of the Linux kernel. It provides an
3422 effective way to make certain API file systems unavailable to
3423 services (and thus minimizing attack surface). A new command
3424 "systemd-analyze filesystems" has been added that lists all known
3425 file system types (and how they are grouped together under useful
3426 group handles).
3427
3428 * Services now support a new setting RestrictNetworkInterfaces= for
3429 restricting access to specific network interfaces.
3430
3431 * Service unit files gained new settings StartupAllowedCPUs= and
3432 StartupAllowedMemoryNodes=. These are similar to their counterparts
3433 without the "Startup" prefix and apply during the boot process
3434 only. This is useful to improve boot-time behavior of the system and
3435 assign resources differently during boot than during regular
3436 runtime. This is similar to the preexisting StartupCPUWeight=
3437 vs. CPUWeight.
3438
3439 * Related to this: the various StartupXYZ= settings
3440 (i.e. StartupCPUWeight=, StartupAllowedCPUs=, …) are now also applied
3441 during shutdown. The settings not prefixed with "Startup" hence apply
3442 during regular runtime, and those that are prefixed like that apply
3443 during boot and shutdown.
3444
3445 * A new per-unit set of conditions/asserts
3446 [Condition|Assert][Memory|CPU|IO]Pressure= have been added to make a
3447 unit skip/fail activation if the system's (or a slice's) memory/cpu/io
3448 pressure is above the configured threshold, using the kernel PSI
3449 feature. For more details see systemd.unit(5) and
3450 https://docs.kernel.org/accounting/psi.html
3451
3452 * The combination of ProcSubset=pid and ProtectKernelTunables=yes and/or
3453 ProtectKernelLogs=yes can now be used.
3454
3455 * The default maximum numbers of inodes have been raised from 64k to 1M
3456 for /dev/, and from 400k to 1M for /tmp/.
3457
3458 * The per-user service manager learnt support for communicating with
3459 systemd-oomd to acquire OOM kill information.
3460
3461 * A new service setting ExecSearchPath= has been added that allows
3462 changing the search path for executables for services. It affects
3463 where we look for the binaries specified in ExecStart= and similar,
3464 and the specified directories are also added the $PATH environment
3465 variable passed to invoked processes.
3466
3467 * A new setting RuntimeRandomizedExtraSec= has been added for service
3468 and scope units that allows extending the runtime time-out as
3469 configured by RuntimeMaxSec= with a randomized amount.
3470
3471 * The syntax of the service unit settings RuntimeDirectory=,
3472 StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=, LogsDirectory= has been extended:
3473 if the specified value is now suffixed with a colon, followed by
3474 another filename, the latter will be created as symbolic link to the
3475 specified directory. This allows creating these service directories
3476 together with alias symlinks to make them available under multiple
3477 names.
3478
3479 * Service unit files gained two new settings TTYRows=/TTYColumns= for
3480 configuring rows/columns of the TTY device passed to
3481 stdin/stdout/stderr of the service. This is useful to propagate TTY
3482 dimensions to a virtual machine.
3483
3484 * A new service unit file setting ExitType= has been added that
3485 specifies when to assume a service has exited. By default systemd
3486 only watches the main process of a service. By setting
3487 ExitType=cgroup it can be told to wait for the last process in a
3488 cgroup instead.
3489
3490 * Automount unit files gained a new setting ExtraOptions= that can be
3491 used to configure additional mount options to pass to the kernel when
3492 mounting the autofs instance.
3493
3494 * "Urlification" (generation of ESC sequences that generate clickable
3495 hyperlinks in modern terminals) may now be turned off altogether
3496 during build-time.
3497
3498 * Path units gained new TriggerLimitBurst= and TriggerLimitIntervalSec=
3499 settings that default to 200 and 2 s respectively. The ratelimit
3500 ensures that a path unit cannot cause PID1 to busy-loop when it is
3501 trying to trigger a service that is skipped because of a Condition*=
3502 not being satisfied. This matches the configuration and behaviour of
3503 socket units.
3504
3505 * The TPM2/FIDO2/PKCS11 support in systemd-cryptsetup is now also built
3506 as a plug-in for cryptsetup. This means the plain cryptsetup command
3507 may now be used to unlock volumes set up this way.
3508
3509 * The TPM2 logic in cryptsetup will now automatically detect systems
3510 where the TPM2 chip advertises SHA256 PCR banks but the firmware only
3511 updates the SHA1 banks. In such a case PCR policies will be
3512 automatically bound to the latter, not the former. This makes the PCR
3513 policies reliable, but of course do not provide the same level of
3514 trust as SHA256 banks.
3515
3516 * The TPM2 logic in systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-cryptsetup now supports
3517 RSA primary keys in addition to ECC, improving compatibility with
3518 TPM2 chips that do not support ECC. RSA keys are much slower to use
3519 than ECC, and hence are only used if ECC is not available.
3520
3521 * /etc/crypttab gained support for a new token-timeout= setting for
3522 encrypted volumes that allows configuration of the maximum time to
3523 wait for PKCS#11/FIDO2 tokens to be plugged in. If the time elapses
3524 the logic will query the user for a regular passphrase/recovery key
3525 instead.
3526
3527 * Support for activating dm-integrity volumes at boot via a new file
3528 /etc/integritytab and the tool systemd-integritysetup have been
3529 added. This is similar to /etc/crypttab and /etc/veritytab, but deals
3530 with dm-integrity instead of dm-crypt/dm-verity.
3531
3532 * The systemd-veritysetup-generator now understands a new usrhash=
3533 kernel command line option for specifying the Verity root hash for
3534 the partition backing the /usr/ file system. A matching set of
3535 systemd.verity_usr_* kernel command line options has been added as
3536 well. These all work similar to the corresponding options for the
3537 root partition.
3538
3539 * The sd-device API gained a new API call sd_device_get_diskseq() to
3540 return the DISKSEQ property of a device structure. The "disk
3541 sequence" concept is a new feature recently introduced to the Linux
3542 kernel that allows detecting reuse cycles of block devices, i.e. can
3543 be used to recognize when loopback block devices are reused for a
3544 different purpose or CD-ROM drives get their media changed.
3545
3546 * A new unit systemd-boot-update.service has been added. If enabled
3547 (the default) and the sd-boot loader is detected to be installed, it
3548 is automatically updated to the newest version when out of date. This
3549 is useful to ensure the boot loader remains up-to-date, and updates
3550 automatically propagate from the OS tree in /usr/.
3551
3552 * sd-boot will now build with SBAT by default in order to facilitate
3553 working with recent versions of Shim that require it to be present.
3554
3555 * sd-boot can now parse Microsoft Windows' Boot Configuration Data.
3556 This is used to robustly generate boot entry titles for Windows.
3557
3558 * A new generic target unit factory-reset.target has been added. It is
3559 hooked into systemd-logind similar in fashion to
3560 reboot/poweroff/suspend/hibernate, and is supposed to be used to
3561 initiate a factory reset operation. What precisely this operation
3562 entails is up for the implementer to decide, the primary goal of the
3563 new unit is provide a framework where to plug in the implementation
3564 and how to trigger it.
3565
3566 * A new meson build-time option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' has been
3567 added which takes a time in µs and defaults to 15 years. If the RTC
3568 time is noticed to be more than the specified time ahead of the
3569 built-in epoch of systemd (which by default is the release timestamp
3570 of systemd) it is assumed that the RTC is not working correctly, and
3571 the RTC is reset to the epoch. (It already is reset to the epoch when
3572 noticed to be before it.) This should increase the chance that time
3573 doesn't accidentally jump too far ahead due to faulty hardware or
3574 batteries.
3575
3576 * A new setting SaveIntervalSec= has been added to systemd-timesyncd,
3577 which may be used to automatically save the current system time to
3578 disk in regular intervals. This is useful to maintain a roughly
3579 monotonic clock even without RTC hardware and with some robustness
3580 against abnormal system shutdown.
3581
3582 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for a pair of new --image= +
3583 --root= switches for verifying units below a specific root
3584 directory/image instead of on the host.
3585
3586 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for verifying unit files under
3587 an explicitly specified unit name, independently of what the filename
3588 actually is.
3589
3590 * systemd-analyze verify gained a new switch --recursive-errors= which
3591 controls whether to only fail on errors found in the specified units
3592 or recursively any dependent units.
3593
3594 * systemd-analyze security now supports a new --offline mode for
3595 analyzing unit files stored on disk instead of loaded units. It may
3596 be combined with --root=/--image to analyze unit files under a root
3597 directory or disk image. It also learnt a new --threshold= parameter
3598 for specifying an exposure level threshold: if the exposure level
3599 exceeds the specified value the call will fail. It also gained a new
3600 --security-policy= switch for configuring security policies to
3601 enforce on the units. A policy is a JSON file that lists which tests
3602 shall be weighted how much to determine the overall exposure
3603 level. Altogether these new features are useful for fully automatic
3604 analysis and enforcement of security policies on unit files.
3605
3606 * systemd-analyze security gain a new --json= switch for JSON output.
3607
3608 * systemd-analyze learnt a new --quiet switch for reducing
3609 non-essential output. It's honored by the "dot", "syscall-filter",
3610 "filesystems" commands.
3611
3612 * systemd-analyze security gained a --profile= option that can be used
3613 to take into account a portable profile when analyzing portable
3614 services, since a lot of the security-related settings are enabled
3615 through them.
3616
3617 * systemd-analyze learnt a new inspect-elf verb that parses ELF core
3618 files, binaries and executables and prints metadata information,
3619 including the build-id and other info described on:
3620 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA/
3621
3622 * .network files gained a new UplinkInterface= in the [IPv6SendRA]
3623 section, for automatically propagating DNS settings from other
3624 interfaces.
3625
3626 * The static lease DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd may now serve
3627 IP addresses outside of the configured IP pool range for the server.
3628
3629 * CAN support in systemd-networkd gained four new settings Loopback=,
3630 OneShot=, PresumeAck=, ClassicDataLengthCode= for tweaking CAN
3631 control modes. It gained a number of further settings for tweaking
3632 CAN timing quanta.
3633
3634 * The [CAN] section in .network file gained new TimeQuantaNSec=,
3635 PropagationSegment=, PhaseBufferSegment1=, PhaseBufferSegment2=,
3636 SyncJumpWidth=, DataTimeQuantaNSec=, DataPropagationSegment=,
3637 DataPhaseBufferSegment1=, DataPhaseBufferSegment2=, and
3638 DataSyncJumpWidth= settings to control bit-timing processed by the
3639 CAN interface.
3640
3641 * DHCPv4 client support in systemd-networkd learnt a new Label= option
3642 for configuring the address label to apply to configure IPv4
3643 addresses.
3644
3645 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files gained support for a new
3646 UseMTU= setting that may be used to control whether to apply the
3647 announced MTU settings to the local interface.
3648
3649 * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained a new Use6RD= boolean
3650 setting to control whether the DHCPv4 client request and process the
3651 DHCP 6RD option.
3652
3653 * The [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section in .network file is renamed to
3654 [DHCPPrefixDelegation], as now the prefix delegation is also supported
3655 with DHCPv4 protocol by enabling the Use6RD= setting.
3656
3657 * The [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section in .network file gained a new
3658 setting UplinkInterface= to specify the upstream interface.
3659
3660 * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained a new setting
3661 UseDelegatedPrefix= to control whether the delegated prefixes will be
3662 propagated to the downstream interfaces.
3663
3664 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files now understands two new
3665 settings UseGateway=/UseRoutePrefix= for explicitly configuring
3666 whether to use the relevant fields from the IPv6 Router Advertisement
3667 records.
3668
3669 * The ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation= setting in the [DHCPv6] section
3670 has been removed. Please use the WithoutRA= and UseDelegatedPrefix=
3671 settings in the [DHCPv6] section and the DHCPv6Client= setting in the
3672 [IPv6AcceptRA] section to control when the DHCPv6 client is started
3673 and how the delegated prefixes are handled by the DHCPv6 client.
3674
3675 * The IPv6Token= section in the [Network] section is deprecated, and
3676 the [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained the Token= setting for its
3677 replacement. The [IPv6Prefix] section also gained the Token= setting.
3678 The Token= setting gained 'eui64' mode to explicitly configure an
3679 address with the EUI64 algorithm based on the interface MAC address.
3680 The 'prefixstable' mode can now optionally take a secret key. The
3681 Token= setting in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section now supports all
3682 algorithms supported by the same settings in the other sections.
3683
3684 * The [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network file gained a new
3685 SuppressInterfaceGroup= setting.
3686
3687 * The IgnoreCarrierLoss= setting in the [Network] section of .network
3688 files now allows a duration to be specified, controlling how long to
3689 wait before reacting to carrier loss.
3690
3691 * The [DHCPServer] section of .network file gained a new Router=
3692 setting to specify the router address.
3693
3694 * The [CAKE] section of .network files gained various new settings
3695 AutoRateIngress=, CompensationMode=, FlowIsolationMode=, NAT=,
3696 MPUBytes=, PriorityQueueingPreset=, FirewallMark=, Wash=, SplitGSO=,
3697 and UseRawPacketSize= for configuring CAKE.
3698
3699 * systemd-networkd now ships with new default .network files:
3700 80-container-vb.network which matches host-side network bridge device
3701 created by systemd-nspawn's --network-bridge or --network-zone
3702 switch, and 80-6rd-tunnel.network which matches automatically created
3703 sit tunnel with 6rd prefix when the DHCP 6RD option is received.
3704
3705 * systemd-networkd's handling of Endpoint= resolution for WireGuard
3706 interfaces has been improved.
3707
3708 * systemd-networkd will now automatically configure routes to addresses
3709 specified in AllowedIPs=. This feature can be controlled via
3710 RouteTable= and RouteMetric= settings in [WireGuard] or
3711 [WireGuardPeer] sections.
3712
3713 * systemd-networkd will now once again automatically generate persistent
3714 MAC addresses for batadv and bridge interfaces. Users can disable this
3715 by using MACAddress=none in .netdev files.
3716
3717 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support IP over InfiniBand
3718 interfaces. The Kind= setting in .netdev file accepts "ipoib". And
3719 systemd.netdev files gained the [IPoIB] section.
3720
3721 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support net.ifname_policy=
3722 option on the kernel command-line. This is implemented through the
3723 systemd-network-generator service that automatically generates
3724 appropriate .link, .network, and .netdev files.
3725
3726 * The various systemd-udevd "ethtool" buffer settings now understand
3727 the special value "max" to configure the buffers to the maximum the
3728 hardware supports.
3729
3730 * systemd-udevd's .link files may now configure a large variety of
3731 NIC coalescing settings, plus more hardware offload settings.
3732
3733 * .link files gained a new WakeOnLanPassword= setting in the [Link]
3734 section that allows to specify a WoL "SecureOn" password on hardware
3735 that supports this.
3736
3737 * systemd-nspawn's --setenv= switch now supports an additional syntax:
3738 if only a variable name is specified (i.e. without being suffixed by
3739 a '=' character and a value) the current value of the environment
3740 variable is propagated to the container. e.g. --setenv=FOO will
3741 lookup the current value of $FOO in the environment, and pass it down
3742 to the container. Similar behavior has been added to homectl's,
3743 machinectl's and systemd-run's --setenv= switch.
3744
3745 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --suppress-sync= which may be used
3746 to optionally suppress the effect of the sync()/fsync()/fdatasync()
3747 system calls for the container payload. This is useful for build
3748 system environments where safety against abnormal system shutdown is
3749 not essential as all build artifacts can be regenerated any time, but
3750 the performance win is beneficial.
3751
3752 * systemd-nspawn will now raise the RLIMIT_NOFILE hard limit to the
3753 same value that PID 1 uses for most forked off processes.
3754
3755 * systemd-nspawn's --bind=/--bind-ro= switches now optionally take
3756 uidmap/nouidmap options as last parameter. If "uidmap" is used the
3757 bind mounts are created with UID mapping taking place that ensures
3758 the host's file ownerships are mapped 1:1 to container file
3759 ownerships, even if user namespacing is used. This way
3760 files/directories bound into containers will no longer show up as
3761 owned by the nobody user as they typically did if no special care was
3762 taken to shift them manually.
3763
3764 * When discovering Windows installations sd-boot will now attempt to
3765 show the Windows version.
3766
3767 * The color scheme to use in sd-boot may now be configured at
3768 build-time.
3769
3770 * sd-boot gained the ability to change screen resolution during
3771 boot-time, by hitting the "r" key. This will cycle through available
3772 resolutions and save the last selection.
3773
3774 * sd-boot learnt a new hotkey "f". When pressed the system will enter
3775 firmware setup. This is useful in environments where it is difficult
3776 to hit the right keys early enough to enter the firmware, and works
3777 on any firmware regardless which key it natively uses.
3778
3779 * sd-boot gained support for automatically booting into the menu item
3780 selected on the last boot (using the "@saved" identifier for menu
3781 items).
3782
3783 * sd-boot gained support for automatically loading all EFI drivers
3784 placed in the /EFI/systemd/drivers/ subdirectory of the EFI System
3785 Partition (ESP). These drivers are loaded before the menu entries are
3786 loaded. This is useful e.g. to load additional file system drivers
3787 for the XBOOTLDR partition.
3788
3789 * systemd-boot will now paint the input cursor on its own instead of
3790 relying on the firmware to do so, increasing compatibility with broken
3791 firmware that doesn't make the cursor reasonably visible.
3792
3793 * sd-boot now embeds a .osrel PE section like we expect from Boot
3794 Loader Specification Type #2 Unified Kernels. This means sd-boot
3795 itself may be used in place of a Type #2 Unified Kernel. This is
3796 useful for debugging purposes as it allows chain-loading one a
3797 (development) sd-boot instance from another.
3798
3799 * sd-boot now supports a new "devicetree" field in Boot Loader
3800 Specification Type #1 entries: if configured the specified device
3801 tree file is installed before the kernel is invoked. This is useful
3802 for installing/applying new devicetree files without updating the
3803 kernel image.
3804
3805 * Similarly, sd-stub now can read devicetree data from a PE section
3806 ".dtb" and apply it before invoking the kernel.
3807
3808 * sd-stub (the EFI stub that can be glued in front of a Linux kernel)
3809 gained the ability to pick up credentials and sysext files, wrap them
3810 in a cpio archive, and pass as an additional initrd to the invoked
3811 Linux kernel, in effect placing those files in the /.extra/ directory
3812 of the initrd environment. This is useful to implement trusted initrd
3813 environments which are fully authenticated but still can be extended
3814 (via sysexts) and parameterized (via encrypted/authenticated
3815 credentials, see above).
3816
3817 Credentials can be located next to the kernel image file (credentials
3818 specific to a single boot entry), or in one of the shared directories
3819 (credentials applicable to multiple boot entries).
3820
3821 * sd-stub now comes with a full man page, that explains its feature set
3822 and how to combine a kernel image, an initrd and the stub to build a
3823 complete EFI unified kernel image, implementing Boot Loader
3824 Specification Type #2.
3825
3826 * sd-stub may now provide the initrd to the executed kernel via the
3827 LINUX_EFI_INITRD_MEDIA_GUID EFI protocol, adding compatibility for
3828 non-x86 architectures.
3829
3830 * bootctl learnt new set-timeout and set-timeout-oneshot commands that
3831 may be used to set the boot menu time-out of the boot loader (for all
3832 or just the subsequent boot).
3833
3834 * bootctl and kernel-install will now read variables
3835 KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT= from /etc/machine-info and layout= from
3836 /etc/kernel/install.conf. When set, it specifies the layout to use
3837 for installation directories on the boot partition, so that tools
3838 don't need to guess it based on the already-existing directories. The
3839 only value that is defined natively is "bls", corresponding to the
3840 layout specified in
3841 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION/. Plugins for
3842 kernel-install that implement a different layout can declare other
3843 values for this variable.
3844
3845 'bootctl install' will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT=bls, on the
3846 assumption that if the user installed sd-boot to the ESP, they intend
3847 to use the entry layout understood by sd-boot. It'll also write
3848 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= if it creates any directories using the ID
3849 (and it wasn't specified in the config file yet). Similarly,
3850 kernel-install will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= (if it
3851 wasn't specified in the config file yet). Effectively, those changes
3852 mean that the machine-id used for boot loader entry installation is
3853 "frozen" upon first use and becomes independent of the actual
3854 machine-id.
3855
3856 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID fixes the following problem:
3857 images created for distribution ("golden images") are built with no
3858 machine-id, so that a unique machine-id can be created on the first
3859 boot. But those images may contain boot loader entries with the
3860 machine-id used during build included in paths. Using a "frozen"
3861 value allows unambiguously identifying entries that match the
3862 specific installation, while still permitting parallel installations
3863 without conflict.
3864
3865 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT obviates the need for
3866 kernel-install to guess the installation layout. This fixes the
3867 problem where a (possibly empty) directory in the boot partition is
3868 created from a different layout causing kernel-install plugins to
3869 assume the wrong layout. A particular example of how this may happen
3870 is the grub2 package in Fedora which includes directories under /boot
3871 directly in its file list. Various other packages pull in grub2 as a
3872 dependency, so it may be installed even if unused, breaking
3873 installations that use the bls layout.
3874
3875 * bootctl and systemd-bless-boot can now be linked statically.
3876
3877 * systemd-sysext now optionally doesn't insist on extension-release.d/
3878 files being placed in the image under the image's file name. If the
3879 file system xattr user.extension-release.strict is set on the
3880 extension release file, it is accepted regardless of its name. This
3881 relaxes security restrictions a bit, as system extension may be
3882 attached under a wrong name this way.
3883
3884 * udevadm's test-builtin command learnt a new --action= switch for
3885 testing the built-in with the specified action (in place of the
3886 default 'add').
3887
3888 * udevadm info gained new switches --property=/--value for showing only
3889 specific udev properties/values instead of all.
3890
3891 * A new hwdb database has been added that contains matches for various
3892 types of signal analyzers (protocol analyzers, logic analyzers,
3893 oscilloscopes, multimeters, bench power supplies, etc.) that should
3894 be accessible to regular users.
3895
3896 * A new hwdb database entry has been added that carries information
3897 about types of cameras (regular or infrared), and in which direction
3898 they point (front or back).
3899
3900 * A new rule to allow console users access to rfkill by default has been
3901 added to hwdb.
3902
3903 * Device nodes for the Software Guard eXtension enclaves (sgx_vepc) are
3904 now also owned by the system group "sgx".
3905
3906 * A new build-time meson option "extra-net-naming-schemes=" has been
3907 added to define additional naming schemes for udev's network
3908 interface naming logic. This is useful for enterprise distributions
3909 and similar which want to pin the schemes of certain distribution
3910 releases under a specific name and previously had to patch the
3911 sources to introduce new named schemes.
3912
3913 * The predictable naming logic for network interfaces has been extended
3914 to generate stable names from Xen netfront device information.
3915
3916 * hostnamed's chassis property can now be sourced from chassis-type
3917 field encoded in devicetree (in addition to the existing DMI
3918 support).
3919
3920 * systemd-cgls now optionally displays cgroup IDs and extended
3921 attributes for each cgroup. (Controllable via the new --xattr= +
3922 --cgroup-id= switches.)
3923
3924 * coredumpctl gained a new --all switch for operating on all
3925 Journal files instead of just the local ones.
3926
3927 * systemd-coredump will now use libdw/libelf via dlopen() rather than
3928 directly linking, allowing users to easily opt-out of backtrace/metadata
3929 analysis of core files, and reduce image sizes when this is not needed.
3930
3931 * systemd-coredump will now analyze core files with libdw/libelf in a
3932 forked, sandboxed process.
3933
3934 * systemd-homed will now try to unmount an activate home area in
3935 regular intervals once the user logged out fully. Previously this was
3936 attempted exactly once but if the home directory was busy for some
3937 reason it was not tried again.
3938
3939 * systemd-homed's LUKS2 home area backend will now create a BSD file
3940 system lock on the image file while the home area is active
3941 (i.e. mounted). If a home area is found to be locked, logins are
3942 politely refused. This should improve behavior when using home areas
3943 images that are accessible via the network from multiple clients, and
3944 reduce the chance of accidental file system corruption in that case.
3945
3946 * Optionally, systemd-homed will now drop the kernel buffer cache once
3947 a user has fully logged out, configurable via the new --drop-caches=
3948 homectl switch.
3949
3950 * systemd-homed now makes use of UID mapped mounts for the home areas.
3951 If the kernel and used file system support it, files are now
3952 internally owned by the "nobody" user (i.e. the user typically used
3953 for indicating "this ownership is not mapped"), and dynamically
3954 mapped to the UID used locally on the system via the UID mapping
3955 mount logic of recent kernels. This makes migrating home areas
3956 between different systems cheaper because recursively chown()ing file
3957 system trees is no longer necessary.
3958
3959 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend now optionally supports CIFS service
3960 names with a directory suffix, in order to place home directories in
3961 a subdirectory of a CIFS share, instead of the top-level directory.
3962
3963 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend gained support for specifying additional
3964 mount options in the JSON user record (cifsExtraMountOptions field,
3965 and --cifs-extra-mount-options= homectl switch). This is for example
3966 useful for configuring mount options such as "noserverino" that some
3967 SMB3 services require (use that to run a homed home directory from a
3968 FritzBox SMB3 share this way).
3969
3970 * systemd-homed will now default to btrfs' zstd compression for home
3971 areas. This is inspired by Fedora's recent decision to switch to zstd
3972 by default.
3973
3974 * Additional mount options to use when mounting the file system of
3975 LUKS2 volumes in systemd-homed has been added. Via the
3976 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_BTRFS, $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_EXT4,
3977 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_XFS environment variables to
3978 systemd-homed or via the luksExtraMountOptions user record JSON
3979 property. (Exposed via homectl --luks-extra-mount-options)
3980
3981 * homectl's resize command now takes the special size specifications
3982 "min" and "max" to shrink/grow the home area to the minimum/maximum
3983 size possible, taking disk usage/space constraints and file system
3984 limitations into account. Resizing is now generally graceful: the
3985 logic will try to get as close to the specified size as possible, but
3986 not consider it a failure if the request couldn't be fulfilled
3987 precisely.
3988
3989 * systemd-homed gained the ability to automatically shrink home areas
3990 on logout to their minimal size and grow them again on next
3991 login. This ensures that while inactive, a home area only takes up
3992 the minimal space necessary, but once activated, it provides
3993 sufficient space for the user's needs. This behavior is only
3994 supported if btrfs is used as file system inside the home area
3995 (because only for btrfs online growing/shrinking is implemented in
3996 the kernel). This behavior is now enabled by default, but may be
3997 controlled via the new --auto-resize-mode= setting of homectl.
3998
3999 * systemd-homed gained support for automatically re-balancing free disk
4000 space among active home areas, in case the LUKS2 backends are used,
4001 and no explicit disk size was requested. This way disk space is
4002 automatically managed and home areas resized in regular intervals and
4003 manual resizing when disk space becomes scarce should not be
4004 necessary anymore. This behavior is only supported if btrfs is used
4005 within the home areas (as only then online shrinking and growing is
4006 supported), and may be configured via the new rebalanceWeight JSON
4007 user record field (as exposed via the new --rebalance-weight= homectl
4008 setting). Re-balancing is mostly automatic, but can also be requested
4009 explicitly via "homectl rebalance", which is synchronous, and thus
4010 may be used to wait until the rebalance run is complete.
4011
4012 * userdbctl gained a --json= switch for configured the JSON formatting
4013 to use when outputting user or group records.
4014
4015 * userdbctl gained a new --multiplexer= switch for explicitly
4016 configuring whether to use the systemd-userdbd server side user
4017 record resolution logic.
4018
4019 * userdbctl's ssh-authorized-keys command learnt a new --chain switch,
4020 for chaining up another command to execute after completing the
4021 look-up. Since the OpenSSH's AuthorizedKeysCommand only allows
4022 configuration of a single command to invoke, this maybe used to
4023 invoke multiple: first userdbctl's own implementation, and then any
4024 other also configured in the command line.
4025
4026 * The sd-event API gained a new function sd_event_add_inotify_fd() that
4027 is similar to sd_event_add_inotify() but accepts a file descriptor
4028 instead of a path in the file system for referencing the inode to
4029 watch.
4030
4031 * The sd-event API gained a new function
4032 sd_event_source_set_ratelimit_expire_callback() that may be used to
4033 define a callback function that is called whenever an event source
4034 leaves the rate limiting phase.
4035
4036 * New documentation has been added explaining which steps are necessary
4037 to port systemd to a new architecture:
4038
4039 https://systemd.io/PORTING_TO_NEW_ARCHITECTURES
4040
4041 * The x-systemd.makefs option in /etc/fstab now explicitly supports
4042 ext2, ext3, and f2fs file systems.
4043
4044 * Mount units and units generated from /etc/fstab entries with 'noauto'
4045 are now ordered the same as other units. Effectively, they will be
4046 started earlier (if something actually pulled them in) and stopped
4047 later, similarly to normal mount units that are part of
4048 fs-local.target. This change should be invisible to users, but
4049 should prevent those units from being stopped too early during
4050 shutdown.
4051
4052 * The systemd-getty-generator now honors a new kernel command line
4053 argument systemd.getty_auto= and a new environment variable
4054 $SYSTEMD_GETTY_AUTO that allows turning it off at boot. This is for
4055 example useful to turn off gettys inside of containers or similar
4056 environments.
4057
4058 * systemd-resolved now listens on a second DNS stub address: 127.0.0.54
4059 (in addition to 127.0.0.53, as before). If DNS requests are sent to
4060 this address they are propagated in "bypass" mode only, i.e. are
4061 almost not processed locally, but mostly forwarded as-is to the
4062 current upstream DNS servers. This provides a stable DNS server
4063 address that proxies all requests dynamically to the right upstream
4064 DNS servers even if these dynamically change. This stub does not do
4065 mDNS/LLMNR resolution. However, it will translate look-ups to
4066 DNS-over-TLS if necessary. This new stub is particularly useful in
4067 container/VM environments, or for tethering setups: use DNAT to
4068 redirect traffic to any IP address to this stub.
4069
4070 * systemd-importd now honors new environment variables
4071 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_SUBVOL, $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_QUOTA,
4072 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_SYNC, which may be used disable btrfs subvolume
4073 generation, btrfs quota setup and disk synchronization.
4074
4075 * systemd-importd and systemd-resolved can now be optionally built with
4076 OpenSSL instead of libgcrypt.
4077
4078 * systemd-repart no longer requires OpenSSL.
4079
4080 * systemd-sysusers will no longer create the redundant 'nobody' group
4081 by default, as the 'nobody' user is already created with an
4082 appropriate primary group.
4083
4084 * If a unit uses RuntimeMaxSec, systemctl show will now display it.
4085
4086 * systemctl show-environment gained support for --output=json.
4087
4088 * pam_systemd will now first try to use the X11 abstract socket, and
4089 fallback to the socket file in /tmp/.X11-unix/ only if that does not
4090 work.
4091
4092 * systemd-journald will no longer go back to volatile storage
4093 regardless of configuration when its unit is restarted.
4094
4095 * Initial support for the LoongArch architecture has been added (system
4096 call lists, GPT partition table UUIDs, etc).
4097
4098 * systemd-journald's own logging messages are now also logged to the
4099 journal itself when systemd-journald logs to /dev/kmsg.
4100
4101 * systemd-journald now re-enables COW for archived journal files on
4102 filesystems that support COW. One benefit of this change is that
4103 archived journal files will now get compressed on btrfs filesystems
4104 that have compression enabled.
4105
4106 * systemd-journald now deduplicates fields in a single log message
4107 before adding it to the journal. In archived journal files, it will
4108 also punch holes for unused parts and truncate the file as
4109 appropriate, leading to reductions in disk usage.
4110
4111 * journalctl --verify was extended with more informative error
4112 messages.
4113
4114 * More of sd-journal's functions are now resistant against journal file
4115 corruption.
4116
4117 * The shutdown command learnt a new option --show, to display the
4118 scheduled shutdown.
4119
4120 * A LICENSES/ directory is now included in the git tree. It contains a
4121 README.md file that explains the licenses used by source files in
4122 this repository. It also contains the text of all applicable
4123 licenses as they appear on spdx.org.
4124
4125 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, acsfer, Adolfo Jayme Barrientos,
4126 Adrian Vovk, Albert Brox, Alberto Mardegan, Alexander Kanavin,
4127 alexlzhu, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross,
4128 Amir Omidi, Anatol Pomozov, Andika Triwidada, Andreas Rammhold,
4129 Andreas Valder, Andrej Lajovic, Andrew Soutar, Andrew Stone, Andy Chi,
4130 Anita Zhang, Anssi Hannula, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
4131 Antony Deepak Thomas, Arnaud Ferraris, Arvid E. Picciani,
4132 Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Herrenschmidt, Ben Stockett,
4133 Bogdan Seniuc, Boqun Feng, Carl Lei, chlorophyll-zz, Chris Packham,
4134 Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche, Christian Wehrli,
4135 Christoph Anton Mitterer, Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer,
4136 Daniel Maixner, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Davide Cavalca,
4137 David Seifert, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dimitri John Ledkov,
4138 Dimitri Papadopoulos, Dimitry Ishenko, Dmitry Khlebnikov,
4139 Dominique Martinet, duament, Egor, Egor Ignatov, Emil Renner Berthing,
4140 Emily Gonyer, Ettore Atalan, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink,
4141 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geass-LL, Gibeom Gwon, GnunuX,
4142 Gogo Gogsi, gregzuro, Greg Zuro, Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede,
4143 Hela Basa, Henri Chain, hikigaya58, Hugo Carvalho,
4144 Hugo Osvaldo Barrera, Iago Lopez Galeiras, Iago López Galeiras,
4145 I-dont-need-name, igo95862, Jack Dähn, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen,
4146 Jan Kuparinen, Jan Macku, Jan Palus, Jarkko Sakkinen, Jayce Fayne,
4147 jiangchuangang, jlempen, John Lindgren, Jonas Dreßler, Jonas Jelten,
4148 Jonas Witschel, Joris Hartog, José Expósito, Julia Kartseva,
4149 Kai-Heng Feng, Kai Wohlfahrt, Kay Siver Bø, KennthStailey,
4150 Kevin Kuehler, Kevin Orr, Khem Raj, Kristian Klausen, Kyle Laker,
4151 lainahai, LaserEyess, Lennart Poettering, Lia Lenckowski, longpanda,
4152 Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Lukas Senionis,
4153 Maanya Goenka, Maciek Borzecki, Marcel Menzel, Marco Scardovi,
4154 Marcus Harrison, Mark Boudreau, Matthijs van Duin, Mauricio Vásquez,
4155 Maxime de Roucy, Max Resch, MertsA, Michael Biebl, Michael Catanzaro,
4156 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Miika Karanki, Mike Gilbert,
4157 Milo Turner, ml, monosans, Nacho Barrientos, nassir90, Nishal Kulkarni,
4158 nl6720, Ondrej Kozina, Paulo Neves, Pavel Březina, pedro martelletto,
4159 Peter Hutterer, Peter Morrow, Piotr Drąg, Rasmus Villemoes, ratijas,
4160 Raul Tambre, rene, Riccardo Schirone, Robert-L-Turner, Robert Scheck,
4161 Ross Jennings, saikat0511, Scott Lamb, Scott Worley,
4162 Sergei Trofimovich, Sho Iizuka, Slava Bacherikov, Slimane Selyan Amiri,
4163 StefanBruens, Steven Siloti, svonohr, Taiki Sugawara, Takashi Sakamoto,
4164 Takuro Onoue, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas Mühlbacher,
4165 Tianlu Shao, Toke Høiland-Jørgensen, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson,
4166 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, Urs Ritzmann, Vincent Bernat,
4167 Vito Caputo, Vladimir Panteleev, WANG Xuerui, Wind/owZ, Wu Xiaotian,
4168 xdavidwu, Xiaotian Wu, xujing, yangmingtai, Yao Wei, Yao Wei (魏銘廷),
4169 Yegor Alexeyev, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
4170 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
4171
4172 — Warsaw, 2021-12-23
4173
4174 CHANGES WITH 249:
4175
4176 * When operating on disk images via the --image= switch of various
4177 tools (such as systemd-nspawn or systemd-dissect), or when udev finds
4178 no 'root=' parameter on the kernel command line, and multiple
4179 suitable root or /usr/ partitions exist in the image, then a simple
4180 comparison inspired by strverscmp() is done on the GPT partition
4181 label, and the newest partition is picked. This permits a simple and
4182 generic whole-file-system A/B update logic where new operating system
4183 versions are dropped into partitions whose label is then updated with
4184 a matching version identifier.
4185
4186 * systemd-sysusers now supports querying the passwords to set for the
4187 users it creates via the "credentials" logic introduced in v247: the
4188 passwd.hashed-password.<user> and passwd.plaintext-password.<user>
4189 credentials are consulted for the password to use (either in UNIX
4190 hashed form, or literally). By default these credentials are inherited
4191 down from PID1 (which in turn imports it from a container manager if
4192 there is one). This permits easy configuration of user passwords
4193 during first boot. Example:
4194
4195 # systemd-nspawn -i foo.raw --volatile=yes --set-credential=passwd.plaintext-password.root:foo
4196
4197 Note that systemd-sysusers operates in purely additive mode: it
4198 executes no operation if the declared users already exist, and hence
4199 doesn't set any passwords as effect of the command line above if the
4200 specified root user exists already in the image. (Note that
4201 --volatile=yes ensures it doesn't, though.)
4202
4203 * systemd-firstboot now also supports querying various system
4204 parameters via the credential subsystems. Thus, as above this may be
4205 used to initialize important system parameters on first boot of
4206 previously unprovisioned images (i.e. images with a mostly empty
4207 /etc/).
4208
4209 * PID 1 may now show both the unit name and the unit description
4210 strings in its status output during boot. This may be configured with
4211 StatusUnitFormat=combined in system.conf or
4212 systemd.status-unit-format=combined on the kernel command line.
4213
4214 * The systemd-machine-id-setup tool now supports a --image= switch for
4215 provisioning a machine ID file into an OS disk image, similar to how
4216 --root= operates on an OS file tree. This matches the existing switch
4217 of the same name for systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-firstboot, and
4218 systemd-sysusers tools.
4219
4220 * Similarly, systemd-repart gained support for the --image= switch too.
4221 In combination with the existing --size= option, this makes the tool
4222 particularly useful for easily growing disk images in a single
4223 invocation, following the declarative rules included in the image
4224 itself.
4225
4226 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
4227 new switch MakeDirectories= which may be used to create arbitrary
4228 directories inside file systems that are created, before registering
4229 them in the partition table. This is useful in particular for root
4230 partitions to create mount point directories for other partitions
4231 included in the image. For example, a disk image that contains a
4232 root, /home/, and /var/ partitions, may set MakeDirectories=yes to
4233 create /home/ and /var/ as empty directories in the root file system
4234 on its creation, so that the resulting image can be mounted
4235 immediately, even in read-only mode.
4236
4237 * systemd-repart's CopyBlocks= setting gained support for the special
4238 value "auto". If used, a suitable matching partition on the booted OS
4239 is found as source to copy blocks from. This is useful when
4240 implementing replicating installers, that are booted from one medium
4241 and then stream their own root partition onto the target medium.
4242
4243 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
4244 Flags=, a ReadOnly= and a NoAuto= setting, allowing control of these
4245 GPT partition flags for the created partitions: this is useful for
4246 marking newly created partitions as read-only, or as not being
4247 subject for automatic mounting from creation on.
4248
4249 * The /etc/os-release file has been extended with two new (optional)
4250 variables IMAGE_VERSION= and IMAGE_ID=, carrying identity and version
4251 information for OS images that are updated comprehensively and
4252 atomically as one image. Two new specifiers %M, %A now resolve to
4253 these two fields in the various configuration options that resolve
4254 specifiers.
4255
4256 * portablectl gained a new switch --extension= for enabling portable
4257 service images with extensions that follow the extension image
4258 concept introduced with v248, and thus allows layering multiple
4259 images when setting up the root filesystem of the service.
4260
4261 * systemd-coredump will now extract ELF build-id information from
4262 processes dumping core and include it in the coredump report.
4263 Moreover, it will look for ELF .note.package sections with
4264 distribution packaging meta-information about the crashing process.
4265 This is useful to directly embed the rpm or deb (or any other)
4266 package name and version in ELF files, making it easy to match
4267 coredump reports with the specific package for which the software was
4268 compiled. This is particularly useful on environments with ELF files
4269 from multiple vendors, different distributions and versions, as is
4270 common today in our containerized and sand-boxed world. For further
4271 information, see:
4272
4273 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA
4274
4275 * A new udev hardware database has been added for FireWire devices
4276 (IEEE 1394).
4277
4278 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated with three
4279 backwards-incompatible changes:
4280
4281 - PCI hotplug slot names on s390 systems are now parsed as
4282 hexadecimal numbers. They were incorrectly parsed as decimal
4283 previously, or ignored if the name was not a valid decimal
4284 number.
4285
4286 - PCI onboard indices up to 65535 are allowed. Previously, numbers
4287 above 16383 were rejected. This primarily impacts s390 systems,
4288 where values up to 65535 are used.
4289
4290 - Invalid characters in interface names are replaced with "_".
4291
4292 The new version of the net naming scheme is "v249". The previous
4293 scheme can be selected via the "net.naming_scheme=v247" kernel
4294 command line parameter.
4295
4296 * sd-bus' sd_bus_is_ready() and sd_bus_is_open() calls now accept a
4297 NULL bus object, for which they will return false. Or in other words,
4298 an unallocated bus connection is neither ready nor open.
4299
4300 * The sd-device API acquired a new API function
4301 sd_device_get_usec_initialized() that returns the monotonic time when
4302 the udev device first appeared in the database.
4303
4304 * sd-device gained a new APIs sd_device_trigger_with_uuid() and
4305 sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). The former is similar to
4306 sd_device_trigger() but returns a randomly generated UUID that is
4307 associated with the synthetic uevent generated by the call. This UUID
4308 may be read from the sd_device object a monitor eventually receives,
4309 via the sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). This interface requires kernel
4310 4.13 or above to work, and allows tracking a synthetic uevent through
4311 the entire device management stack. The "udevadm trigger --settle"
4312 logic has been updated to make use of this concept if available to
4313 wait precisely for the uevents it generates. "udevadm trigger" also
4314 gained a new parameter --uuid that prints the UUID for each generated
4315 uevent.
4316
4317 * sd-device also gained new APIs sd_device_new_from_ifname() and
4318 sd_device_new_from_ifindex() for allocating an sd-device object for
4319 the specified network interface. The former accepts an interface name
4320 (either a primary or an alternative name), the latter an interface
4321 index.
4322
4323 * The native Journal protocol has been documented. Clients may talk
4324 this as alternative to the classic BSD syslog protocol for locally
4325 delivering log records to the Journal. The protocol has been stable
4326 for a long time and in fact been implemented already in a variety
4327 of alternative client libraries. This documentation makes the support
4328 for that official:
4329
4330 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_NATIVE_PROTOCOL
4331
4332 * A new BPFProgram= setting has been added to service files. It may be
4333 set to a path to a loaded kernel BPF program, i.e. a path to a bpffs
4334 file, or a bind mount or symlink to one. This may be used to upload
4335 and manage BPF programs externally and then hook arbitrary systemd
4336 services into them.
4337
4338 * The "home.arpa" domain that has been officially declared as the
4339 choice for domain for local home networks per RFC 8375 has been added
4340 to the default NTA list of resolved, since DNSSEC is generally not
4341 available on private domains.
4342
4343 * The CPUAffinity= setting of unit files now resolves "%" specifiers.
4344
4345 * A new ManageForeignRoutingPolicyRules= setting has been added to
4346 .network files which may be used to exclude foreign-created routing
4347 policy rules from systemd-networkd management.
4348
4349 * systemd-network-wait-online gained two new switches -4 and -6 that
4350 may be used to tweak whether to wait for only IPv4 or only IPv6
4351 connectivity.
4352
4353 * .network files gained a new RequiredFamilyForOnline= setting to
4354 fine-tune whether to require an IPv4 or IPv6 address in order to
4355 consider an interface "online".
4356
4357 * networkctl will now show an over-all "online" state in the per-link
4358 information.
4359
4360 * In .network files a new OutgoingInterface= setting has been added to
4361 specify the output interface in bridge FDB setups.
4362
4363 * In .network files the Multipath group ID may now be configured for
4364 [NextHop] entries, via the new Group= setting.
4365
4366 * The DHCP server logic configured in .network files gained a new
4367 setting RelayTarget= that turns the server into a DHCP server relay.
4368 The RelayAgentCircuitId= and RelayAgentRemoteId= settings may be used
4369 to further tweak the DHCP relay behaviour.
4370
4371 * The DHCP server logic also gained a new ServerAddress= setting in
4372 .network files that explicitly specifies the server IP address to
4373 use. If not specified, the address is determined automatically, as
4374 before.
4375
4376 * The DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd gained support for static
4377 DHCP leases, configurable via the [DHCPServerStaticLease]
4378 section. This allows explicitly mapping specific MAC addresses to
4379 fixed IP addresses and vice versa.
4380
4381 * The RestrictAddressFamilies= setting in service files now supports a
4382 new special value "none". If specified sockets of all address
4383 families will be made unavailable to services configured that way.
4384
4385 * systemd-fstab-generator and systemd-repart have been updated to
4386 support booting from disks that carry only a /usr/ partition but no
4387 root partition yet, and where systemd-repart can add it in on the
4388 first boot. This is useful for implementing systems that ship with a
4389 single /usr/ file system, and whose root file system shall be set up
4390 and formatted on a LUKS-encrypted volume whose key is generated
4391 locally (and possibly enrolled in the TPM) during the first boot.
4392
4393 * The [Address] section of .network files now accepts a new
4394 RouteMetric= setting that configures the routing metric to use for
4395 the prefix route created as effect of the address configuration.
4396 Similarly, the [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] and [IPv6Prefix] sections
4397 gained matching settings for their prefix routes. (The option of the
4398 same name in the [DHCPv6] section is moved to [IPv6AcceptRA], since
4399 it conceptually belongs there; the old option is still understood for
4400 compatibility.)
4401
4402 * The DHCPv6 IAID and DUID are now explicitly configurable in .network
4403 files.
4404
4405 * A new udev property ID_NET_DHCP_BROADCAST on network interface
4406 devices is now honoured by systemd-networkd, controlling whether to
4407 issue DHCP offers via broadcasting. This is used to ensure that s390
4408 layer 3 network interfaces work out-of-the-box with systemd-networkd.
4409
4410 * nss-myhostname and systemd-resolved will now synthesize address
4411 records for a new special hostname "_outbound". The name will always
4412 resolve to the local IP addresses most likely used for outbound
4413 connections towards the default routes. On multi-homed hosts this is
4414 useful to have a stable handle referring to "the" local IP address
4415 that matters most, to the point where this is defined.
4416
4417 * The Discoverable Partition Specification has been updated with a new
4418 GPT partition flag "grow-file-system" defined for its partition
4419 types. Whenever partitions with this flag set are automatically
4420 mounted (i.e. via systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the --image= switch
4421 of systemd-nspawn or other tools; and as opposed to explicit mounting
4422 via /etc/fstab), the file system within the partition is
4423 automatically grown to the full size of the partition. If the file
4424 system size already matches the partition size this flag has no
4425 effect. Previously, this functionality has been available via the
4426 explicit x-systemd.growfs mount option, and this new flag extends
4427 this to automatically discovered mounts. A new GrowFileSystem=
4428 setting has been added to systemd-repart drop-in files that allows
4429 configuring this partition flag. This new flag defaults to on for
4430 partitions automatically created by systemd-repart, except if they
4431 are marked read-only. See the specification for further details:
4432
4433 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
4434
4435 * .network files gained a new setting RoutesToNTP= in the [DHCPv4]
4436 section. If enabled (which is the default), and an NTP server address
4437 is acquired through a DHCP lease on this interface an explicit route
4438 to this address is created on this interface to ensure that NTP
4439 traffic to the NTP server acquired on an interface is also routed
4440 through that interface. The pre-existing RoutesToDNS= setting that
4441 implements the same for DNS servers is now enabled by default.
4442
4443 * A pair of service settings SocketBindAllow= + SocketBindDeny= have
4444 been added that may be used to restrict the network interfaces
4445 sockets created by the service may be bound to. This is implemented
4446 via BPF.
4447
4448 * A new ConditionFirmware= setting has been added to unit files to
4449 conditionalize on certain firmware features. At the moment it may
4450 check whether running on a UEFI system, a device.tree system, or if
4451 the system is compatible with some specified device-tree feature.
4452
4453 * A new ConditionOSRelease= setting has been added to unit files to
4454 check os-release(5) fields. The "=", "!=", "<", "<=", ">=", ">"
4455 operators may be used to check if some field has some specific value
4456 or do an alphanumerical comparison. Equality comparisons are useful
4457 for fields like ID, but relative comparisons for fields like
4458 VERSION_ID or IMAGE_VERSION.
4459
4460 * hostnamed gained a new Describe() D-Bus method that returns a JSON
4461 serialization of the host data it exposes. This is exposed via
4462 "hostnamectl --json=" to acquire a host identity description in JSON.
4463 It's our intention to add a similar features to most services and
4464 objects systemd manages, in order to simplify integration with
4465 program code that can consume JSON.
4466
4467 * Similarly, networkd gained a Describe() method on its Manager and
4468 Link bus objects. This is exposed via "networkctl --json=".
4469
4470 * hostnamectl's various "get-xyz"/"set-xyz" verb pairs
4471 (e.g. "hostnamectl get-hostname", "hostnamectl "set-hostname") have
4472 been replaced by a single "xyz" verb (e.g. "hostnamectl hostname")
4473 that is used both to get the value (when no argument is given), and
4474 to set the value (when an argument is specified). The old names
4475 continue to be supported for compatibility.
4476
4477 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= are now able to
4478 correctly identify Amazon EC2 environments.
4479
4480 * The LogLevelMax= setting of unit files now applies not only to log
4481 messages generated *by* the service, but also to log messages
4482 generated *about* the service by PID 1. To suppress logs concerning a
4483 specific service comprehensively, set this option to a high log
4484 level.
4485
4486 * bootctl gained support for a new --make-machine-id-directory= switch
4487 that allows precise control on whether to create the top-level
4488 per-machine directory in the boot partition that typically contains
4489 Type 1 boot loader entries.
4490
4491 * During build SBAT data to include in the systemd-boot EFI PE binaries
4492 may be specified now.
4493
4494 * /etc/crypttab learnt a new option "headless". If specified any
4495 requests to query the user interactively for passwords or PINs will
4496 be skipped. This is useful on systems that are headless, i.e. where
4497 an interactive user is generally not present.
4498
4499 * /etc/crypttab also learnt a new option "password-echo=" that allows
4500 configuring whether the encryption password prompt shall echo the
4501 typed password and if so, do so literally or via asterisks. (The
4502 default is the same behaviour as before: provide echo feedback via
4503 asterisks.)
4504
4505 * FIDO2 support in systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup and
4506 systemd-homed has been updated to allow explicit configuration of the
4507 "user presence" and "user verification" checks, as well as whether a
4508 PIN is required for authentication, via the new switches
4509 --fido2-with-user-presence=, --fido2-with-user-verification=,
4510 --fido2-with-client-pin= to systemd-cryptenroll and homectl. Which
4511 features are available, and may be enabled or disabled depends on the
4512 used FIDO2 token.
4513
4514 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user= switch now accepts the special value
4515 "identity" which configures a user namespacing environment with an
4516 identity mapping of 65535 UIDs. This means the container UID 0 is
4517 mapped to the host UID 0, and the UID 1 to host UID 1. On first look
4518 this doesn't appear to be useful, however it does reduce the attack
4519 surface a bit, since the resulting container will possess process
4520 capabilities only within its namespace and not on the host.
4521
4522 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user-chown switch has been replaced by a
4523 more generic --private-user-ownership= switch that accepts one of
4524 three values: "chown" is equivalent to the old --private-user-chown,
4525 and "off" is equivalent to the absence of the old switch. The value
4526 "map" uses the new UID mapping mounts of Linux 5.12 to map ownership
4527 of files and directories of the underlying image to the chosen UID
4528 range for the container. "auto" is equivalent to "map" if UID mapping
4529 mount are supported, otherwise it is equivalent to "chown". The short
4530 -U switch systemd-nspawn now implies --private-user-ownership=auto
4531 instead of the old --private-user-chown. Effectively this means: if
4532 the backing file system supports UID mapping mounts the feature is
4533 now used by default if -U is used. Generally, it's a good idea to use
4534 UID mapping mounts instead of recursive chown()ing, since it allows
4535 running containers off immutable images (since no modifications of
4536 the images need to take place), and share images between multiple
4537 instances. Moreover, the recursive chown()ing operation is slow and
4538 can be avoided. Conceptually it's also a good thing if transient UID
4539 range uses do not leak into persistent file ownership anymore. TLDR:
4540 finally, the last major drawback of user namespacing has been
4541 removed, and -U should always be used (unless you use btrfs, where
4542 UID mapped mounts do not exist; or your container actually needs
4543 privileges on the host).
4544
4545 * nss-systemd now synthesizes user and group shadow records in addition
4546 to the main user and group records. Thus, hashed passwords managed by
4547 systemd-homed are now accessible via the shadow database.
4548
4549 * The userdb logic (and thus nss-systemd, and so on) now read
4550 additional user/group definitions in JSON format from the drop-in
4551 directories /etc/userdb/, /run/userdb/, /run/host/userdb/ and
4552 /usr/lib/userdb/. This is a simple and powerful mechanism for making
4553 additional users available to the system, with full integration into
4554 NSS including the shadow databases. Since the full JSON user/group
4555 record format is supported this may also be used to define users with
4556 resource management settings and other runtime settings that
4557 pam_systemd and systemd-logind enforce at login.
4558
4559 * The userdbctl tool gained two new switches --with-dropin= and
4560 --with-varlink= which can be used to fine-tune the sources used for
4561 user database lookups.
4562
4563 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --bind-user= for binding a host
4564 user account into the container. This does three things: the user's
4565 home directory is bind mounted from the host into the container,
4566 below the /run/userdb/home/ hierarchy. A free UID is picked in the
4567 container, and a user namespacing UID mapping to the host user's UID
4568 installed. And finally, a minimal JSON user and group record (along
4569 with its hashed password) is dropped into /run/host/userdb/. These
4570 records are picked up automatically by the userdb drop-in logic
4571 describe above, and allow the user to login with the same password as
4572 on the host. Effectively this means: if host and container run new
4573 enough systemd versions making a host user available to the container
4574 is trivially simple.
4575
4576 * systemd-journal-gatewayd now supports the switches --user, --system,
4577 --merge, --file= that are equivalent to the same switches of
4578 journalctl, and permit exposing only the specified subset of the
4579 Journal records.
4580
4581 * The OnFailure= dependency between units is now augmented with a
4582 implicit reverse dependency OnFailureOf= (this new dependency cannot
4583 be configured directly it's only created as effect of an OnFailure=
4584 dependency in the reverse order — it's visible in "systemctl show"
4585 however). Similar, Slice= now has an reverse dependency SliceOf=,
4586 that is also not configurable directly, but useful to determine all
4587 units that are members of a slice.
4588
4589 * A pair of new dependency types between units PropagatesStopTo= +
4590 StopPropagatedFrom= has been added, that allows propagation of unit
4591 stop events between two units. It operates similar to the existing
4592 PropagatesReloadTo= + ReloadPropagatedFrom= dependencies.
4593
4594 * A new dependency type OnSuccess= has been added (plus the reverse
4595 dependency OnSuccessOf=, which cannot be configured directly, but
4596 exists only as effect of the reverse OnSuccess=). It is similar to
4597 OnFailure=, but triggers in the opposite case: when a service exits
4598 cleanly. This allows "chaining up" of services where one or more
4599 services are started once another service has successfully completed.
4600
4601 * A new dependency type Upholds= has been added (plus the reverse
4602 dependency UpheldBy=, which cannot be configured directly, but exists
4603 only as effect of Upholds=). This dependency type is a stronger form
4604 of Wants=: if a unit has an UpHolds= dependency on some other unit
4605 and the former is active then the latter is started whenever it is
4606 found inactive (and no job is queued for it). This is an alternative
4607 to Restart= inside service units, but less configurable, and the
4608 request to uphold a unit is not encoded in the unit itself but in
4609 another unit that intends to uphold it.
4610
4611 * The systemd-ask-password tool now also supports reading passwords
4612 from the credentials subsystem, via the new --credential= switch.
4613
4614 * The systemd-ask-password tool learnt a new switch --emoji= which may
4615 be used to explicit control whether the lock and key emoji (🔐) is
4616 shown in the password prompt on suitable TTYs.
4617
4618 * The --echo switch of systemd-ask-password now optionally takes a
4619 parameter that controls character echo. It may either show asterisks
4620 (default, as before), turn echo off entirely, or echo the typed
4621 characters literally.
4622
4623 * The systemd-ask-password tool also gained a new -n switch for
4624 suppressing output of a trailing newline character when writing the
4625 acquired password to standard output, similar to /bin/echo's -n
4626 switch.
4627
4628 * New documentation has been added that describes the organization of
4629 the systemd source code tree:
4630
4631 https://systemd.io/ARCHITECTURE
4632
4633 * Units using ConditionNeedsUpdate= will no longer be activated in
4634 the initrd.
4635
4636 * It is now possible to list a template unit in the WantedBy= or
4637 RequiredBy= settings of the [Install] section of another template
4638 unit, which will be instantiated using the same instance name.
4639
4640 * A new MemoryAvailable property is available for units. If the unit,
4641 or the slices it is part of, have a memory limit set via MemoryMax=/
4642 MemoryHigh=, MemoryAvailable will indicate how much more memory the
4643 unit can claim before hitting the limits.
4644
4645 * systemd-coredump will now try to stay below the cgroup memory limit
4646 placed on itself or one of the slices it runs under, if the storage
4647 area for core files (/var/lib/systemd/coredump/) is placed on a tmpfs,
4648 since files written on such filesystems count toward the cgroup memory
4649 limit. If there is not enough available memory in such cases to store
4650 the core file uncompressed, systemd-coredump will skip to compressed
4651 storage directly (if enabled) and it will avoid analyzing the core file
4652 to print backtrace and metadata in the journal.
4653
4654 * tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins gained a new '=' modifier to check if the type
4655 of a path matches the configured expectations, and remove it if not.
4656
4657 * tmpfiles.d/'s 'Age' now accepts an 'age-by' argument, which allows to
4658 specify which of the several available filesystem timestamps (access
4659 time, birth time, change time, modification time) to look at when
4660 deciding whether a path has aged enough to be cleaned.
4661
4662 * A new IPv6StableSecretAddress= setting has been added to .network
4663 files, which takes an IPv6 address to use as secret for IPv6 address
4664 generation.
4665
4666 * The [DHCPServer] logic in .network files gained support for a new
4667 UplinkInterface= setting that permits configuration of the uplink
4668 interface name to propagate DHCP lease information from.
4669
4670 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files now accepts a list of flags
4671 instead of a single one, to configure multiple wake-on-LAN policies.
4672
4673 * User-space defined tracepoints (USDT) have been added to udev at
4674 strategic locations. This is useful for tracing udev behaviour and
4675 performance with bpftrace and similar tools.
4676
4677 * systemd-journald-upload gained a new NetworkTimeoutSec= option for
4678 setting a network timeout time.
4679
4680 * If a system service is running in a new mount namespace (RootDirectory=
4681 and friends), all file systems will be mounted with MS_NOSUID by
4682 default, unless the system is running with SELinux enabled.
4683
4684 * When enumerating time zones the timedatectl tool will now consult the
4685 'tzdata.zi' file shipped by the IANA time zone database package, in
4686 addition to 'zone1970.tab', as before. This makes sure time zone
4687 aliases are now correctly supported. Some distributions so far did
4688 not install this additional file, most do however. If you
4689 distribution does not install it yet, it might make sense to change
4690 that.
4691
4692 * Intel HID rfkill event is no longer masked, since it's the only
4693 source of rfkill event on newer HP laptops. To have both backward and
4694 forward compatibility, userspace daemon needs to debounce duplicated
4695 events in a short time window.
4696
4697 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, adrian5, Albert Brox,
4698 Alexander Sverdlin, Alexander Tsoy, Alexey Rubtsov, alexlzhu,
4699 Allen Webb, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross, Anders Wenhaug,
4700 Andrea Pappacoda, Anita Zhang, asavah, Balint Reczey, Bertrand Jacquin,
4701 borna-blazevic, caoxia2008cxx, Carlo Teubner, Christian Göttsche,
4702 Christian Hesse, Daniel Schaefer, Dan Streetman,
4703 David Santamaría Rogado, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, dgcampea,
4704 Dimitri John Ledkov, ei-ke, Emilio Herrera, Emil Renner Berthing,
4705 Eric Cook, Flos Lonicerae, Franck Bui, Francois Gervais,
4706 Frantisek Sumsal, Gibeom Gwon, gitm0, Hamish Moffatt, Hans de Goede,
4707 Harsh Barsaiyan, Henri Chain, Hristo Venev, Icenowy Zheng, Igor Zhbanov,
4708 imayoda, Jakub Warczarek, James Buren, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku,
4709 Jan Synacek, Jason Francis, Jayanth Ananthapadmanaban, Jeremy Szu,
4710 Jérôme Carretero, Jesse Stricker, jiangchuangang, Joerg Behrmann,
4711 Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jörg Deckert, Jörg Thalheim, Juergen Hoetzel,
4712 Julia Kartseva, Kai-Heng Feng, Khem Raj, KoyamaSohei, laineantti,
4713 Lennart Poettering, LetzteInstanz, Luca Adrian L, Luca Boccassi,
4714 Lucas Magasweran, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marco Antonio Mauro, Mark Wielaard,
4715 Masahiro Matsuya, Matt Johnston, Michael Catanzaro, Michal Koutný,
4716 Michal Sekletár, Mike Crowe, Mike Kazantsev, Milan, milaq,
4717 Miroslav Suchý, Morten Linderud, nerdopolis, nl6720, Noah Meyerhans,
4718 Oleg Popov, Olle Lundberg, Ondrej Kozina, Paweł Marciniak, Perry.Yuan,
4719 Peter Hutterer, Peter Kjellerstedt, Peter Morrow, Phaedrus Leeds,
4720 plattrap, qhill, Raul Tambre, Roman Beranek, Roshan Shariff,
4721 Ryan Hendrickson, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sebastian Blunt,
4722 Seong-ho Cho, Sergey Bugaev, Sevan Janiyan, Sibo Dong, simmon,
4723 Simon Watts, Srinidhi Kaushik, Štěpán Němec, Steve Bonds, Susant Sahani,
4724 sverdlin, syyhao1994, Takashi Sakamoto, Topi Miettinen, tramsay,
4725 Trent Piepho, Uwe Kleine-König, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vincent Dechenaux,
4726 Vito Caputo, William A. Kennington III, Yangyang Shen, Yegor Alexeyev,
4727 Yi Gao, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsien, наб
4728
4729 — Edinburgh, 2021-07-07
4730
4731 CHANGES WITH 248:
4732
4733 * A concept of system extension images is introduced. Such images may
4734 be used to extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies at
4735 runtime with additional files (even if the file system is read-only).
4736 When a system extension image is activated, its /usr/ and /opt/
4737 hierarchies and os-release information are combined via overlayfs
4738 with the file system hierarchy of the host OS.
4739
4740 A new systemd-sysext tool can be used to merge, unmerge, list, and
4741 refresh system extension hierarchies. See
4742 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd-sysext.html.
4743
4744 The systemd-sysext.service automatically merges installed system
4745 extensions during boot (before basic.target, but not in very early
4746 boot, since various file systems have to be mounted first).
4747
4748 The SYSEXT_LEVEL= field in os-release(5) may be used to specify the
4749 supported system extension level.
4750
4751 * A new ExtensionImages= unit setting can be used to apply the same
4752 system extension image concept from systemd-sysext to the namespaced
4753 file hierarchy of specific services, following the same rules and
4754 constraints.
4755
4756 * Support for a new special "root=tmpfs" kernel command-line option has
4757 been added. When specified, a tmpfs is mounted on /, and mount.usr=
4758 should be used to point to the operating system implementation.
4759
4760 * A new configuration file /etc/veritytab may be used to configure
4761 dm-verity integrity protection for block devices. Each line is in the
4762 format "volume-name data-device hash-device roothash options",
4763 similar to /etc/crypttab.
4764
4765 * A new kernel command-line option systemd.verity.root_options= may be
4766 used to configure dm-verity behaviour for the root device.
4767
4768 * The key file specified in /etc/crypttab (the third field) may now
4769 refer to an AF_UNIX/SOCK_STREAM socket in the file system. The key is
4770 acquired by connecting to that socket and reading from it. This
4771 allows the implementation of a service to provide key information
4772 dynamically, at the moment when it is needed.
4773
4774 * When the hostname is set explicitly to "localhost", systemd-hostnamed
4775 will respect this. Previously such a setting would be mostly silently
4776 ignored. The goal is to honour configuration as specified by the
4777 user.
4778
4779 * The fallback hostname that will be used by the system manager and
4780 systemd-hostnamed can now be configured in two new ways: by setting
4781 DEFAULT_HOSTNAME= in os-release(5), or by setting
4782 $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_HOSTNAME in the environment block. As before, it can
4783 also be configured during compilation. The environment variable is
4784 intended for testing and local overrides, the os-release(5) field is
4785 intended to allow customization by different variants of a
4786 distribution that share the same compiled packages.
4787
4788 * The environment block of the manager itself may be configured through
4789 a new ManagerEnvironment= setting in system.conf or user.conf. This
4790 complements existing ways to set the environment block (the kernel
4791 command line for the system manager, the inherited environment and
4792 user@.service unit file settings for the user manager).
4793
4794 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the default hostname and the source of
4795 the configured hostname ("static", "transient", or "default") as
4796 D-Bus properties.
4797
4798 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the "HardwareVendor" and
4799 "HardwareModel" D-Bus properties, which are supposed to contain a
4800 pair of cleaned up, human readable strings describing the system's
4801 vendor and model. It's typically sourced from the firmware's DMI
4802 tables, but may be augmented from a new hwdb database. hostnamectl
4803 shows this in the status output.
4804
4805 * Support has been added to systemd-cryptsetup for extracting the
4806 PKCS#11 token URI and encrypted key from the LUKS2 JSON embedded
4807 metadata header. This allows the information how to open the
4808 encrypted device to be embedded directly in the device and obviates
4809 the need for configuration in an external file.
4810
4811 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for unlocking LUKS2 volumes using
4812 TPM2 hardware, as well as FIDO2 security tokens (in addition to the
4813 pre-existing support for PKCS#11 security tokens).
4814
4815 * systemd-repart may enroll encrypted partitions using TPM2
4816 hardware. This may be useful for example to create an encrypted /var
4817 partition bound to the machine on first boot.
4818
4819 * A new systemd-cryptenroll tool has been added to enroll TPM2, FIDO2
4820 and PKCS#11 security tokens to LUKS volumes, list and destroy
4821 them. See:
4822
4823 https://0pointer.net/blog/unlocking-luks2-volumes-with-tpm2-fido2-pkcs11-security-hardware-on-systemd-248.html
4824
4825 It also supports enrolling "recovery keys" and regular passphrases.
4826
4827 * The libfido2 dependency is now based on dlopen(), so that the library
4828 is used at runtime when installed, but is not a hard runtime
4829 dependency.
4830
4831 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for two new options in
4832 /etc/crypttab: "no-write-workqueue" and "no-read-workqueue" which
4833 request synchronous processing of encryption/decryption IO.
4834
4835 * The manager may be configured at compile time to use the fexecve()
4836 instead of the execve() system call when spawning processes. Using
4837 fexecve() closes a window between checking the security context of an
4838 executable and spawning it, but unfortunately the kernel displays
4839 stale information in the process' "comm" field, which impacts ps
4840 output and such.
4841
4842 * The configuration option -Dcompat-gateway-hostname has been dropped.
4843 "_gateway" is now the only supported name.
4844
4845 * The ConditionSecurity=tpm2 unit file setting may be used to check if
4846 the system has at least one TPM2 (tpmrm class) device.
4847
4848 * A new ConditionCPUFeature= has been added that may be used to
4849 conditionalize units based on CPU features. For example,
4850 ConditionCPUFeature=rdrand will condition a unit so that it is only
4851 run when the system CPU supports the RDRAND opcode.
4852
4853 * The existing ConditionControlGroupController= setting has been
4854 extended with two new values "v1" and "v2". "v2" means that the
4855 unified v2 cgroup hierarchy is used, and "v1" means that legacy v1
4856 hierarchy or the hybrid hierarchy are used.
4857
4858 * A new PrivateIPC= setting on a unit file allows executed processes to
4859 be moved into a private IPC namespace, with separate System V IPC
4860 identifiers and POSIX message queues.
4861
4862 A new IPCNamespacePath= allows the unit to be joined to an existing
4863 IPC namespace.
4864
4865 * The tables of system calls in seccomp filters are now automatically
4866 generated from kernel lists exported on
4867 https://fedora.juszkiewicz.com.pl/syscalls.html.
4868
4869 The following architectures should now have complete lists:
4870 alpha, arc, arm64, arm, i386, ia64, m68k, mips64n32, mips64, mipso32,
4871 powerpc, powerpc64, s390, s390x, tilegx, sparc, x86_64, x32.
4872
4873 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now additionally mounts a tmpfs
4874 on /run/ if it is not already a mount point. A writable /run/ has
4875 always been a requirement for a functioning system, but this was not
4876 guaranteed when using a read-only image.
4877
4878 Users can always specify BindPaths= or InaccessiblePaths= as
4879 overrides, and they will take precedence. If the host's root mount
4880 point is used, there is no change in behaviour.
4881
4882 * New bind mounts and file system image mounts may be injected into the
4883 mount namespace of a service (without restarting it). This is exposed
4884 respectively as 'systemctl bind <unit> <path>…' and
4885 'systemctl mount-image <unit> <image>…'.
4886
4887 * The StandardOutput= and StandardError= settings can now specify files
4888 to be truncated for output (as "truncate:<path>").
4889
4890 * The ExecPaths= and NoExecPaths= settings may be used to specify
4891 noexec for parts of the file system.
4892
4893 * sd-bus has a new function sd_bus_open_user_machine() to open a
4894 connection to the session bus of a specific user in a local container
4895 or on the local host. This is exposed in the existing -M switch to
4896 systemctl and similar tools:
4897
4898 systemctl --user -M lennart@foobar start foo
4899
4900 This will connect to the user bus of a user "lennart" in container
4901 "foobar". If no container name is specified, the specified user on
4902 the host itself is connected to
4903
4904 systemctl --user -M lennart@ start quux
4905
4906 * sd-bus also gained a convenience function sd_bus_message_send() to
4907 simplify invocations of sd_bus_send(), taking only a single
4908 parameter: the message to send.
4909
4910 * sd-event allows rate limits to be set on event sources, for dealing
4911 with high-priority event sources that might starve out others. See
4912 the new man page sd_event_source_set_ratelimit(3) for details.
4913
4914 * systemd.link files gained a [Link] Promiscuous= switch, which allows
4915 the device to be raised in promiscuous mode.
4916
4917 New [Link] TransmitQueues= and ReceiveQueues= settings allow the
4918 number of TX and RX queues to be configured.
4919
4920 New [Link] TransmitQueueLength= setting allows the size of the TX
4921 queue to be configured.
4922
4923 New [Link] GenericSegmentOffloadMaxBytes= and
4924 GenericSegmentOffloadMaxSegments= allow capping the packet size and
4925 the number of segments accepted in Generic Segment Offload.
4926
4927 * systemd-networkd gained support for the "B.A.T.M.A.N. advanced"
4928 wireless routing protocol that operates on ISO/OSI Layer 2 only and
4929 uses ethernet frames to route/bridge packets. This encompasses a new
4930 "batadv" netdev Type=, a new [BatmanAdvanced] section with a bunch of
4931 new settings in .netdev files, and a new BatmanAdvanced= setting in
4932 .network files.
4933
4934 * systemd.network files gained a [Network] RouteTable= configuration
4935 switch to select the routing policy table.
4936
4937 systemd.network files gained a [RoutingPolicyRule] Type=
4938 configuration switch (one of "blackhole, "unreachable", "prohibit").
4939
4940 systemd.network files gained a [IPv6AcceptRA] RouteDenyList= and
4941 RouteAllowList= settings to ignore/accept route advertisements from
4942 routers matching specified prefixes. The DenyList= setting has been
4943 renamed to PrefixDenyList= and a new PrefixAllowList= option has been
4944 added.
4945
4946 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6] UseAddress= setting to
4947 optionally ignore the address provided in the lease.
4948
4949 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation]
4950 ManageTemporaryAddress= switch.
4951
4952 systemd.network files gained a new ActivationPolicy= setting which
4953 allows configuring how the UP state of an interface shall be managed,
4954 i.e. whether the interface is always upped, always downed, or may be
4955 upped/downed by the user using "ip link set dev".
4956
4957 * The default for the Broadcast= setting in .network files has slightly
4958 changed: the broadcast address will not be configured for wireguard
4959 devices.
4960
4961 * systemd.netdev files gained a [VLAN] Protocol=, IngressQOSMaps=,
4962 EgressQOSMaps=, and [MACVLAN] BroadcastMulticastQueueLength=
4963 configuration options for VLAN packet handling.
4964
4965 * udev rules may now set log_level= option. This allows debug logs to
4966 be enabled for select events, e.g. just for a specific subsystem or
4967 even a single device.
4968
4969 * udev now exports the VOLUME_ID, LOGICAL_VOLUME_ID, VOLUME_SET_ID, and
4970 DATA_PREPARED_ID properties for block devices with ISO9660 file
4971 systems.
4972
4973 * udev now exports decoded DMI information about installed memory slots
4974 as device properties under the /sys/class/dmi/id/ pseudo device.
4975
4976 * /dev/ is not mounted noexec anymore. This didn't provide any
4977 significant security benefits and would conflict with the executable
4978 mappings used with /dev/sgx device nodes. The previous behaviour can
4979 be restored for individual services with NoExecPaths=/dev (or by allow-
4980 listing and excluding /dev from ExecPaths=).
4981
4982 * Permissions for /dev/vsock are now set to 0o666, and /dev/vhost-vsock
4983 and /dev/vhost-net are owned by the kvm group.
4984
4985 * The hardware database has been extended with a list of fingerprint
4986 readers that correctly support USB auto-suspend using data from
4987 libfprint.
4988
4989 * systemd-resolved can now answer DNSSEC questions through the stub
4990 resolver interface in a way that allows local clients to do DNSSEC
4991 validation themselves. For a question with DO+CD set, it'll proxy the
4992 DNS query and respond with a mostly unmodified packet received from
4993 the upstream server.
4994
4995 * systemd-resolved learnt a new boolean option CacheFromLocalhost= in
4996 resolved.conf. If true the service will provide caching even for DNS
4997 lookups made to an upstream DNS server on the 127.0.0.1/::1
4998 addresses. By default (and when the option is false) systemd-resolved
4999 will not cache such lookups, in order to avoid duplicate local
5000 caching, under the assumption the local upstream server caches
5001 anyway.
5002
5003 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5001 NSID in its local DNS
5004 stub. This may be used by local clients to determine whether they are
5005 talking to the DNS resolver stub or a different DNS server.
5006
5007 * When resolving host names and other records resolvectl will now
5008 report where the data was acquired from (i.e. the local cache, the
5009 network, locally synthesized, …) and whether the network traffic it
5010 effected was encrypted or not. Moreover the tool acquired a number of
5011 new options --cache=, --synthesize=, --network=, --zone=,
5012 --trust-anchor=, --validate= that take booleans and may be used to
5013 tweak a lookup, i.e. whether it may be answered from cached
5014 information, locally synthesized information, information acquired
5015 through the network, the local mDNS/LLMNR zone, the DNSSEC trust
5016 anchor, and whether DNSSEC validation shall be executed for the
5017 lookup.
5018
5019 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ambient-capability= setting
5020 (AmbientCapability= in .nspawn files) to configure ambient
5021 capabilities passed to the container payload.
5022
5023 * systemd-nspawn gained the ability to configure the firewall using the
5024 nftables subsystem (in addition to the existing iptables
5025 support). Similarly, systemd-networkd's IPMasquerade= option now
5026 supports nftables as back-end, too. In both cases NAT on IPv6 is now
5027 supported too, in addition to IPv4 (the iptables back-end still is
5028 IPv4-only).
5029
5030 "IPMasquerade=yes", which was the same as "IPMasquerade=ipv4" before,
5031 retains its meaning, but has been deprecated. Please switch to either
5032 "ivp4" or "both" (if covering IPv6 is desired).
5033
5034 * systemd-importd will now download .verity and .roothash.p7s files
5035 along with the machine image (as exposed via machinectl pull-raw).
5036
5037 * systemd-oomd now gained a new DefaultMemoryPressureDurationSec=
5038 setting to configure the time a unit's cgroup needs to exceed memory
5039 pressure limits before action will be taken, and a new
5040 ManagedOOMPreference=none|avoid|omit setting to avoid killing certain
5041 units.
5042
5043 systemd-oomd is now considered fully supported (the usual
5044 backwards-compatibility promises apply). Swap is not required for
5045 operation, but it is still recommended.
5046
5047 * systemd-timesyncd gained a new ConnectionRetrySec= setting which
5048 configures the retry delay when trying to contact servers.
5049
5050 * systemd-stdio-bridge gained --system/--user options to connect to the
5051 system bus (previous default) or the user session bus.
5052
5053 * systemd-localed may now call locale-gen to generate missing locales
5054 on-demand (UTF-8-only). This improves integration with Debian-based
5055 distributions (Debian/Ubuntu/PureOS/Tanglu/...) and Arch Linux.
5056
5057 * systemctl --check-inhibitors=true may now be used to obey inhibitors
5058 even when invoked non-interactively. The old --ignore-inhibitors
5059 switch is now deprecated and replaced by --check-inhibitors=false.
5060
5061 * systemctl import-environment will now emit a warning when called
5062 without any arguments (i.e. to import the full environment block of
5063 the called program). This command will usually be invoked from a
5064 shell, which means that it'll inherit a bunch of variables which are
5065 specific to that shell, and usually to the TTY the shell is connected
5066 to, and don't have any meaning in the global context of the system or
5067 user service manager. Instead, only specific variables should be
5068 imported into the manager environment block.
5069
5070 Similarly, programs which update the manager environment block by
5071 directly calling the D-Bus API of the manager, should also push
5072 specific variables, and not the full inherited environment.
5073
5074 * systemctl's status output now shows unit state with a more careful
5075 choice of Unicode characters: units in maintenance show a "○" symbol
5076 instead of the usual "●", failed units show "×", and services being
5077 reloaded "↻".
5078
5079 * coredumpctl gained a --debugger-arguments= switch to pass arguments
5080 to the debugger. It also gained support for showing coredump info in
5081 a simple JSON format.
5082
5083 * systemctl/loginctl/machinectl's --signal= option now accept a special
5084 value "list", which may be used to show a brief table with known
5085 process signals and their numbers.
5086
5087 * networkctl now shows the link activation policy in status.
5088
5089 * Various tools gained --pager/--no-pager/--json= switches to
5090 enable/disable the pager and provide JSON output.
5091
5092 * Various tools now accept two new values for the SYSTEMD_COLORS
5093 environment variable: "16" and "256", to configure how many terminal
5094 colors are used in output.
5095
5096 * less 568 or newer is now required for the auto-paging logic of the
5097 various tools. Hyperlink ANSI sequences in terminal output are now
5098 used even if a pager is used, and older versions of less are not able
5099 to display these sequences correctly. SYSTEMD_URLIFY=0 may be used to
5100 disable this output again.
5101
5102 * Builds with support for separate / and /usr/ hierarchies ("split-usr"
5103 builds, non-merged-usr builds) are now officially deprecated. A
5104 warning is emitted during build. Support is slated to be removed in
5105 about a year (when the Debian Bookworm release development starts).
5106
5107 * Systems with the legacy cgroup v1 hierarchy are now marked as
5108 "tainted", to make it clearer that using the legacy hierarchy is not
5109 recommended.
5110
5111 * systemd-localed will now refuse to configure a keymap which is not
5112 installed in the file system. This is intended as a bug fix, but
5113 could break cases where systemd-localed was used to configure the
5114 keymap in advanced of it being installed. It is necessary to install
5115 the keymap file first.
5116
5117 * The main git development branch has been renamed to 'main'.
5118
5119 * mmcblk[0-9]boot[0-9] devices will no longer be probed automatically
5120 for partitions, as in the vast majority of cases they contain none
5121 and are used internally by the bootloader (eg: uboot).
5122
5123 * systemd will now set the $SYSTEMD_EXEC_PID environment variable for
5124 spawned processes to the PID of the process itself. This may be used
5125 by programs for detecting whether they were forked off by the service
5126 manager itself or are a process forked off further down the tree.
5127
5128 * The sd-device API gained four new calls: sd_device_get_action() to
5129 determine the uevent add/remove/change/… action the device object has
5130 been seen for, sd_device_get_seqno() to determine the uevent sequence
5131 number, sd_device_new_from_stat_rdev() to allocate a new sd_device
5132 object from stat(2) data of a device node, and sd_device_trigger() to
5133 write to the 'uevent' attribute of a device.
5134
5135 * For most tools the --no-legend= switch has been replaced by
5136 --legend=no and --legend=yes, to force whether tables are shown with
5137 headers/legends.
5138
5139 * Units acquired a new property "Markers" that takes a list of zero,
5140 one or two of the following strings: "needs-reload" and
5141 "needs-restart". These markers may be set via "systemctl
5142 set-property". Once a marker is set, "systemctl reload-or-restart
5143 --marked" may be invoked to execute the operation the units are
5144 marked for. This is useful for package managers that want to mark
5145 units for restart/reload while updating, but effect the actual
5146 operations at a later step at once.
5147
5148 * The sd_bus_message_read_strv() API call of sd-bus may now also be
5149 used to parse arrays of D-Bus signatures and D-Bus paths, in addition
5150 to regular strings.
5151
5152 * bootctl will now report whether the UEFI firmware used a TPM2 device
5153 and measured the boot process into it.
5154
5155 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt support for a new environment variable
5156 $SYSTEMD_TMPFILES_FORCE_SUBVOL which takes a boolean value. If true
5157 the v/q/Q lines in tmpfiles.d/ snippets will create btrfs subvolumes
5158 even if the root fs of the system is not itself a btrfs volume.
5159
5160 * systemd-detect-virt/ConditionVirtualization= will now explicitly
5161 detect Docker/Podman environments where possible. Moreover, they
5162 should be able to generically detect any container manager as long as
5163 it assigns the container a cgroup.
5164
5165 * portablectl gained a new "reattach" verb for detaching/reattaching a
5166 portable service image, useful for updating images on-the-fly.
5167
5168 * Intel SGX enclave device nodes (which expose a security feature of
5169 newer Intel CPUs) will now be owned by a new system group "sgx".
5170
5171 Contributions from: Adam Nielsen, Adrian Vovk, AJ Jordan, Alan Perry,
5172 Alastair Pharo, Alexander Batischev, Ali Abdallah, Andrew Balmos,
5173 Anita Zhang, Annika Wickert, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Terceiro,
5174 Antonius Frie, Ardy, Arian van Putten, Ariel Fermani, Arnaud T,
5175 A S Alam, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Björn Daase,
5176 caoxia, Carlo Wood, Charles Lee, ChopperRob, chri2, Christian Ehrhardt,
5177 Christian Hesse, Christopher Obbard, clayton craft, corvusnix, cprn,
5178 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek, Dan Sanders, Dan Streetman,
5179 Darren Ng, David Edmundson, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, Devon Pringle,
5180 Dmitry Borodaenko, dropsignal, Einsler Lee, Endre Szabo,
5181 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Affolter, Fangrui Song, Felipe Borges,
5182 feliperodriguesfr, Felix Stupp, Florian Hülsmann, Florian Klink,
5183 Florian Westphal, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gablegritule,
5184 Gaël PORTAY, Gaurav, Giedrius Statkevičius, Greg Depoire-Ferrer,
5185 Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede, Hela Basa, heretoenhance, hide,
5186 Iago López Galeiras, igo95862, Ilya Dmitrichenko, Jameer Pathan,
5187 Jan Tojnar, Jiehong, Jinyuan Si, Joerg Behrmann, John Slade,
5188 Jonathan G. Underwood, Jonathan McDowell, Josh Triplett, Joshua Watt,
5189 Julia Cartwright, Julien Humbert, Kairui Song, Karel Zak,
5190 Kevin Backhouse, Kevin P. Fleming, Khem Raj, Konomi, krissgjeng,
5191 l4gfcm, Lajos Veres, Lennart Poettering, Lincoln Ramsay, Luca Boccassi,
5192 Luca BRUNO, Lucas Werkmeister, Luka Kudra, Luna Jernberg,
5193 Marc-André Lureau, Martin Wilck, Matthias Klumpp, Matt Turner,
5194 Michael Gisbers, Michael Marley, Michael Trapp, Michal Fabik,
5195 Michał Kopeć, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michele Guerini Rocco,
5196 Mike Gilbert, milovlad, moson-mo, Nick, nihilix-melix, Oğuz Ersen,
5197 Ondrej Mosnacek, pali, Pavel Hrdina, Pavel Sapezhko, Perry Yuan,
5198 Peter Hutterer, Pierre Dubouilh, Piotr Drąg, Pjotr Vertaalt,
5199 Richard Laager, RussianNeuroMancer, Sam Lunt, Sebastiaan van Stijn,
5200 Sergey Bugaev, shenyangyang4, simmon, Simonas Kazlauskas,
5201 Slimane Selyan Amiri, Stefan Agner, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani,
5202 Sven Mueller, Tad Fisher, Takashi Iwai, Thomas Haller, Tom Shield,
5203 Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich, tpgxyz, Tyler Hicks, ulf-f,
5204 Ulrich Ölmann, Vincent Pelletier, Vinnie Magro, Vito Caputo, Vlad,
5205 walbit-de, Whired Planck, wouter bolsterlee, Xℹ Ruoyao, Yangyang Shen,
5206 Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
5207 Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
5208
5209 — Berlin, 2021-03-30
5210
5211 CHANGES WITH 247:
5212
5213 * KERNEL API INCOMPATIBILITY: Linux 4.14 introduced two new uevents
5214 "bind" and "unbind" to the Linux device model. When this kernel
5215 change was made, systemd-udevd was only minimally updated to handle
5216 and propagate these new event types. The introduction of these new
5217 uevents (which are typically generated for USB devices and devices
5218 needing a firmware upload before being functional) resulted in a
5219 number of issues which we so far didn't address. We hoped the kernel
5220 maintainers would themselves address these issues in some form, but
5221 that did not happen. To handle them properly, many (if not most) udev
5222 rules files shipped in various packages need updating, and so do many
5223 programs that monitor or enumerate devices with libudev or sd-device,
5224 or otherwise process uevents. Please note that this incompatibility
5225 is not fault of systemd or udev, but caused by an incompatible kernel
5226 change that happened back in Linux 4.14, but is becoming more and
5227 more visible as the new uevents are generated by more kernel drivers.
5228
5229 To minimize issues resulting from this kernel change (but not avoid
5230 them entirely) starting with systemd-udevd 247 the udev "tags"
5231 concept (which is a concept for marking and filtering devices during
5232 enumeration and monitoring) has been reworked: udev tags are now
5233 "sticky", meaning that once a tag is assigned to a device it will not
5234 be removed from the device again until the device itself is removed
5235 (i.e. unplugged). This makes sure that any application monitoring
5236 devices that match a specific tag is guaranteed to both see uevents
5237 where the device starts being relevant, and those where it stops
5238 being relevant (the latter now regularly happening due to the new
5239 "unbind" uevent type). The udev tags concept is hence now a concept
5240 tied to a *device* instead of a device *event* — unlike for example
5241 udev properties whose lifecycle (as before) is generally tied to a
5242 device event, meaning that the previously determined properties are
5243 forgotten whenever a new uevent is processed.
5244
5245 With the newly redefined udev tags concept, sometimes it's necessary
5246 to determine which tags are the ones applied by the most recent
5247 uevent/database update, in order to discern them from those
5248 originating from earlier uevents/database updates of the same
5249 device. To accommodate for this a new automatic property CURRENT_TAGS
5250 has been added that works similar to the existing TAGS property but
5251 only lists tags set by the most recent uevent/database
5252 update. Similarly, the libudev/sd-device API has been updated with
5253 new functions to enumerate these 'current' tags, in addition to the
5254 existing APIs that now enumerate the 'sticky' ones.
5255
5256 To properly handle "bind"/"unbind" on Linux 4.14 and newer it is
5257 essential that all udev rules files and applications are updated to
5258 handle the new events. Specifically:
5259
5260 • All rule files that currently use a header guard similar to
5261 ACTION!="add|change",GOTO="xyz_end" should be updated to use
5262 ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end" instead, so that the
5263 properties/tags they add are also applied whenever "bind" (or
5264 "unbind") is seen. (This is most important for all physical device
5265 types — those for which "bind" and "unbind" are currently
5266 generated, for all other device types this change is still
5267 recommended but not as important — but certainly prepares for
5268 future kernel uevent type additions).
5269
5270 • Similarly, all code monitoring devices that contains an 'if' branch
5271 discerning the "add" + "change" uevent actions from all other
5272 uevents actions (i.e. considering devices only relevant after "add"
5273 or "change", and irrelevant on all other events) should be reworked
5274 to instead negatively check for "remove" only (i.e. considering
5275 devices relevant after all event types, except for "remove", which
5276 invalidates the device). Note that this also means that devices
5277 should be considered relevant on "unbind", even though conceptually
5278 this — in some form — invalidates the device. Since the precise
5279 effect of "unbind" is not generically defined, devices should be
5280 considered relevant even after "unbind", however I/O errors
5281 accessing the device should then be handled gracefully.
5282
5283 • Any code that uses device tags for deciding whether a device is
5284 relevant or not most likely needs to be updated to use the new
5285 udev_device_has_current_tag() API (or sd_device_has_current_tag()
5286 in case sd-device is used), to check whether the tag is set at the
5287 moment an uevent is seen (as opposed to the existing
5288 udev_device_has_tag() API which checks if the tag ever existed on
5289 the device, following the API concept redefinition explained
5290 above).
5291
5292 We are very sorry for this breakage and the requirement to update
5293 packages using these interfaces. We'd again like to underline that
5294 this is not caused by systemd/udev changes, but result of a kernel
5295 behaviour change.
5296
5297 * UPCOMING INCOMPATIBILITY: So far most downstream distribution
5298 packages have not retriggered devices once the udev package (or any
5299 auxiliary package installing additional udev rules) is updated. We
5300 intend to work with major distributions to change this, so that
5301 "udevadm trigger -c change" is issued on such upgrades, ensuring that
5302 the updated ruleset is applied to the devices already discovered, so
5303 that (asynchronously) after the upgrade completed the udev database
5304 is consistent with the updated rule set. This means udev rules must
5305 be ready to be retriggered with a "change" action any time, and
5306 result in correct and complete udev database entries. While the
5307 majority of udev rule files known to us currently get this right,
5308 some don't. Specifically, there are udev rules files included in
5309 various packages that only set udev properties on the "add" action,
5310 but do not handle the "change" action. If a device matching those
5311 rules is retriggered with the "change" action (as is intended here)
5312 it would suddenly lose the relevant properties. This always has been
5313 problematic, but as soon as all udev devices are triggered on relevant
5314 package upgrades this will become particularly so. It is strongly
5315 recommended to fix offending rules so that they can handle a "change"
5316 action at any time, and acquire all necessary udev properties even
5317 then. Or in other words: the header guard mentioned above
5318 (ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end") is the correct approach to handle
5319 this, as it makes sure rules are rerun on "change" correctly, and
5320 accumulate the correct and complete set of udev properties. udev rule
5321 definitions that cannot handle "change" events being triggered at
5322 arbitrary times should be considered buggy.
5323
5324 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now defaults to on if
5325 RootImage= and RootDirectory= are used, which means that with those
5326 two settings /proc/, /sys/ and /dev/ are automatically properly set
5327 up for services. Previous behaviour may be restored by explicitly
5328 setting MountAPIVFS=off.
5329
5330 * Since PAM 1.2.0 (2015) configuration snippets may be placed in
5331 /usr/lib/pam.d/ in addition to /etc/pam.d/. If a file exists in the
5332 latter it takes precedence over the former, similar to how most of
5333 systemd's own configuration is handled. Given that PAM stack
5334 definitions are primarily put together by OS vendors/distributions
5335 (though possibly overridden by users), this systemd release moves its
5336 own PAM stack configuration for the "systemd-user" PAM service (i.e.
5337 for the PAM session invoked by the per-user user@.service instance)
5338 from /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/. We recommend moving all
5339 packages' vendor versions of their PAM stack definitions from
5340 /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/, but if such OS-wide migration is not
5341 desired the location to which systemd installs its PAM stack
5342 configuration may be changed via the -Dpamconfdir Meson option.
5343
5344 * The runtime dependencies on libqrencode, libpcre2, libidn/libidn2,
5345 libpwquality and libcryptsetup have been changed to be based on
5346 dlopen(): instead of regular dynamic library dependencies declared in
5347 the binary ELF headers, these libraries are now loaded on demand
5348 only, if they are available. If the libraries cannot be found the
5349 relevant operations will fail gracefully, or a suitable fallback
5350 logic is chosen. This is supposed to be useful for general purpose
5351 distributions, as it allows minimizing the list of dependencies the
5352 systemd packages pull in, permitting building of more minimal OS
5353 images, while still making use of these "weak" dependencies should
5354 they be installed. Since many package managers automatically
5355 synthesize package dependencies from ELF shared library dependencies,
5356 some additional manual packaging work has to be done now to replace
5357 those (slightly downgraded from "required" to "recommended" or
5358 whatever is conceptually suitable for the package manager). Note that
5359 this change does not alter build-time behaviour: as before the
5360 build-time dependencies have to be installed during build, even if
5361 they now are optional during runtime.
5362
5363 * sd-event.h gained a new call sd_event_add_time_relative() for
5364 installing timers relative to the current time. This is mostly a
5365 convenience wrapper around the pre-existing sd_event_add_time() call
5366 which installs absolute timers.
5367
5368 * sd-event event sources may now be placed in a new "exit-on-failure"
5369 mode, which may be controlled via the new
5370 sd_event_source_get_exit_on_failure() and
5371 sd_event_source_set_exit_on_failure() functions. If enabled, any
5372 failure returned by the event source handler functions will result in
5373 exiting the event loop (unlike the default behaviour of just
5374 disabling the event source but continuing with the event loop). This
5375 feature is useful to set for all event sources that define "primary"
5376 program behaviour (where failure should be fatal) in contrast to
5377 "auxiliary" behaviour (where failure should remain local).
5378
5379 * Most event source types sd-event supports now accept a NULL handler
5380 function, in which case the event loop is exited once the event
5381 source is to be dispatched, using the userdata pointer — converted to
5382 a signed integer — as exit code of the event loop. Previously this
5383 was supported for IO and signal event sources already. Exit event
5384 sources still do not support this (simply because it makes little
5385 sense there, as the event loop is already exiting when they are
5386 dispatched).
5387
5388 * A new per-unit setting RootImageOptions= has been added which allows
5389 tweaking the mount options for any file system mounted as effect of
5390 the RootImage= setting.
5391
5392 * Another new per-unit setting MountImages= has been added, that allows
5393 mounting additional disk images into the file system tree accessible
5394 to the service.
5395
5396 * Timer units gained a new FixedRandomDelay= boolean setting. If
5397 enabled, the random delay configured with RandomizedDelaySec= is
5398 selected in a way that is stable on a given system (though still
5399 different for different units).
5400
5401 * Socket units gained a new setting Timestamping= that takes "us", "ns"
5402 or "off". This controls the SO_TIMESTAMP/SO_TIMESTAMPNS socket
5403 options.
5404
5405 * systemd-repart now generates JSON output when requested with the new
5406 --json= switch.
5407
5408 * systemd-machined's OpenMachineShell() bus call will now pass
5409 additional policy metadata data fields to the PolicyKit
5410 authentication request.
5411
5412 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new -E switch, which is equivalent to
5413 --exclude-prefix=/dev --exclude-prefix=/proc --exclude=/run
5414 --exclude=/sys. It's particularly useful in combination with --root=,
5415 when operating on OS trees that do not have any of these four runtime
5416 directories mounted, as this means no files below these subtrees are
5417 created or modified, since those mount points should probably remain
5418 empty.
5419
5420 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --image= switch which is like --root=,
5421 but takes a disk image instead of a directory as argument. The
5422 specified disk image is mounted inside a temporary mount namespace
5423 and the tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins stored in the image are executed and
5424 applied to the image. systemd-sysusers similarly gained a new
5425 --image= switch, that allows the sysusers.d/ drop-ins stored in the
5426 image to be applied onto the image.
5427
5428 * Similarly, the journalctl command also gained an --image= switch,
5429 which is a quick one-step solution to look at the log data included
5430 in OS disk images.
5431
5432 * journalctl's --output=cat option (which outputs the log content
5433 without any metadata, just the pure text messages) will now make use
5434 of terminal colors when run on a suitable terminal, similarly to the
5435 other output modes.
5436
5437 * JSON group records now support a "description" string that may be
5438 used to add a human-readable textual description to such groups. This
5439 is supposed to match the user's GECOS field which traditionally
5440 didn't have a counterpart for group records.
5441
5442 * The "systemd-dissect" tool that may be used to inspect OS disk images
5443 and that was previously installed to /usr/lib/systemd/ has now been
5444 moved to /usr/bin/, reflecting its updated status of an officially
5445 supported tool with a stable interface. It gained support for a new
5446 --mkdir switch which when combined with --mount has the effect of
5447 creating the directory to mount the image to if it is missing
5448 first. It also gained two new commands --copy-from and --copy-to for
5449 copying files and directories in and out of an OS image without the
5450 need to manually mount it. It also acquired support for a new option
5451 --json= to generate JSON output when inspecting an OS image.
5452
5453 * The cgroup2 file system is now mounted with the
5454 "memory_recursiveprot" mount option, supported since kernel 5.7. This
5455 means that the MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= unit file settings now apply
5456 recursively to whole subtrees.
5457
5458 * systemd-homed now defaults to using the btrfs file system — if
5459 available — when creating home directories in LUKS volumes. This may
5460 be changed with the DefaultFileSystemType= setting in homed.conf.
5461 It's now the default file system in various major distributions and
5462 has the major benefit for homed that it can be grown and shrunk while
5463 mounted, unlike the other contenders ext4 and xfs, which can both be
5464 grown online, but not shrunk (in fact xfs is the technically most
5465 limited option here, as it cannot be shrunk at all).
5466
5467 * JSON user records managed by systemd-homed gained support for
5468 "recovery keys". These are basically secondary passphrases that can
5469 unlock user accounts/home directories. They are computer-generated
5470 rather than user-chosen, and typically have greater entropy.
5471 homectl's --recovery-key= option may be used to add a recovery key to
5472 a user account. The generated recovery key is displayed as a QR code,
5473 so that it can be scanned to be kept in a safe place. This feature is
5474 particularly useful in combination with systemd-homed's support for
5475 FIDO2 or PKCS#11 authentication, as a secure fallback in case the
5476 security tokens are lost. Recovery keys may be entered wherever the
5477 system asks for a password.
5478
5479 * systemd-homed now maintains a "dirty" flag for each LUKS encrypted
5480 home directory which indicates that a home directory has not been
5481 deactivated cleanly when offline. This flag is useful to identify
5482 home directories for which the offline discard logic did not run when
5483 offlining, and where it would be a good idea to log in again to catch
5484 up.
5485
5486 * systemctl gained a new parameter --timestamp= which may be used to
5487 change the style in which timestamps are output, i.e. whether to show
5488 them in local timezone or UTC, or whether to show µs granularity.
5489
5490 * Alibaba's "pouch" container manager is now detected by
5491 systemd-detect-virt, ConditionVirtualization= and similar
5492 constructs. Similar, they now also recognize IBM PowerVM machine
5493 virtualization.
5494
5495 * systemd-nspawn has been reworked to use the /run/host/incoming/ as
5496 place to use for propagating external mounts into the
5497 container. Similarly /run/host/notify is now used as the socket path
5498 for container payloads to communicate with the container manager
5499 using sd_notify(). The container manager now uses the
5500 /run/host/inaccessible/ directory to place "inaccessible" file nodes
5501 of all relevant types which may be used by the container payload as
5502 bind mount source to over-mount inodes to make them inaccessible.
5503 /run/host/container-manager will now be initialized with the same
5504 string as the $container environment variable passed to the
5505 container's PID 1. /run/host/container-uuid will be initialized with
5506 the same string as $container_uuid. This means the /run/host/
5507 hierarchy is now the primary way to make host resources available to
5508 the container. The Container Interface documents these new files and
5509 directories:
5510
5511 https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE
5512
5513 * Support for the "ConditionNull=" unit file condition has been
5514 deprecated and undocumented for 6 years. systemd started to warn
5515 about its use 1.5 years ago. It has now been removed entirely.
5516
5517 * sd-bus.h gained a new API call sd_bus_error_has_names(), which takes
5518 a sd_bus_error struct and a list of error names, and checks if the
5519 error matches one of these names. It's a convenience wrapper that is
5520 useful in cases where multiple errors shall be handled the same way.
5521
5522 * A new system call filter list "@known" has been added, that contains
5523 all system calls known at the time systemd was built.
5524
5525 * Behaviour of system call filter allow lists has changed slightly:
5526 system calls that are contained in @known will result in EPERM by
5527 default, while those not contained in it result in ENOSYS. This
5528 should improve compatibility because known system calls will thus be
5529 communicated as prohibited, while unknown (and thus newer ones) will
5530 be communicated as not implemented, which hopefully has the greatest
5531 chance of triggering the right fallback code paths in client
5532 applications.
5533
5534 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now show two separate sections
5535 at the bottom of the output: system calls known during systemd build
5536 time but not included in any of the filter groups shown above, and
5537 system calls defined on the local kernel but known during systemd
5538 build time.
5539
5540 * If the $SYSTEMD_LOG_SECCOMP=1 environment variable is set for
5541 systemd-nspawn all system call filter violations will be logged by
5542 the kernel (audit). This is useful for tracking down system calls
5543 invoked by container payloads that are prohibited by the container's
5544 system call filter policy.
5545
5546 * If the $SYSTEMD_SECCOMP=0 environment variable is set for
5547 systemd-nspawn (and other programs that use seccomp) all seccomp
5548 filtering is turned off.
5549
5550 * Two new unit file settings ProtectProc= and ProcSubset= have been
5551 added that expose the hidepid= and subset= mount options of procfs.
5552 All processes of the unit will only see processes in /proc that are
5553 are owned by the unit's user. This is an important new sandboxing
5554 option that is recommended to be set on all system services. All
5555 long-running system services that are included in systemd itself set
5556 this option now. This option is only supported on kernel 5.8 and
5557 above, since the hidepid= option supported on older kernels was not a
5558 per-mount option but actually applied to the whole PID namespace.
5559
5560 * Socket units gained a new boolean setting FlushPending=. If enabled
5561 all pending socket data/connections are flushed whenever the socket
5562 unit enters the "listening" state, i.e. after the associated service
5563 exited.
5564
5565 * The unit file setting NUMAMask= gained a new "all" value: when used,
5566 all existing NUMA nodes are added to the NUMA mask.
5567
5568 * A new "credentials" logic has been added to system services. This is
5569 a simple mechanism to pass privileged data to services in a safe and
5570 secure way. It's supposed to be used to pass per-service secret data
5571 such as passwords or cryptographic keys but also associated less
5572 private information such as user names, certificates, and similar to
5573 system services. Each credential is identified by a short user-chosen
5574 name and may contain arbitrary binary data. Two new unit file
5575 settings have been added: SetCredential= and LoadCredential=. The
5576 former allows setting a credential to a literal string, the latter
5577 sets a credential to the contents of a file (or data read from a
5578 user-chosen AF_UNIX stream socket). Credentials are passed to the
5579 service via a special credentials directory, one file for each
5580 credential. The path to the credentials directory is passed in a new
5581 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY environment variable. Since the credentials
5582 are passed in the file system they may be easily referenced in
5583 ExecStart= command lines too, thus no explicit support for the
5584 credentials logic in daemons is required (though ideally daemons
5585 would look for the bits they need in $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY
5586 themselves automatically, if set). The $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY is
5587 backed by unswappable memory if privileges allow it, immutable if
5588 privileges allow it, is accessible only to the service's UID, and is
5589 automatically destroyed when the service stops.
5590
5591 * systemd-nspawn supports the same credentials logic. It can both
5592 consume credentials passed to it via the aforementioned
5593 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY protocol as well as pass these credentials on
5594 to its payload. The service manager/PID 1 has been updated to match
5595 this: it can also accept credentials from the container manager that
5596 invokes it (in fact: any process that invokes it), and passes them on
5597 to its services. Thus, credentials can be propagated recursively down
5598 the tree: from a system's service manager to a systemd-nspawn
5599 service, to the service manager that runs as container payload and to
5600 the service it runs below. Credentials may also be added on the
5601 systemd-nspawn command line, using new --set-credential= and
5602 --load-credential= command line switches that match the
5603 aforementioned service settings.
5604
5605 * systemd-repart gained new settings Format=, Encrypt=, CopyFiles= in
5606 the partition drop-ins which may be used to format/LUKS
5607 encrypt/populate any created partitions. The partitions are
5608 encrypted/formatted/populated before they are registered in the
5609 partition table, so that they appear atomically: either the
5610 partitions do not exist yet or they exist fully encrypted, formatted,
5611 and populated — there is no time window where they are
5612 "half-initialized". Thus the system is robust to abrupt shutdown: if
5613 the tool is terminated half-way during its operations on next boot it
5614 will start from the beginning.
5615
5616 * systemd-repart's --size= operation gained a new "auto" value. If
5617 specified, and operating on a loopback file it is automatically sized
5618 to the minimal size the size constraints permit. This is useful to
5619 use "systemd-repart" as an image builder for minimally sized images.
5620
5621 * systemd-resolved now gained a third IPC interface for requesting name
5622 resolution: besides D-Bus and local DNS to 127.0.0.53 a Varlink
5623 interface is now supported. The nss-resolve NSS module has been
5624 modified to use this new interface instead of D-Bus. Using Varlink
5625 has a major benefit over D-Bus: it works without a broker service,
5626 and thus already during earliest boot, before the dbus daemon has
5627 been started. This means name resolution via systemd-resolved now
5628 works at the same time systemd-networkd operates: from earliest boot
5629 on, including in the initrd.
5630
5631 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new DNSStubListenerExtra=
5632 configuration file setting which may be used to specify additional IP
5633 addresses the built-in DNS stub shall listen on, in addition to the
5634 main one on 127.0.0.53:53.
5635
5636 * Name lookups issued via systemd-resolved's D-Bus and Varlink
5637 interfaces (and thus also via glibc NSS if nss-resolve is used) will
5638 now honour a trailing dot in the hostname: if specified the search
5639 path logic is turned off. Thus "resolvectl query foo." is now
5640 equivalent to "resolvectl query --search=off foo.".
5641
5642 * systemd-resolved gained a new D-Bus property "ResolvConfMode" that
5643 exposes how /etc/resolv.conf is currently managed: by resolved (and
5644 in which mode if so) or another subsystem. "resolvctl" will display
5645 this property in its status output.
5646
5647 * The resolv.conf snippets systemd-resolved provides will now set "."
5648 as the search domain if no other search domain is known. This turns
5649 off the derivation of an implicit search domain by nss-dns for the
5650 hostname, when the hostname is set to an FQDN. This change is done to
5651 make nss-dns using resolv.conf provided by systemd-resolved behave
5652 more similarly to nss-resolve.
5653
5654 * systemd-tmpfiles' file "aging" logic (i.e. the automatic clean-up of
5655 /tmp/ and /var/tmp/ based on file timestamps) now looks at the
5656 "birth" time (btime) of a file in addition to the atime, mtime, and
5657 ctime.
5658
5659 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "capability" that lists all known
5660 capabilities by the systemd build and by the kernel.
5661
5662 * If a file /usr/lib/clock-epoch exists, PID 1 will read its mtime and
5663 advance the system clock to it at boot if it is noticed to be before
5664 that time. Previously, PID 1 would only advance the time to an epoch
5665 time that is set during build-time. With this new file OS builders
5666 can change this epoch timestamp on individual OS images without
5667 having to rebuild systemd.
5668
5669 * systemd-logind will now listen to the KEY_RESTART key from the Linux
5670 input layer and reboot the system if it is pressed, similarly to how
5671 it already handles KEY_POWER, KEY_SUSPEND or KEY_SLEEP. KEY_RESTART
5672 was originally defined in the Multimedia context (to restart playback
5673 of a song or film), but is now primarily used in various embedded
5674 devices for "Reboot" buttons. Accordingly, systemd-logind will now
5675 honour it as such. This may configured in more detail via the new
5676 HandleRebootKey= and RebootKeyIgnoreInhibited=.
5677
5678 * systemd-nspawn/systemd-machined will now reconstruct hardlinks when
5679 copying OS trees, for example in "systemd-nspawn --ephemeral",
5680 "systemd-nspawn --template=", "machinectl clone" and similar. This is
5681 useful when operating with OSTree images, which use hardlinks heavily
5682 throughout, and where such copies previously resulting in "exploding"
5683 hardlinks.
5684
5685 * systemd-nspawn's --console= setting gained support for a new
5686 "autopipe" value, which is identical to "interactive" when invoked on
5687 a TTY, and "pipe" otherwise.
5688
5689 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for explicitly
5690 configuring the multicast membership entries of bridge devices in the
5691 [BridgeMDB] section. It also gained support for the PIE queuing
5692 discipline in the [FlowQueuePIE] sections.
5693
5694 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files may now be used to create "BareUDP"
5695 tunnels, configured in the new [BareUDP] setting.
5696
5697 * systemd-networkd's Gateway= setting in .network files now accepts the
5698 special values "_dhcp4" and "_ipv6ra" to configure additional,
5699 locally defined, explicit routes to the gateway acquired via DHCP or
5700 IPv6 Router Advertisements. The old setting "_dhcp" is deprecated,
5701 but still accepted for backwards compatibility.
5702
5703 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6PrefixDelegation] section and
5704 IPv6PrefixDelegation= options have been renamed as [IPv6SendRA] and
5705 IPv6SendRA= (the old names are still accepted for backwards
5706 compatibility).
5707
5708 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the DHCPv6PrefixDelegation=
5709 boolean setting in [Network] section. If enabled, the delegated prefix
5710 gained by another link will be configured, and an address within the
5711 prefix will be assigned.
5712
5713 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the Announce= boolean setting
5714 in [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section. When enabled, the delegated
5715 prefix will be announced through IPv6 router advertisement (IPv6 RA).
5716 The setting is enabled by default.
5717
5718 * VXLAN tunnels may now be marked as independent of any underlying
5719 network interface via the new Independent= boolean setting.
5720
5721 * systemctl gained support for two new verbs: "service-log-level" and
5722 "service-log-target" may be used on services that implement the
5723 generic org.freedesktop.LogControl1 D-Bus interface to dynamically
5724 adjust the log level and target. All of systemd's long-running
5725 services support this now, but ideally all system services would
5726 implement this interface to make the system more uniformly
5727 debuggable.
5728
5729 * The SystemCallErrorNumber= unit file setting now accepts the new
5730 "kill" and "log" actions, in addition to arbitrary error number
5731 specifications as before. If "kill" the processes are killed on the
5732 event, if "log" the offending system call is audit logged.
5733
5734 * A new SystemCallLog= unit file setting has been added that accepts a
5735 list of system calls that shall be logged about (audit).
5736
5737 * The OS image dissection logic (as used by RootImage= in unit files or
5738 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch) has gained support for identifying
5739 and mounting explicit /usr/ partitions, which are now defined in the
5740 discoverable partition specification. This should be useful for
5741 environments where the root file system is
5742 generated/formatted/populated dynamically on first boot and combined
5743 with an immutable /usr/ tree that is supplied by the vendor.
5744
5745 * In the final phase of shutdown, within the systemd-shutdown binary
5746 we'll now try to detach MD devices (i.e software RAID) in addition to
5747 loopback block devices and DM devices as before. This is supposed to
5748 be a safety net only, in order to increase robustness if things go
5749 wrong. Storage subsystems are expected to properly detach their
5750 storage volumes during regular shutdown already (or in case of
5751 storage backing the root file system: in the initrd hook we return to
5752 later).
5753
5754 * If the SYSTEMD_LOG_TID environment variable is set all systemd tools
5755 will now log the thread ID in their log output. This is useful when
5756 working with heavily threaded programs.
5757
5758 * If the SYSTEMD_RDRAND environment variable is set to "0", systemd will
5759 not use the RDRAND CPU instruction. This is useful in environments
5760 such as replay debuggers where non-deterministic behaviour is not
5761 desirable.
5762
5763 * The autopaging logic in systemd's various tools (such as systemctl)
5764 has been updated to turn on "secure" mode in "less"
5765 (i.e. $LESSECURE=1) if execution in a "sudo" environment is
5766 detected. This disables invoking external programs from the pager,
5767 via the pipe logic. This behaviour may be overridden via the new
5768 $SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE environment variable.
5769
5770 * Units which have resource limits (.service, .mount, .swap, .slice,
5771 .socket, and .slice) gained new configuration settings
5772 ManagedOOMSwap=, ManagedOOMMemoryPressure=, and
5773 ManagedOOMMemoryPressureLimitPercent= that specify resource pressure
5774 limits and optional action taken by systemd-oomd.
5775
5776 * A new service systemd-oomd has been added. It monitors resource
5777 contention for selected parts of the unit hierarchy using the PSI
5778 information reported by the kernel, and kills processes when memory
5779 or swap pressure is above configured limits. This service is only
5780 enabled by default in developer mode (see below) and should be
5781 considered a preview in this release. Behaviour details and option
5782 names are subject to change without the usual backwards-compatibility
5783 promises.
5784
5785 * A new helper oomctl has been added to introspect systemd-oomd state.
5786 It is only enabled by default in developer mode and should be
5787 considered a preview without the usual backwards-compatibility
5788 promises.
5789
5790 * New meson option -Dcompat-mutable-uid-boundaries= has been added. If
5791 enabled, systemd reads the system UID boundaries from /etc/login.defs
5792 at runtime, instead of using the built-in values selected during
5793 build. This is an option to improve compatibility for upgrades from
5794 old systems. It's strongly recommended not to make use of this
5795 functionality on new systems (or even enable it during build), as it
5796 makes something runtime-configurable that is mostly an implementation
5797 detail of the OS, and permits avoidable differences in deployments
5798 that create all kinds of problems in the long run.
5799
5800 * New meson option '-Dmode=developer|release' has been added. When
5801 'developer', additional checks and features are enabled that are
5802 relevant during upstream development, e.g. verification that
5803 semi-automatically-generated documentation has been properly updated
5804 following API changes. Those checks are considered hints for
5805 developers and are not actionable in downstream builds. In addition,
5806 extra features that are not ready for general consumption may be
5807 enabled in developer mode. It is thus recommended to set
5808 '-Dmode=release' in end-user and distro builds.
5809
5810 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for processing detached LUKS
5811 headers specified on the kernel command line via the header=
5812 parameter of the luks.options= kernel command line option. The same
5813 device/path syntax as for key files is supported for header files
5814 like this.
5815
5816 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated to ignore ACPI _SUN
5817 slot index data for devices that are connected through a PCI bridge
5818 where the _SUN index is associated with the bridge instead of the
5819 network device itself. Previously this would create ambiguous device
5820 naming if multiple network interfaces were connected to the same PCI
5821 bridge. Since this is a naming scheme incompatibility on systems that
5822 possess hardware like this it has been introduced as new naming
5823 scheme "v247". The previous scheme can be selected via the
5824 "net.naming_scheme=v245" kernel command line parameter.
5825
5826 * ConditionFirstBoot= semantics have been modified to be safe towards
5827 abnormal system power-off during first boot. Specifically, the
5828 "systemd-machine-id-commit.service" service now acts as boot
5829 milestone indicating when the first boot process is sufficiently
5830 complete in order to not consider the next following boot also a
5831 first boot. If the system is reset before this unit is reached the
5832 first time, the next boot will still be considered a first boot; once
5833 it has been reached, no further boots will be considered a first
5834 boot. The "first-boot-complete.target" unit now acts as official hook
5835 point to order against this. If a service shall be run on every boot
5836 until the first boot fully succeeds it may thus be ordered before
5837 this target unit (and pull it in) and carry ConditionFirstBoot=
5838 appropriately.
5839
5840 * bootctl's set-default and set-oneshot commands now accept the three
5841 special strings "@default", "@oneshot", "@current" in place of a boot
5842 entry id. These strings are resolved to the current default and
5843 oneshot boot loader entry, as well as the currently booted one. Thus
5844 a command "bootctl set-default @current" may be used to make the
5845 currently boot menu item the new default for all subsequent boots.
5846
5847 * "systemctl edit" has been updated to show the original effective unit
5848 contents in commented form in the text editor.
5849
5850 * Units in user mode are now segregated into three new slices:
5851 session.slice (units that form the core of graphical session),
5852 app.slice ("normal" user applications), and background.slice
5853 (low-priority tasks). Unless otherwise configured, user units are
5854 placed in app.slice. The plan is to add resource limits and
5855 protections for the different slices in the future.
5856
5857 * New GPT partition types for RISCV32/64 for the root and /usr
5858 partitions, and their associated Verity partitions have been defined,
5859 and are now understood by systemd-gpt-auto-generator, and the OS
5860 image dissection logic.
5861
5862 Contributions from: Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, afg, Alec Moskvin, Alyssa
5863 Ross, Amitanand Chikorde, Andrew Hangsleben, Anita Zhang, Ansgar
5864 Burchardt, Arian van Putten, Aurelien Jarno, Axel Rasmussen, bauen1,
5865 Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Bjørn Mork, brainrom, Chandradeep
5866 Dey, Charles Lee, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christof Efkemann,
5867 Christoph Ruegge, Clemens Gruber, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel
5868 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov,
5869 Dmitry Borodaenko, Elias Probst, Elisei Roca, ErrantSpore, Etienne
5870 Doms, Fabrice Fontaine, fangxiuning, Felix Riemann, Florian Klink,
5871 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, fwSmit, George Rawlinson, germanztz,
5872 Gibeom Gwon, Glen Whitney, Gogo Gogsi, Göran Uddeborg, Grant Mathews,
5873 Hans de Goede, Hans Ulrich Niedermann, Haochen Tong, Harald Seiler,
5874 huangyong, Hubert Kario, igo95862, Ikey Doherty, Insun Pyo, Jan Chren,
5875 Jan Schlüter, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jian-Hong Pan, Joerg Behrmann, Jonathan
5876 Lebon, Jörg Thalheim, Josh Brobst, Juergen Hoetzel, Julien Humbert,
5877 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Kairui Song, Kamil Dudka, Kir Kolyshkin, Kristijan
5878 Gjoshev, Kyle Huey, Kyle Russell, Lee Whalen, Lennart Poettering,
5879 lichangze, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Weiss, Marc
5880 Kleine-Budde, Marco Wang, Martin Wilck, Marti Raudsepp, masmullin2000,
5881 Máté Pozsgay, Matt Fenwick, Michael Biebl, Michael Scherer, Michal
5882 Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mikael Szreder, Milo
5883 Casagrande, mirabilos, Mitsuha_QuQ, mog422, Muhammet Kara, Nazar
5884 Vinnichuk, Nicholas Narsing, Nicolas Fella, Njibhu, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
5885 Olivier Le Moal, Ondrej Kozina, onlybugreports, Pass Automated Testing
5886 Suite, Pat Coulthard, Pavel Sapezhko, Pedro Ruiz, perry_yuan, Peter
5887 Hutterer, Phaedrus Leeds, PhoenixDiscord, Piotr Drąg, Plan C,
5888 Purushottam choudhary, Rasmus Villemoes, Renaud Métrich, Robert Marko,
5889 Roman Beranek, Ronan Pigott, Roy Chen (陳彥廷), RussianNeuroMancer,
5890 Samanta Navarro, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sorin Ionescu, Steve Dodd,
5891 Susant Sahani, Timo Rothenpieler, Tobias Hunger, Tobias Kaufmann, Topi
5892 Miettinen, vanou, Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wen Yang, Whired Planck,
5893 williamvds, Yu, Li-Yu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
5894 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
5895
5896 – Warsaw, 2020-11-26
5897
5898 CHANGES WITH 246:
5899
5900 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
5901 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
5902 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
5903
5904 * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from
5905 /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot.
5906
5907 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
5908 special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set
5909 based on the NUMA mask.
5910
5911 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
5912 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
5913 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
5914
5915 * Two new unit file settings
5916 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
5917 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
5918 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
5919 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
5920
5921 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
5922 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
5923 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
5924 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
5925 instance).
5926
5927 * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
5928 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
5929 service's processes shall include.
5930
5931 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
5932 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
5933 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
5934 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
5935
5936 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
5937 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
5938 packets read from the socket, as an ancillary message. This controls
5939 the IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
5940 depending on socket type.
5941
5942 * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to
5943 specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are
5944 specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to
5945 the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is
5946 only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded
5947 into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the
5948 Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn
5949 gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with
5950 the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image
5951 doesn't contain the verity data itself.
5952
5953 * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes
5954 either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified
5955 with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This
5956 allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in
5957 the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels
5958 (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to
5959 systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for
5960 this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup.
5961
5962 * .service unit files gained two new options
5963 TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to
5964 tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to
5965 terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL.
5966
5967 * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with
5968 0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal
5969 notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b
5970 prefix is used.
5971
5972 * Various command line parameters and configuration file settings that
5973 configure key or certificate files now optionally take paths to
5974 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system. If configured that way a stream
5975 connection is made to the socket and the required data read from
5976 it. This is a simple and natural extension to the existing regular
5977 file logic, and permits other software to provide keys or
5978 certificates via simple IPC services, for example when unencrypted
5979 storage on disk is not desired. Specifically, systemd-networkd's
5980 Wireguard and MACSEC key file settings as well as
5981 systemd-journal-gatewayd's and systemd-journal-remote's PEM
5982 key/certificate parameters support this now.
5983
5984 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
5985 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
5986 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
5987 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
5988 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in
5989 the kernel truncated at the first dot.
5990
5991 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
5992 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
5993 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
5994 finally gone now.
5995
5996 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
5997 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
5998 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
5999 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
6000
6001 * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning
6002 message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless
6003 accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose
6004 of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped
6005 locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user
6006 namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get
6007 read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files,
6008 which is quite likely a major security problem.
6009
6010 * tmpfs mounts automatically created by systemd (/tmp, /run, /dev/shm,
6011 and others) now have a size and inode limits applied (50% of RAM for
6012 /tmp and /dev/shm, 10% of RAM for other mounts, etc.). Please note
6013 that the implicit kernel default is 50% too, so there is no change
6014 in the size limit for /tmp and /dev/shm.
6015
6016 * nss-mymachines lost support for resolution of users and groups, and
6017 now only does resolution of hostnames. This functionality is now
6018 provided by nss-systemd. Thus, the 'mymachines' entry should be
6019 removed from the 'passwd:' and 'group:' lines in /etc/nsswitch.conf
6020 (and 'systemd' added if it is not already there).
6021
6022 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
6023 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
6024 boot.
6025
6026 * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been
6027 added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are
6028 immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for
6029 making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data
6030 on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per
6031 device.
6032
6033 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
6034 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
6035 devices listed in /etc/fstab.
6036
6037 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition_needs_update= and
6038 systemd.condition_first_boot= have been added, which override the
6039 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
6040 conditions.
6041
6042 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock_usec= has been added
6043 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
6044 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
6045 in order to make test cases more reliable.
6046
6047 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
6048 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
6049 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
6050 the process that faulted.
6051
6052 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
6053 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
6054 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
6055
6056 * We provide a set of udev rules to enable auto-suspend on PCI and USB
6057 devices that were tested to correctly support it. Previously, this
6058 was distributed as a set of udev rules, but has now been replaced by
6059 by a set of hwdb entries (and a much shorter udev rule to take action
6060 if the device modalias matches one of the new hwdb entries).
6061
6062 As before, entries are periodically imported from the database
6063 maintained by the ChromiumOS project. If you have a device that
6064 supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be enabled by
6065 default, please submit a patch that adds it to the database (see
6066 /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb).
6067
6068 * systemd-udevd gained the new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
6069 as a corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=.
6070 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
6071 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal
6072 to SIGABRT is useful for debugging.
6073
6074 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
6075 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
6076 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
6077 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
6078 frame ring buffer sizes.
6079
6080 * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If
6081 enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools.
6082
6083 * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section
6084 [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices.
6085
6086 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
6087 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
6088 automatically assigned to the interface.
6089
6090 * systemd-networkd gained a new section [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] which
6091 controls delegated prefixes assigned by DHCPv6 client. The section
6092 has three settings: SubnetID=, Assign=, and Token=. The setting
6093 SubnetID= allows explicit configuration of the preferred subnet that
6094 systemd-networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces. If
6095 Assign= is enabled (which is the default) an address from any acquired
6096 delegated prefix is automatically chosen and assigned to the
6097 interface. The setting Token= specifies an optional address generation
6098 mode for Assign=.
6099
6100 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
6101 IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local
6102 source addresses.
6103
6104 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
6105 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
6106 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
6107 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
6108 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
6109 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
6110 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
6111 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF"
6112 in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and
6113 "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass].
6114
6115 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
6116 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
6117 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
6118 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
6119 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
6120 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
6121 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
6122
6123 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=.
6124 When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an
6125 Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M'
6126 or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option
6127 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
6128 the RA packets suggest it.
6129
6130 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
6131 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
6132 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
6133 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
6134
6135 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
6136 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
6137 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
6138 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
6139 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
6140 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
6141 field.
6142
6143 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
6144 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
6145 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
6146 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
6147 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
6148 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
6149
6150 * The Mode= settings in [MACVLAN] and [MACVTAP] now support 'source'
6151 mode. Also, the sections now support a new setting SourceMACAddress=.
6152
6153 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
6154 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
6155 the VLAN protocol to use.
6156
6157 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
6158 of the .network files, to control the link group.
6159
6160 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new
6161 IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6
6162 link local address is generated.
6163
6164 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
6165 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
6166 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
6167 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
6168 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
6169 carefully picking an interface name to use.
6170
6171 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric=
6172 which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server.
6173
6174 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass=
6175 which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server.
6176
6177 * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and
6178 [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names
6179 are still understood to provide compatibility.
6180
6181 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
6182 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
6183 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
6184 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
6185 interfaces up or down.
6186
6187 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts a
6188 port number (after ":") and a host name (after "#"). When the host
6189 name is specified, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match
6190 the specified hostname. Additionally, in case of IPv6 addresses, an
6191 interface may be specified (after "%").
6192
6193 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
6194 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
6195 public DNS servers are not used.
6196
6197 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
6198
6199 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
6200 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
6201 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
6202 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
6203 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
6204 defined by systemd-resolved).
6205
6206 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
6207 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
6208 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
6209
6210 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
6211 --property=…".
6212
6213 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
6214 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
6215 use --plain.
6216
6217 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
6218 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
6219 being deprecated in favor of this option.
6220
6221 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
6222 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
6223 process itself.
6224
6225 * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields
6226 in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened
6227 against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means
6228 that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable
6229 with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean
6230 environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this
6231 new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated
6232 journal files remain compatible with older journalctl
6233 implementations.
6234
6235 * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for
6236 each log message for which a URL with further documentation is
6237 known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support
6238 clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since
6239 "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks,
6240 unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages
6241 either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by
6242 associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's
6243 MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag.
6244
6245 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
6246 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
6247 initialization.
6248
6249 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
6250 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
6251 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
6252
6253 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
6254 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
6255 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
6256 without any decoration.
6257
6258 * The sd-journal.h API gained two new functions:
6259 sd_journal_enumerate_available_unique() and
6260 sd_journal_enumerate_available_data() that operate like their
6261 counterparts that lack the _available_ in the name, but skip items
6262 that cannot be read and processed by the local implementation
6263 (i.e. are compressed in an unsupported format or such),
6264
6265 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
6266 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
6267 coredump data from.
6268
6269 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
6270 the zstd algorithm.
6271
6272 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
6273 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
6274 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
6275 not block clean file system unmounting.
6276
6277 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
6278 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
6279 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
6280
6281 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
6282 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
6283 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
6284 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
6285
6286 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
6287 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
6288
6289 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
6290 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
6291 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
6292 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
6293 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
6294 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
6295 instead of operating on actual block devices.
6296
6297 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
6298 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
6299
6300 * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M
6301 instead of 0.
6302
6303 * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple
6304 specifier expansion.
6305
6306 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
6307 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
6308 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
6309 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
6310 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
6311
6312 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
6313 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
6314 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
6315 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
6316 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
6317
6318 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2
6319 security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition
6320 to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking
6321 support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both
6322 interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's
6323 --fido2-device= option.
6324
6325 * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters:
6326 if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token
6327 is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for
6328 unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of
6329 suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new
6330 --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for
6331 automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices.
6332
6333 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
6334 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
6335 changed from ext2 to ext4.
6336
6337 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
6338 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
6339 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
6340 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
6341 before the system continues to boot.
6342
6343 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
6344 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
6345 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
6346 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
6347 instead of at installation time.
6348
6349 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
6350 volumes with automatically from files in
6351 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
6352 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
6353
6354 * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via
6355 /etc/crypttab, during boot.
6356
6357 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
6358 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
6359 instance.
6360
6361 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
6362 generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and
6363 may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are
6364 started automatically as part of the desktop session.
6365
6366 * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used
6367 to query and change the firmware's 'Reboot Into Firmware Interface'
6368 setup flag.
6369
6370 * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may
6371 be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It
6372 also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like
6373 --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as
6374 argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset
6375 any password for the root user (dangerous!). The --root-shell= switch
6376 may be used to control the shell to use for the root account. A new
6377 --force option may be used to override any already set settings with
6378 the parameters specified on the command line (by default, the tool
6379 will not override what has already been set before, i.e. is purely
6380 incremental).
6381
6382 * systemd-firstboot gained support for a new --image= switch, which is
6383 similar to --root= but accepts the path to a disk image file, on
6384 which it then operates.
6385
6386 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
6387 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
6388 directories for various resources.
6389
6390 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
6391 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
6392 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
6393 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
6394 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
6395 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
6396 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
6397 via the new --no-block switch.
6398
6399 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
6400 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
6401 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
6402 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
6403 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
6404 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
6405 case.
6406
6407 * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call
6408 SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show
6409 boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar
6410 effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1.
6411
6412 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
6413 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
6414 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make
6415 it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want
6416 to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus.
6417
6418 * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
6419 flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks
6420 is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted
6421 as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the
6422 vtable is associated with.
6423
6424 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
6425 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
6426 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
6427 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
6428
6429 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
6430 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
6431 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
6432
6433 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
6434
6435 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
6436 document the methods, signals and properties.
6437
6438 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
6439 detail; documentation on how classic home directories may be
6440 converted into home directories managed by homed has been added;
6441 documentation regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in
6442 desktops has been added:
6443
6444 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
6445 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
6446 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
6447
6448 * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated
6449 and has now moved to:
6450
6451 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT
6452
6453 * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE)
6454 has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose
6455 select fields from the host's os-release file to the container
6456 payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the
6457 container underneath /run/host. Together, those mechanisms provide a
6458 standardized way to expose information about the host to the
6459 container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn.
6460
6461 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
6462 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
6463 target of the service during runtime.
6464
6465 * Only relevant for developers: the mkosi.default symlink has been
6466 dropped from version control. Please create a symlink to one of the
6467 distribution-specific defaults in .mkosi/ based on your preference.
6468
6469 Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander
6470 Malafeev, Amitanand.Chikorde, Alin Popa, Alvin Šipraga, Amos Bird,
6471 Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain,
6472 antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji
6473 Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera, bemarek, Benjamin Berg,
6474 Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down, Chris Kerr, Christian
6475 Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder, Ciprian Hacman, Clinton Roy,
6476 codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan Callaghan,
6477 Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner, David
6478 Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo, Dimitri
6479 John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca, Emmanuel
6480 Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
6481 ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger,
6482 Filippo Falezza, Finn, Florian Klink, Florian Mayer, Franck Bui,
6483 Frantisek Sumsal, gaurav, Georg Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius
6484 Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi, Gaurav Singh, gzjsgdsb, Hans de
6485 Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic, James T. Lee, Jan
6486 Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy Cline, Jérémy
6487 Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg Behrmann, Jörg
6488 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny Levinsen, Kevin
6489 Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus, Lénaïc Huard,
6490 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Lucas
6491 Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej
6492 S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel Holtmann, Marc
6493 Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt Ranostay, Maxim
6494 Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Gubbels,
6495 Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
6496 Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Mikhail Novosyolov, ml, Motiejus Jakštys,
6497 nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas Hambüchen, Norbert
6498 Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer, Piero La Terza, Pieter
6499 Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross
6500 Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu, Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian
6501 Jennen, sterlinghughes, Surhud More, Susant Sahani, szb512, Thomas
6502 Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes,
6503 Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo,
6504 Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal
6505 Korman, Yi Gao, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
6506 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
6507
6508 – Warsaw, 2020-07-30
6509
6510 CHANGES WITH 245:
6511
6512 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
6513 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
6514 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
6515 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
6516 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
6517 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
6518 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
6519 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
6520 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
6521 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
6522 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
6523 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
6524 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
6525 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
6526 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
6527 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
6528 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
6529 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
6530 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
6531 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
6532 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
6533
6534 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
6535 "systemd-userdbd.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
6536 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
6537 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
6538 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
6539 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
6540 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
6541 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
6542 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
6543 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
6544 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
6545 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
6546 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
6547 that for the first time resource management and various other
6548 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
6549 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
6550 to apply on login. For further details see:
6551
6552 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
6553 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
6554 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
6555
6556 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
6557 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
6558 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
6559 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
6560 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
6561 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
6562 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
6563 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
6564 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
6565
6566 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
6567
6568 For further details about the format and expectations on home
6569 directories this new daemon makes, see:
6570
6571 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
6572
6573 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
6574 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
6575 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
6576 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
6577 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
6578 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
6579 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
6580 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
6581 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
6582 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
6583 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
6584 usage limitations and other settings.
6585
6586 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
6587 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
6588 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
6589 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
6590 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
6591 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
6592 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
6593 resource usage.
6594
6595 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
6596 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
6597
6598 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
6599 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
6600 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
6601 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
6602 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
6603
6604 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
6605 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
6606 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
6607 itself and the default for all other processes.
6608
6609 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
6610 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
6611 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
6612 database into account.
6613
6614 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
6615 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
6616 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
6617 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
6618
6619 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
6620 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
6621 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
6622 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
6623 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
6624 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
6625 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
6626 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
6627 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
6628 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
6629
6630 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
6631 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
6632 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
6633 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
6634 event source watching it is freed).
6635
6636 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
6637 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
6638 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
6639 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
6640
6641 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
6642 (IFB) network devices.
6643
6644 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
6645 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
6646
6647 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
6648 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
6649 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
6650 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
6651 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
6652 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
6653
6654 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
6655 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
6656 with its sense inverted.
6657
6658 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
6659 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
6660 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
6661
6662 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
6663 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
6664 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
6665
6666 * The Type= match property of .link files has been generalized to
6667 always match the device type shown by 'networkctl status', even for
6668 devices where udev does not set DEVTYPE=. This allows e.g. Type=ether
6669 to be used.
6670
6671 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
6672 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
6673 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
6674 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
6675 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
6676 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
6677 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
6678
6679 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
6680 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
6681 debugging purposes.
6682
6683 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
6684 group named differently than the user.
6685
6686 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
6687 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
6688 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
6689
6690 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
6691 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
6692 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
6693 /etc/fstab.
6694
6695 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
6696 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
6697 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
6698 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
6699
6700 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
6701 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
6702 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
6703 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
6704
6705 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
6706 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
6707 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
6708 Bernard.
6709
6710 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
6711 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
6712 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
6713 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
6714 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
6715 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
6716 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
6717 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
6718 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
6719 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
6720 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
6721
6722 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
6723 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
6724 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
6725 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
6726 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
6727 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
6728 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
6729 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming_scheme= kernel
6730 command line option.
6731
6732 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
6733 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
6734
6735 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
6736 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
6737 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
6738 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
6739 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
6740 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
6741 systemd-timedated.
6742
6743 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
6744 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128-bit IDs, currently mostly
6745 GPT partition table types.
6746
6747 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
6748 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
6749 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
6750
6751 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
6752
6753 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
6754 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
6755 for the respective units.
6756
6757 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
6758 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
6759 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
6760
6761 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
6762 "status" output.
6763
6764 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
6765 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
6766 disappear.
6767
6768 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
6769 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
6770 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
6771 address is used.
6772
6773 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
6774 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
6775 dropped from the individual setting names.
6776
6777 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
6778 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
6779 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
6780 such files in version 243.
6781
6782 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
6783 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
6784 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
6785
6786 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
6787 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
6788 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
6789
6790 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
6791 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
6792 with stopping and disablement.
6793
6794 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
6795 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
6796 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
6797 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
6798 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
6799 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
6800 some internal systemd services (most notably
6801 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
6802 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
6803 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
6804 this systemd release. See
6805 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
6806 additional discussion.
6807
6808 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
6809 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
6810 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
6811 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
6812 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
6813 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
6814 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
6815 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
6816 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
6817 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
6818 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
6819 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
6820 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
6821 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
6822 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
6823 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
6824 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
6825 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
6826 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
6827 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
6828 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
6829 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
6830 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
6831 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
6832 DONG
6833
6834 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
6835
6836 CHANGES WITH 244:
6837
6838 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
6839 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
6840 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
6841 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
6842
6843 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
6844 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
6845 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
6846 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
6847
6848 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
6849 units.
6850
6851 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
6852 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
6853 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
6854 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
6855 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
6856 set the EFI variable.
6857
6858 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
6859 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
6860 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
6861 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
6862 and overrides the systemd setting.
6863
6864 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
6865 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
6866 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
6867 effect.)
6868
6869 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
6870 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
6871 that affects all corresponding unit files.
6872
6873 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
6874 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
6875
6876 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
6877 the unit being shown.
6878
6879 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
6880 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
6881 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
6882 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
6883 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
6884
6885 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
6886 allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services
6887 which need to use them.
6888
6889 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
6890 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
6891 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
6892 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
6893 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
6894 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
6895 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
6896 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
6897 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
6898 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
6899
6900 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
6901 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
6902 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
6903 This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known
6904 security tokens that were used previously.
6905
6906 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed
6907 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
6908 improve power saving with many more devices.
6909
6910 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
6911 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
6912 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
6913
6914 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
6915 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
6916 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
6917 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
6918 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
6919
6920 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
6921 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
6922 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
6923 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
6924 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
6925
6926 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
6927 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
6928
6929 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
6930 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
6931
6932 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
6933 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
6934 now supported.
6935
6936 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
6937 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
6938
6939 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
6940 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
6941 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
6942
6943 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
6944 received from the server.
6945
6946 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
6947 set.
6948
6949 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
6950 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
6951
6952 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
6953 using a new SendOption= setting.
6954
6955 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
6956 service type" value used by the client.
6957
6958 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
6959 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
6960
6961 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
6962 a new SendOption= setting.
6963
6964 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
6965 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
6966
6967 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
6968 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
6969
6970 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
6971 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
6972 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
6973
6974 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
6975 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
6976 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
6977 BSSID for wireless links.
6978
6979 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
6980 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
6981
6982 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
6983 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
6984
6985 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
6986 disciplines in the kernel using the new
6987 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
6988 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
6989 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
6990 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
6991
6992 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
6993
6994 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
6995 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
6996 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
6997 on its own).
6998
6999 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
7000 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
7001 of the present time.
7002
7003 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
7004 reproducible image builds easier).
7005
7006 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
7007 Specification.
7008
7009 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
7010 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
7011 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
7012 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
7013
7014 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
7015 is being used.
7016
7017 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
7018
7019 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
7020 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
7021 path as the system manager.
7022
7023 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
7024 outputting the 128-bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
7025 representation").
7026
7027 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
7028 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
7029 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
7030 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
7031 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
7032 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
7033 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
7034 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
7035
7036 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
7037 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
7038 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
7039 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
7040 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
7041 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
7042 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
7043 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
7044 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
7045 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
7046 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
7047 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
7048 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
7049 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
7050 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
7051 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
7052 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
7053 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
7054 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
7055 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
7056 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
7057 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
7058 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7059
7060 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
7061
7062 CHANGES WITH 243:
7063
7064 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
7065 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
7066 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
7067 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
7068 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
7069 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
7070 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
7071 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
7072
7073 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
7074 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
7075 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
7076 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
7077 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
7078 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
7079 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
7080 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
7081 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
7082 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
7083 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
7084 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
7085 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
7086 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
7087 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
7088 documentation.
7089
7090 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
7091 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
7092 from the old 16-bit range. This should improve security and
7093 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
7094 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
7095 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
7096 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
7097 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
7098 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
7099 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
7100 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
7101 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
7102 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
7103 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
7104 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
7105 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
7106
7107 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
7108 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
7109 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
7110 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
7111
7112 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
7113 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
7114
7115 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
7116 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
7117 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
7118 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
7119 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
7120 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
7121 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
7122 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
7123 caught up with the kernel API changes.
7124
7125 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
7126 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
7127 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
7128 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
7129 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
7130 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
7131 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
7132 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
7133 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
7134 packagers.
7135
7136 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
7137 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
7138
7139 build/man/man systemctl
7140 build/man/html systemd.index
7141
7142 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
7143 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
7144
7145 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
7146 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
7147 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
7148 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
7149 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
7150 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
7151
7152 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
7153 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
7154 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
7155 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
7156 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
7157 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
7158 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
7159 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
7160 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
7161 unambiguously distinguished.
7162
7163 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
7164 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
7165 very rarely used.
7166
7167 To replace this functionality, users should:
7168 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
7169 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
7170 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
7171 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
7172 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
7173
7174 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
7175 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
7176 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
7177 interfaces should really be matched.
7178
7179 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
7180 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
7181 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
7182 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
7183 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
7184 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
7185
7186 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
7187 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
7188 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
7189 stop the whole unit.
7190
7191 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
7192 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
7193 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
7194 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
7195 generated whenever a unit stops.
7196
7197 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
7198 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
7199 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
7200 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
7201
7202 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
7203 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
7204 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
7205 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
7206 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
7207
7208 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
7209 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
7210 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
7211 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
7212 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
7213 programs set up externally.
7214
7215 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
7216 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
7217 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
7218 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
7219
7220 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
7221 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
7222 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
7223 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
7224 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
7225 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
7226 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
7227
7228 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
7229 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
7230 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
7231 as before.
7232
7233 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
7234 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
7235 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
7236 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
7237 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
7238 links on terminals that support that.
7239
7240 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
7241 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
7242 unmounted safely during shutdown.
7243
7244 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
7245
7246 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
7247 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
7248 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
7249 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
7250 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
7251 The default remains unchanged.
7252
7253 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
7254 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
7255
7256 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
7257 udev property.
7258
7259 Those two changes form a new net.naming_scheme= entry. Distributions
7260 which want to preserve naming stability may want to set the
7261 -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
7262
7263 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
7264 interfaces natively.
7265
7266 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
7267 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
7268 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
7269 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
7270
7271 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
7272 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
7273 also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a
7274 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
7275 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
7276 RELEASE message when terminating.
7277
7278 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
7279 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
7280
7281 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
7282 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
7283 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
7284 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
7285 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
7286 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
7287 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
7288
7289 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
7290 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
7291 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
7292 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
7293 added to the GENEVE support.
7294
7295 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
7296 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
7297 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
7298 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
7299 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
7300
7301 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
7302 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
7303 onto the network device.
7304
7305 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
7306 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
7307 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
7308 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
7309 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
7310
7311 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
7312 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
7313 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
7314
7315 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
7316 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
7317
7318 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
7319 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
7320
7321 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
7322 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
7323 statistics.
7324
7325 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
7326 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
7327 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
7328
7329 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
7330 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
7331
7332 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
7333 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
7334 specific udev properties.
7335
7336 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
7337 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
7338 "lo" as underlying device.
7339
7340 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
7341 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
7342 IP addresses, too.
7343
7344 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
7345 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
7346 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
7347 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
7348
7349 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
7350 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
7351 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
7352 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
7353
7354 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
7355 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
7356 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
7357
7358 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
7359 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
7360 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
7361
7362 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
7363
7364 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
7365 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
7366 does the same for recurring calendar events.
7367
7368 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
7369 durations as opposed to points in time).
7370
7371 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
7372 expressions.
7373
7374 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
7375 codes to their names and back.
7376
7377 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
7378 file paths and unit aliases.
7379
7380 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
7381 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
7382 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
7383 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
7384
7385 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
7386 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
7387 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
7388 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
7389 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
7390 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
7391 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
7392 udev rules for that purpose.
7393
7394 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
7395 a device to be initialized.
7396
7397 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
7398 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
7399 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
7400
7401 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
7402 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
7403 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
7404 with gcc's cleanup extension.
7405
7406 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
7407 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128-bit ID in UUID format
7408 with printf().
7409
7410 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
7411 XML introspection data unmodified.
7412
7413 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
7414 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
7415 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
7416 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
7417
7418 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
7419 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
7420 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
7421 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
7422 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
7423 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
7424 configured to handle the watchdog.
7425
7426 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
7427 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
7428 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
7429
7430 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
7431 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
7432 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
7433
7434 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
7435 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
7436 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
7437 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
7438 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
7439
7440 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
7441 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
7442 review.
7443
7444 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
7445 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
7446
7447 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
7448 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
7449
7450 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
7451 failures to apply them are now ignored.
7452
7453 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
7454 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
7455 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
7456 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
7457
7458 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
7459 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
7460 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
7461 service.
7462
7463 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
7464 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
7465 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
7466 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
7467 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
7468 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
7469 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
7470 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
7471 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
7472 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
7473 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
7474 a seed was received from the boot loader.
7475
7476 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
7477
7478 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
7479 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
7480 above.
7481
7482 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
7483 installed.
7484
7485 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
7486 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
7487 bootloader entry).
7488
7489 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
7490 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
7491
7492 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
7493
7494 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
7495 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
7496 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
7497 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
7498 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
7499
7500 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
7501 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
7502 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
7503
7504 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
7505 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
7506
7507 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
7508 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
7509 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
7510
7511 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
7512 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
7513 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
7514 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
7515 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
7516 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
7517 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
7518 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
7519 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
7520 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
7521 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
7522 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
7523 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
7524 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
7525 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
7526 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
7527 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
7528 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
7529 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
7530 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
7531 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
7532 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
7533 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
7534 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
7535 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
7536 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
7537 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
7538 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
7539 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
7540 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
7541
7542 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
7543
7544 CHANGES WITH 242:
7545
7546 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
7547 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
7548 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
7549 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
7550 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
7551 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
7552 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
7553
7554 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
7555 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
7556
7557 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
7558 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
7559 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
7560 may be used to view this.
7561
7562 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
7563 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
7564 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
7565 ```
7566 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
7567 [Match]
7568 Type=bridge
7569
7570 [Link]
7571 MACAddressPolicy=none
7572 ```
7573
7574 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
7575 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
7576 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
7577 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
7578 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
7579 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
7580 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
7581
7582 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
7583 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
7584
7585 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
7586 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
7587
7588 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
7589 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
7590
7591 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
7592 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
7593 is a USB peripheral).
7594
7595 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
7596 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
7597 measured.
7598
7599 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
7600 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
7601 have privileges to do so).
7602
7603 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
7604 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
7605 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
7606
7607 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
7608 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
7609 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
7610 namespace.
7611
7612 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
7613 in which case environment variable substitution is
7614 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
7615
7616 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
7617 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
7618 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
7619 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
7620 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
7621
7622 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
7623 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
7624 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
7625 installed CPU cores.
7626
7627 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
7628 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
7629 kernel 4.15.
7630
7631 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
7632 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
7633 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
7634 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
7635 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
7636
7637 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
7638 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
7639 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
7640
7641 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
7642 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
7643 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
7644 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
7645 enslaved devices is not operational.
7646
7647 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
7648 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
7649
7650 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
7651 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
7652 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
7653 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
7654 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
7655 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
7656
7657 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
7658 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
7659
7660 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
7661
7662 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
7663 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
7664 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
7665
7666 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
7667 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
7668
7669 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
7670 configure CAN triple sampling.
7671
7672 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
7673 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
7674
7675 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
7676 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
7677 details.
7678
7679 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
7680 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
7681 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
7682 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
7683 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
7684 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
7685
7686 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
7687
7688 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
7689 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
7690 controlling project quota inheritance.
7691
7692 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
7693 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
7694 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
7695 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
7696 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
7697 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
7698 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
7699 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
7700 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
7701 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
7702 partition.
7703
7704 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
7705 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
7706 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
7707 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
7708 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
7709
7710 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
7711 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
7712
7713 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
7714 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
7715 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
7716 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
7717 be used in production yet.
7718
7719 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
7720 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
7721 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
7722 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
7723 input, output, and error are set up.
7724
7725 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
7726
7727 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
7728 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
7729 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
7730
7731 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
7732 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
7733 the specified expression will elapse next.
7734
7735 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
7736 introspection data.
7737
7738 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
7739 the reboot() system call expects.
7740
7741 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
7742 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
7743 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
7744
7745 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
7746 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
7747 ConditionVirtualization=).
7748
7749 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
7750 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
7751 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
7752 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
7753 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
7754 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
7755 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
7756 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
7757 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
7758 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
7759 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
7760 during reboot with their own operations.
7761
7762 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
7763 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
7764 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
7765 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
7766
7767 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
7768 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
7769 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
7770 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
7771 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
7772
7773 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
7774 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
7775
7776 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
7777 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
7778 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
7779 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
7780 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
7781 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
7782 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
7783 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
7784 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
7785
7786 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
7787 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
7788 prohibited.
7789
7790 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
7791 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
7792 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
7793 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
7794 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
7795 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
7796 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
7797 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
7798
7799 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
7800 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
7801 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
7802 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
7803 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
7804 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
7805 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
7806 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
7807 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
7808 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
7809 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7810 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
7811 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
7812 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
7813 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
7814 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
7815 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
7816 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7817
7818 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
7819
7820 CHANGES WITH 241:
7821
7822 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
7823 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
7824 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
7825
7826 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
7827 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
7828 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
7829 include the package release information.
7830
7831 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
7832 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
7833 option.
7834
7835 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
7836 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
7837 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
7838
7839 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
7840 again.
7841
7842 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
7843 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
7844 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
7845 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
7846 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
7847 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
7848 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
7849 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
7850 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
7851 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
7852 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
7853 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
7854 installed .link files to *not* include it.
7855
7856 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
7857 "persistent", now works again as documented.
7858
7859 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
7860 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
7861
7862 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
7863 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
7864 used for side-channel attacks.
7865
7866 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
7867 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
7868 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
7869
7870 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
7871 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
7872 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
7873 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
7874 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
7875 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
7876
7877 fs.protected_regular = 0
7878 fs.protected_fifos = 0
7879
7880 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
7881 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
7882
7883 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
7884 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
7885 POSIX shells.
7886
7887 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
7888 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
7889
7890 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
7891 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
7892 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
7893 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
7894 points but otherwise empty.
7895
7896 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
7897 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
7898 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
7899
7900 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
7901 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
7902
7903 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
7904 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
7905
7906 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
7907 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
7908 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
7909 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
7910 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
7911 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
7912 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
7913 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
7914 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
7915 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
7916 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
7917 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
7918 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
7919 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
7920 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
7921 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
7922 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
7923
7924 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
7925
7926 CHANGES WITH 240:
7927
7928 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
7929 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
7930 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
7931 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
7932 an SELinux policy update is required.
7933 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
7934
7935 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
7936 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
7937 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
7938 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
7939 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
7940 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
7941 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
7942 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
7943 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
7944 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
7945
7946 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
7947 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
7948 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
7949 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
7950 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
7951 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
7952 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
7953 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
7954 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
7955 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
7956 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
7957 the search path.
7958
7959 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
7960 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
7961 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
7962 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
7963 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
7964 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
7965 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
7966 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
7967 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
7968 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
7969 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
7970 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
7971 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
7972 start job.
7973
7974 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
7975 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
7976 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
7977 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
7978 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
7979 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
7980 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
7981 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
7982 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
7983 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
7984
7985 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
7986 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
7987 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
7988 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
7989 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
7990 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
7991 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
7992 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
7993 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
7994 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
7995 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
7996 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
7997 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
7998 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
7999 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
8000 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
8001 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
8002 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
8003 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
8004 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
8005 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
8006 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
8007 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
8008 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
8009 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
8010 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
8011 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
8012 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
8013 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
8014 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
8015 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
8016 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
8017 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
8018 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
8019 Java.)
8020
8021 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
8022 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
8023 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
8024 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
8025 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
8026 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
8027 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
8028 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
8029 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
8030 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
8031
8032 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
8033 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
8034 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
8035 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
8036 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
8037 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
8038
8039 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
8040 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
8041 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
8042 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
8043 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
8044
8045 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
8046 https://docs.kernel.org/networking/ip-sysctl.html
8047
8048 * The v239 change to turn on "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" by default has been
8049 reverted.
8050
8051 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
8052 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
8053 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
8054
8055 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
8056 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
8057
8058 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
8059 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
8060 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
8061
8062 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
8063 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
8064 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
8065 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
8066 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
8067 latency.
8068
8069 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
8070 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
8071
8072 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
8073 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
8074 instance part of a unit name.
8075
8076 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
8077 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
8078 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
8079 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
8080 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
8081 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
8082 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
8083 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
8084 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
8085
8086 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
8087 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
8088 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
8089 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
8090
8091 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
8092 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
8093 to a file, and appending to it.
8094
8095 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
8096 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
8097 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
8098 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
8099 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
8100 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
8101
8102 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
8103 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
8104 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
8105 having to touch C code.
8106
8107 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
8108 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
8109
8110 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
8111 DNS-over-TLS.
8112
8113 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
8114 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
8115 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
8116
8117 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
8118 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
8119 until the system finished start-up.
8120
8121 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
8122
8123 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
8124 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
8125 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
8126 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
8127 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
8128 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
8129 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
8130
8131 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
8132 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
8133 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
8134 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
8135 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
8136 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
8137 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
8138 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
8139 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
8140 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
8141 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
8142 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
8143
8144 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
8145 instantiate services.
8146
8147 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
8148 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
8149
8150 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
8151 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
8152 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
8153
8154 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
8155 it is neither used nor maintained.
8156
8157 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
8158 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
8159 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
8160 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
8161 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
8162 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
8163 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
8164 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
8165 separated by colons.
8166
8167 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
8168 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
8169
8170 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
8171 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
8172
8173 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
8174 "ethtool advertise" commands.
8175
8176 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
8177 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
8178 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
8179 directly.
8180
8181 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
8182 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
8183 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
8184 ID.
8185
8186 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
8187 and generate various 128-bit IDs.
8188
8189 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
8190 and LOGO=.
8191
8192 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
8193 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
8194 from any hibernated image.
8195
8196 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
8197 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
8198 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
8199 kernel exports them.
8200
8201 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
8202 /usr/bin/.
8203
8204 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
8205 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
8206 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
8207 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
8208 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
8209 now documented here:
8210
8211 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
8212
8213 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
8214 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
8215 installs during early boot.
8216
8217 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
8218 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
8219
8220 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
8221 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
8222
8223 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
8224 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
8225 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
8226
8227 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
8228 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
8229 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
8230 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
8231 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
8232 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
8233 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
8234 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
8235 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
8236 is on AC power.
8237
8238 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
8239 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
8240 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
8241 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
8242 see:
8243
8244 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
8245
8246 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
8247 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
8248 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
8249 and container environments.
8250
8251 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
8252 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
8253 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
8254 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
8255
8256 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
8257 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
8258 journald per-service.
8259
8260 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
8261 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
8262
8263 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
8264 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
8265 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
8266 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
8267
8268 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
8269 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
8270 groups.
8271
8272 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
8273 --ephemeral command line switch.
8274
8275 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
8276 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
8277 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
8278 object itself.
8279
8280 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
8281 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
8282 not unloaded).
8283
8284 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
8285 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
8286 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
8287
8288 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
8289 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
8290 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
8291 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
8292 "dead" state on success.
8293
8294 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
8295 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
8296 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
8297 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
8298 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
8299 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
8300 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
8301 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
8302 well-defined system service context.
8303
8304 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
8305 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
8306 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
8307 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
8308
8309 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
8310 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
8311 continue to be used.
8312
8313 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
8314 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
8315 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
8316 for example:
8317
8318 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
8319
8320 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
8321 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
8322 the command line's exit code.
8323
8324 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
8325
8326 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
8327
8328 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
8329 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
8330 support to systemctl and all other commands.
8331
8332 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
8333 name as argument.
8334
8335 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
8336 net.naming_scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
8337 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
8338 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
8339 is improved.
8340
8341 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
8342 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128-bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
8343 initialize one to all 0xFF.
8344
8345 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
8346 all files and directories listed in
8347 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
8348 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
8349 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
8350 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
8351 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
8352 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
8353 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
8354 the transition to the host OS.
8355
8356 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
8357 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
8358 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
8359 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
8360 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
8361 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
8362 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
8363 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
8364 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
8365 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
8366 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
8367 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
8368 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
8369 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
8370 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
8371 these are opened they don't work.
8372
8373 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
8374 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
8375 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
8376 logic works again.
8377
8378 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
8379 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
8380 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
8381 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
8382 ignore it.
8383
8384 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
8385 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
8386 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
8387 commands.
8388
8389 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
8390 pam_systemd anymore.
8391
8392 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
8393 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
8394 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
8395 policy took effect.
8396
8397 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
8398 python-3.5.
8399
8400 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
8401 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
8402 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
8403 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
8404 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
8405 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
8406 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
8407 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
8408 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
8409 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
8410 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
8411 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
8412 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
8413 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
8414 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
8415 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
8416 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
8417 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
8418 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
8419 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
8420 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
8421 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
8422 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
8423 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
8424 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
8425 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
8426 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
8427 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
8428 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
8429 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
8430 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
8431 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
8432 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
8433 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
8434 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
8435 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
8436 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
8437 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
8438 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
8439 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
8440 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
8441 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
8442 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
8443 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
8444 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
8445
8446 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
8447
8448 CHANGES WITH 239:
8449
8450 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
8451 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
8452 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
8453 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
8454 a slot number associated.
8455
8456 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
8457 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
8458 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
8459 independent.
8460
8461 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
8462 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
8463 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
8464
8465 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
8466 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
8467 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
8468 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
8469
8470 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
8471 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
8472 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
8473 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
8474 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
8475 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
8476 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
8477 e.g. NIS.
8478
8479 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
8480 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
8481 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
8482 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
8483 may be necessary to update the file.
8484
8485 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
8486 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
8487 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
8488 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
8489 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
8490 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
8491 documentation.
8492
8493 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
8494 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
8495 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
8496 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
8497 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
8498 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
8499 them.
8500
8501 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
8502 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
8503 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
8504 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
8505 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
8506
8507 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
8508 now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as
8509 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
8510 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
8511 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
8512 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
8513 too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap,
8514 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
8515
8516 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
8517 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
8518 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
8519 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
8520 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
8521
8522 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
8523 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
8524 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
8525 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
8526 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
8527
8528 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
8529 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
8530 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
8531
8532 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
8533 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
8534 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
8535 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
8536 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
8537 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
8538 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
8539 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
8540 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
8541 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
8542 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
8543 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
8544 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
8545 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
8546 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
8547 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
8548 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
8549 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
8550 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
8551 from.
8552
8553 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
8554 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
8555 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
8556 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
8557
8558 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
8559 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
8560 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
8561 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
8562
8563 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
8564 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
8565 hibernates again.
8566
8567 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
8568 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier. (EDIT: the
8569 option was broken, and was dropped in v255.)
8570
8571 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
8572 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
8573 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
8574
8575 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
8576 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
8577 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
8578 was not configurable and set to 512.
8579
8580 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
8581 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
8582 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
8583 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
8584 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
8585 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
8586 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
8587 in particular su and sudo.
8588
8589 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
8590 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
8591 synchronization has been received from the network. This
8592 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
8593 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
8594 services.
8595
8596 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
8597 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
8598 files should work for hibernation now.
8599
8600 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
8601 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
8602 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
8603 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
8604 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
8605 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
8606 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
8607 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
8608 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
8609 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
8610 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
8611 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
8612 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
8613 name following the last dash.
8614
8615 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
8616 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
8617 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
8618 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
8619 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
8620
8621 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
8622 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
8623 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
8624 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
8625 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
8626 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
8627
8628 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
8629 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
8630 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
8631 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
8632
8633 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
8634 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
8635 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
8636 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
8637 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
8638
8639 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
8640 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
8641 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
8642 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
8643 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
8644 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
8645 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
8646 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
8647 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
8648 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
8649 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
8650 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
8651 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
8652
8653 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
8654 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
8655 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
8656 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
8657 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
8658 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
8659 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
8660 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
8661 settings.
8662
8663 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
8664 expiration feature, if it is available.
8665
8666 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
8667 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
8668 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
8669
8670 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
8671 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
8672
8673 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
8674
8675 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
8676 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
8677
8678 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
8679 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
8680 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
8681 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
8682 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
8683 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
8684 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
8685 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
8686 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
8687 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
8688 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
8689
8690 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
8691 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
8692 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
8693 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
8694
8695 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
8696 about its state.
8697
8698 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
8699 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
8700 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
8701 "timedatectl set-ntp".
8702
8703 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
8704 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
8705 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
8706 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
8707 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
8708 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
8709 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
8710 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
8711 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
8712 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
8713 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
8714
8715 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
8716 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
8717
8718 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
8719 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
8720 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
8721 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
8722 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
8723 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
8724
8725 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
8726 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
8727 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
8728 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
8729 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
8730 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
8731 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
8732
8733 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
8734 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
8735 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
8736 shown.)
8737
8738 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
8739 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
8740 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
8741 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
8742 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
8743 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
8744 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
8745 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
8746 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
8747
8748 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
8749 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
8750 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
8751
8752 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
8753 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
8754 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
8755 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
8756 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
8757 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
8758 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
8759 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
8760
8761 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
8762
8763 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
8764 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
8765 automatically when the system clock changed.)
8766
8767 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
8768 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
8769
8770 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
8771 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
8772 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
8773
8774 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
8775
8776 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
8777
8778 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
8779 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
8780
8781 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
8782 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
8783 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
8784 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
8785 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
8786 external user databases.
8787
8788 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
8789 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
8790 refused due to the enforced limits.
8791
8792 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
8793 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
8794 manages.
8795
8796 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
8797 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
8798 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
8799 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
8800 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
8801 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
8802 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
8803 where this is now used by default.
8804
8805 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
8806 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
8807
8808 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
8809 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
8810 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
8811 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
8812 update process in a generic way.
8813
8814 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
8815
8816 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
8817 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
8818 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
8819 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
8820 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
8821 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
8822 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
8823 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
8824 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
8825 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
8826 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
8827 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
8828 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
8829 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
8830 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
8831 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
8832 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
8833 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
8834 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
8835 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
8836 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
8837 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
8838 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
8839 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
8840 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
8841 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
8842 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
8843 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
8844 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8845
8846 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
8847
8848 CHANGES WITH 238:
8849
8850 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
8851 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
8852 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
8853 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
8854 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
8855 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
8856 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
8857 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
8858 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
8859 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
8860 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
8861 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
8862 to revert this change.
8863
8864 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
8865 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
8866 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
8867 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
8868 once at the end of the transaction.
8869
8870 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
8871 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
8872 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
8873 scripts.
8874
8875 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
8876 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
8877 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
8878 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
8879 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
8880 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
8881 still allowing local admin overrides.
8882
8883 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
8884 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
8885 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
8886
8887 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
8888 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
8889 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
8890 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
8891 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
8892
8893 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
8894 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
8895 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
8896 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
8897 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
8898 from package installation scripts.
8899
8900 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
8901 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
8902 without the user number ("u username -:456").
8903
8904 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
8905 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
8906
8907 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
8908 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
8909 /sbin/nologin for other users).
8910
8911 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
8912 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
8913 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
8914 --systemd, --user, or --global).
8915
8916 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
8917 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
8918 which are triggered meanwhile).
8919
8920 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
8921 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
8922 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
8923 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
8924 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
8925
8926 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
8927 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
8928 rotated very quickly.
8929
8930 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
8931 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
8932 pending bus messages.
8933
8934 * systemd gained a new
8935 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
8936 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
8937 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
8938 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
8939 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
8940 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
8941 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
8942 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
8943 session scope.
8944
8945 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
8946 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
8947 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
8948 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
8949 the tree to be accessed.
8950
8951 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
8952 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
8953 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
8954
8955 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
8956 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
8957 to keys in the main keyring.
8958
8959 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
8960
8961 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
8962 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
8963
8964 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
8965
8966 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
8967 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
8968 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
8969 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
8970 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
8971 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
8972 explicitly.
8973
8974 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
8975 the colour of "OK" status messages.
8976
8977 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
8978 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
8979 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
8980 be restarted.
8981
8982 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
8983 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
8984
8985 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
8986 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
8987 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
8988 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
8989 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
8990 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
8991 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
8992 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
8993 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
8994 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
8995 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
8996 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
8997 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
8998 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
8999 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
9000 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
9001
9002 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
9003
9004 CHANGES WITH 237:
9005
9006 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
9007 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
9008 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
9009 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
9010
9011 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
9012 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
9013 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
9014 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
9015 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
9016 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
9017 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
9018 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
9019 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
9020 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
9021
9022 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
9023 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
9024 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
9025 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
9026 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
9027 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
9028 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
9029 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
9030 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that requires
9031 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
9032
9033 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
9034 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
9035 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
9036 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
9037 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
9038 now provides explicit control.
9039
9040 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
9041 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
9042 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
9043 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
9044 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
9045 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
9046 unit types that already supported transient operation.
9047
9048 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
9049 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
9050 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
9051
9052 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
9053 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
9054
9055 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
9056 .network files all gained support for a new condition
9057 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
9058 versions.
9059
9060 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
9061 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
9062 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
9063 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
9064 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
9065 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
9066 understands RapidCommit=.
9067
9068 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
9069 Delegation.
9070
9071 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
9072 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
9073 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
9074 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
9075 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
9076 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
9077 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
9078 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
9079 --watch-bind= command line switch.
9080
9081 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
9082 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
9083 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
9084 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
9085 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
9086 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
9087 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
9088 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
9089 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
9090 "Disconnected" signals).
9091
9092 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
9093 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
9094 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
9095 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
9096 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
9097 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
9098 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
9099 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
9100 round-trips are removed.
9101
9102 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
9103 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
9104 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
9105 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
9106
9107 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
9108 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
9109 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
9110 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
9111 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
9112 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
9113
9114 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
9115 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
9116 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
9117 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
9118 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
9119 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
9120 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
9121 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
9122 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
9123 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
9124
9125 * sd-event gained a new call pair
9126 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
9127 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
9128 when the event source is destroyed.
9129
9130 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
9131 connections.
9132
9133 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
9134 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
9135 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
9136 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
9137 new transitional flag file has been added: if
9138 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
9139 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
9140
9141 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
9142 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
9143 manager.
9144
9145 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
9146 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
9147 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
9148 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
9149 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
9150
9151 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
9152 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
9153 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
9154 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
9155 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
9156 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
9157
9158 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
9159 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
9160 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
9161 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
9162 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
9163 level/target is given as an argument.
9164
9165 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
9166 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
9167 where UID and GID do not match.
9168
9169 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
9170 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
9171 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
9172 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
9173 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
9174 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
9175 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
9176 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
9177 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
9178 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
9179 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
9180 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
9181 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
9182 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
9183 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
9184 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
9185 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
9186 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
9187 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
9188 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
9189 Палаузов
9190
9191 — Brno, 2018-01-28
9192
9193 CHANGES WITH 236:
9194
9195 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
9196 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
9197 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
9198 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
9199
9200 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
9201 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
9202 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
9203 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
9204 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
9205 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
9206 valid specifiers today.)
9207
9208 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
9209 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
9210 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
9211 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
9212 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
9213 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
9214
9215 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
9216 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
9217 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
9218 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
9219
9220 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
9221 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
9222 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
9223 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
9224 services are resolved properly.
9225
9226 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
9227 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
9228 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
9229 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
9230 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
9231 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
9232 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
9233 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
9234 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
9235 and btrfs.
9236
9237 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
9238 DNS server and domain information.
9239
9240 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
9241 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
9242 runtime.
9243
9244 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
9245 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
9246 empty for the first time.
9247
9248 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
9249 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
9250 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
9251 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
9252 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
9253 running in the user session.
9254
9255 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
9256 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
9257 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
9258 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
9259 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
9260 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
9261 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
9262 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
9263 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
9264 user instance).
9265
9266 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
9267 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
9268
9269 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
9270 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
9271 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
9272 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
9273
9274 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
9275 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
9276
9277 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
9278 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
9279 sleep verbs.
9280
9281 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
9282
9283 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
9284 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
9285
9286 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
9287
9288 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
9289 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
9290 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
9291
9292 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
9293 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
9294 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
9295 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
9296 instance.
9297
9298 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
9299 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
9300 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
9301
9302 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
9303 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
9304 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
9305
9306 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
9307
9308 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
9309 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
9310 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
9311 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
9312 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
9313 processes.
9314
9315 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
9316 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
9317 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
9318 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
9319
9320 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
9321 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
9322 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
9323
9324 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
9325 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
9326 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
9327 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
9328 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
9329
9330 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
9331 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
9332
9333 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
9334 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
9335 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
9336 time the specified expression would elapse.
9337
9338 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
9339 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
9340 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
9341 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
9342 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
9343 types, not just services.
9344
9345 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
9346 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
9347 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
9348 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
9349
9350 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
9351 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
9352 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
9353 interface for this purpose.
9354
9355 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
9356 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
9357 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
9358 anyway.
9359
9360 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
9361 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
9362 requirements of systemd.
9363
9364 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
9365 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
9366 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel command line option.
9367
9368 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
9369 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
9370 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
9371 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
9372
9373 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
9374 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
9375 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
9376 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
9377
9378 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
9379 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
9380
9381 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
9382 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
9383 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
9384 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
9385 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
9386 managing software supports (such as pppd).
9387
9388 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
9389 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
9390 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
9391
9392 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
9393 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
9394 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
9395 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
9396 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
9397 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
9398 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
9399 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
9400 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
9401 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
9402 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
9403 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
9404 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
9405 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
9406 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
9407 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
9408 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
9409 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
9410 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
9411 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
9412 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
9413 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
9414 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
9415
9416 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
9417
9418 CHANGES WITH 235:
9419
9420 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
9421 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
9422 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
9423 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
9424 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
9425 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
9426 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
9427 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
9428 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
9429 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
9430 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
9431 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
9432 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
9433 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
9434 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
9435 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
9436 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
9437 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
9438 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
9439 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
9440 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
9441 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
9442 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
9443 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
9444 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
9445 IPAddressDeny= see below.
9446
9447 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
9448 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
9449 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
9450 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
9451 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
9452 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
9453 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
9454 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
9455
9456 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
9457 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
9458 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
9459 used to change those values.
9460
9461 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
9462 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
9463 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
9464 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
9465 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
9466 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
9467
9468 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
9469 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
9470 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
9471 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
9472
9473 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
9474 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
9475 one top-level directory.
9476
9477 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
9478 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
9479 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
9480 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
9481 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
9482 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
9483 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
9484 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
9485 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
9486 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
9487 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
9488 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
9489 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
9490 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
9491 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
9492
9493 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
9494 Meson-only.
9495
9496 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
9497 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
9498 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
9499 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
9500 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
9501 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
9502 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
9503 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
9504 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
9505 acceptable to us.
9506
9507 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
9508 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
9509 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
9510 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
9511 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
9512 requested at build time.
9513
9514 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
9515 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
9516 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
9517 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
9518 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
9519 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
9520 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
9521 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
9522 Type= setting which permits configuring
9523 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
9524
9525 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
9526 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
9527 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
9528 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
9529 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
9530 local frames between bridge ports.
9531
9532 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
9533 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
9534 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
9535
9536 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
9537 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
9538
9539 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
9540 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
9541 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
9542 implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list.
9543
9544 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
9545 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
9546 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
9547 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
9548 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
9549 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
9550 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
9551 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
9552
9553 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
9554 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
9555 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
9556 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
9557 command.)
9558
9559 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
9560 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
9561 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
9562
9563 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
9564 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
9565 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
9566 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
9567
9568 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
9569 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
9570 configured, except for the credentials applied by
9571 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
9572 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
9573 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
9574 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
9575 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
9576 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
9577 on systems where this is not supported.
9578
9579 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
9580 sockets.
9581
9582 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
9583 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
9584 during runtime.
9585
9586 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
9587 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
9588 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
9589
9590 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
9591 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
9592 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
9593
9594 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
9595 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
9596 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
9597 Following this logic, two new special targets
9598 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
9599 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
9600 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
9601
9602 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
9603 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
9604 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
9605 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
9606
9607 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
9608 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
9609 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
9610 --wait".
9611
9612 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
9613 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
9614 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
9615 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
9616 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
9617 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
9618 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
9619 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
9620 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
9621
9622 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
9623 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
9624 containing information about the consumed resources of this
9625 invocation.
9626
9627 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
9628 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
9629 processes.
9630
9631 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
9632 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
9633 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
9634 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
9635 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
9636 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
9637 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
9638 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
9639 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
9640 systems for all five operations.
9641
9642 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
9643 the system.
9644
9645 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
9646 than UTC or the local timezone.
9647
9648 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
9649 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
9650 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
9651 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
9652 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
9653 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
9654 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
9655 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
9656
9657 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
9658 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
9659 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
9660 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
9661 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
9662 again.
9663
9664 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
9665 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
9666 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
9667
9668 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
9669 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
9670 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
9671 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
9672 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
9673 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
9674 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
9675 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
9676 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
9677 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
9678 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
9679 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
9680 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
9681 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
9682 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
9683 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
9684 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
9685 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
9686 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
9687 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9688
9689 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
9690
9691 CHANGES WITH 234:
9692
9693 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
9694 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
9695 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
9696 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
9697 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
9698 summary:
9699
9700 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
9701
9702 becomes:
9703
9704 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
9705
9706 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
9707 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
9708 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
9709 .device units.
9710
9711 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
9712 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
9713 running a systemd user instance.
9714
9715 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
9716 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
9717 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
9718 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
9719 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
9720 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
9721
9722 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
9723
9724 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
9725 (domain search list).
9726
9727 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
9728 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
9729 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
9730 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
9731 implementation of RA.
9732
9733 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
9734 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
9735 ISO date values.
9736
9737 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
9738 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
9739 devices.
9740
9741 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
9742 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
9743 option.
9744
9745 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
9746 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
9747 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
9748 default yet.
9749
9750 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
9751 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
9752 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
9753 SHA256SUMS files.
9754
9755 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
9756 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
9757
9758 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
9759
9760 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
9761
9762 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
9763 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
9764
9765 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
9766 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
9767 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
9768 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
9769
9770 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
9771 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
9772 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
9773 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
9774 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
9775 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
9776 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
9777 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
9778 systemd-logind to be safe. See
9779 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
9780
9781 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
9782 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
9783 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
9784 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
9785 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
9786 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
9787 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
9788 after all the plugins exit.
9789
9790 * If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is set in /etc/machine-info, kernel-install
9791 will now use its value as the machine ID instead of the machine ID
9792 from /etc/machine-id. If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID isn't set in
9793 /etc/machine-info and no machine ID is set in /etc/machine-id,
9794 kernel-install will try to store the current machine ID there as
9795 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID. If there is no machine ID, kernel-install
9796 will generate a new UUID, store it in /etc/machine-info as
9797 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID and use it as the machine ID.
9798
9799 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
9800 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
9801 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
9802 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
9803 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
9804 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
9805 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
9806 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
9807 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
9808 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
9809 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
9810 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
9811 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
9812 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
9813 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
9814 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
9815 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
9816 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
9817 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
9818 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
9819 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
9820 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
9821 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
9822 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
9823 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
9824 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
9825 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
9826 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
9827 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
9828 Георгиевски
9829
9830 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
9831
9832 CHANGES WITH 233:
9833
9834 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
9835 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
9836 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
9837 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
9838 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
9839 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
9840 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
9841 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
9842 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
9843
9844 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
9845 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
9846 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
9847 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
9848 default selected on the configure command line
9849 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
9850 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
9851 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
9852 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
9853 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
9854 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
9855 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
9856 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
9857 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
9858 greatest stability and compatibility only.
9859
9860 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
9861 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
9862 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
9863 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
9864 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
9865 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
9866 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
9867 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
9868 further details about this.)
9869
9870 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
9871 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
9872 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
9873
9874 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
9875 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
9876
9877 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
9878 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
9879 with 'make install-tests'.
9880
9881 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
9882 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
9883 kernel.
9884
9885 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
9886 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
9887 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
9888 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
9889 by the Slice= option.
9890
9891 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
9892 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
9893 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
9894 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
9895
9896 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
9897 following choices:
9898
9899 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
9900 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
9901 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
9902 (h)elp
9903 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
9904 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
9905 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
9906 (y)es, execute the command
9907
9908 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
9909 because its meaning was confusing.
9910
9911 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
9912 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
9913
9914 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
9915 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
9916 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
9917
9918 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
9919 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
9920 state directly, without executing these commands.
9921
9922 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
9923 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
9924 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
9925
9926 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
9927 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
9928 combination with After=) have been started.
9929
9930 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
9931 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
9932 setting, and which system calls they contain.
9933
9934 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
9935 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
9936 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
9937 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
9938 configuration related calls.
9939
9940 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
9941 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
9942 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
9943 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
9944 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
9945 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
9946 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
9947
9948 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
9949 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
9950
9951 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
9952 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
9953 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
9954
9955 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
9956 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
9957
9958 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
9959 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
9960 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
9961 for compatibility.
9962
9963 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
9964 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
9965
9966 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
9967 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
9968
9969 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
9970 support for negative matching.
9971
9972 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
9973
9974 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
9975 permitted runtime of the mount command.
9976
9977 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
9978 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
9979 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
9980 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
9981 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
9982 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
9983 removed from the drive.
9984
9985 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
9986 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
9987
9988 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
9989 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
9990
9991 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
9992 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
9993 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
9994
9995 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
9996 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
9997 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
9998 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
9999 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
10000 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
10001 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
10002
10003 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
10004 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
10005 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
10006 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
10007 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
10008 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
10009
10010 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
10011 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
10012
10013 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
10014 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
10015 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
10016 machine ID in a well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
10017 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
10018 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
10019 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
10020 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
10021
10022 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
10023 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
10024 including all control processes.
10025
10026 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
10027 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
10028 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
10029
10030 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
10031 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
10032 prefixing the source path with "+".
10033
10034 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
10035 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
10036 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
10037 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
10038 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
10039 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
10040 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
10041 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
10042
10043 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
10044 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
10045 before).
10046
10047 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
10048 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
10049 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
10050 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
10051 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
10052 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
10053 the new --root-hash= command line option).
10054
10055 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
10056 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
10057 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
10058 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
10059 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
10060 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
10061 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
10062 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
10063 versions.
10064
10065 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
10066 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
10067 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
10068 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
10069 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
10070 partition should be identical to the upper 128-bit of the Verity root
10071 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
10072 should be the lower 128-bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
10073 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
10074 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
10075 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
10076 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
10077 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
10078 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
10079 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
10080 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
10081 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
10082 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
10083 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
10084 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
10085 a Verity-enabled root partition.
10086
10087 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
10088 accelerometer quirks.
10089
10090 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
10091 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
10092 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
10093 ID of each service.
10094
10095 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
10096 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
10097 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
10098 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
10099 view.
10100
10101 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
10102 environment variables:
10103
10104 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
10105
10106 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
10107 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
10108 address.
10109
10110 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
10111 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
10112 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
10113
10114 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
10115 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
10116 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
10117 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
10118 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
10119 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
10120 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
10121 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
10122 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
10123 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
10124 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
10125 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
10126 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
10127
10128 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
10129 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
10130 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
10131
10132 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
10133 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
10134
10135 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
10136 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
10137 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
10138 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
10139 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
10140
10141 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
10142 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
10143 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
10144
10145 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
10146 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
10147
10148 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
10149 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
10150 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
10151 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
10152
10153 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
10154 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
10155 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
10156 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
10157 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
10158 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
10159 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
10160 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
10161 possibly even including full integrity data.
10162
10163 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
10164 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
10165 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
10166 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
10167 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
10168
10169 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
10170 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
10171 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
10172 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
10173 directly with systemd-nspawn.
10174
10175 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
10176 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
10177 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
10178 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
10179
10180 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
10181 of coredumps in reverse order.
10182
10183 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
10184 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
10185 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
10186 additional informational message in its output.
10187
10188 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
10189 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
10190 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
10191
10192 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
10193 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
10194 scripting languages such as Python.
10195
10196 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
10197 namespacing is enabled for them.
10198
10199 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
10200 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
10201 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
10202 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
10203 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
10204 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
10205
10206 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
10207 root key (KSK).
10208
10209 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
10210 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
10211 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
10212
10213 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
10214 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
10215 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
10216 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
10217 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
10218 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
10219 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
10220 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
10221 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
10222 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
10223 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
10224 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
10225 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
10226 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
10227 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
10228 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
10229 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
10230 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
10231 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
10232 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
10233 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
10234 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
10235 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
10236 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
10237 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
10238 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
10239 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
10240 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
10241 Тихонов
10242
10243 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
10244
10245 CHANGES WITH 232:
10246
10247 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
10248 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
10249 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
10250 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
10251 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
10252 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
10253
10254 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
10255 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
10256
10257 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
10258 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
10259 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
10260
10261 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
10262 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
10263 to be remounted read-only for a service.
10264
10265 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
10266 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
10267 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
10268 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
10269
10270 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
10271 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
10272
10273 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
10274 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
10275 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
10276
10277 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
10278 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
10279 will be allocated from the range 61184…65519 for the lifetime of the
10280 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
10281 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
10282 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
10283 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
10284 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
10285 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
10286 permanent modifications to the system.
10287
10288 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
10289 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
10290 container or chroot environments.
10291
10292 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
10293 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
10294 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
10295 mapped to nobody.
10296
10297 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
10298 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
10299 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
10300 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
10301
10302 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
10303 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
10304
10305 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
10306 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
10307 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
10308 and the support is provisional.
10309
10310 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
10311 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
10312 unit files in the file system).
10313
10314 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
10315 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
10316 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
10317 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
10318 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
10319 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
10320 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
10321 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
10322 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
10323 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
10324 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
10325 state is fixed automatically.
10326
10327 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
10328 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
10329 option.
10330
10331 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
10332 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
10333 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
10334 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
10335 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
10336 else.
10337
10338 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
10339 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
10340 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
10341 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
10342 bootable on physical systems.
10343
10344 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
10345
10346 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
10347 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
10348 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
10349 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
10350 used.
10351
10352 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
10353 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
10354 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
10355 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
10356
10357 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
10358
10359 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
10360 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
10361 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
10362 of the container).
10363
10364 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
10365 files from the specified location.
10366
10367 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
10368 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
10369 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
10370 be active.
10371
10372 * The hardware database has been extended to support
10373 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
10374 trackball devices.
10375
10376 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
10377 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
10378 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
10379
10380 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
10381 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
10382 specified service binary exited.)
10383
10384 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
10385 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
10386
10387 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
10388 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
10389 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
10390 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
10391 --since= and --until= options.
10392
10393 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
10394 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
10395 are automatically propagated to the container.
10396
10397 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
10398 from a single IP address can be limited with
10399 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
10400 MaxConnections=.
10401
10402 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
10403 configuration.
10404
10405 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
10406 drop-ins.
10407
10408 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
10409 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
10410 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
10411 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
10412 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
10413 [Link] section of .link files.
10414
10415 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
10416 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
10417 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
10418 section of .netdev files.
10419
10420 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
10421 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
10422 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
10423
10424 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
10425 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
10426 .network files.
10427
10428 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
10429 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
10430 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
10431 service runtime cycle.
10432
10433 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
10434 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
10435 has been traditionally doing.
10436
10437 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
10438 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
10439 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
10440 prevent any later plugins from running.
10441
10442 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
10443 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
10444 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
10445 default of SplitMode=uid.
10446
10447 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
10448 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
10449 useful.
10450
10451 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
10452 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
10453 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
10454 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
10455 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
10456 individual namespaces.
10457
10458 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
10459 the output, as well as OS release information.
10460
10461 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
10462
10463 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
10464 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
10465 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
10466 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
10467 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
10468
10469 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
10470 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
10471 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
10472 severed.
10473
10474 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
10475 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
10476 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
10477 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
10478 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
10479 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
10480 information about exit statuses and results.
10481
10482 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
10483 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
10484 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
10485 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
10486 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
10487 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
10488
10489 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
10490
10491 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
10492 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
10493 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
10494 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
10495 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
10496 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
10497 entirely.
10498
10499 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
10500 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
10501 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
10502
10503 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
10504 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
10505 ID (a 128-bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
10506 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
10507 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
10508 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
10509 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
10510 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
10511 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
10512 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
10513 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
10514 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
10515 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
10516 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
10517 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
10518 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
10519 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
10520
10521 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
10522 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
10523 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
10524 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
10525
10526 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
10527 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
10528 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
10529 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
10530
10531 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
10532 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
10533 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
10534 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
10535 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
10536 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
10537 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
10538 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
10539 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
10540 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
10541 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
10542 fragment entirely.)
10543
10544 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
10545 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
10546 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
10547
10548 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
10549 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
10550 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
10551 FileDescriptorName= setting.
10552
10553 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
10554 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
10555 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
10556 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
10557 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
10558 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
10559
10560 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
10561 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
10562
10563 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
10564 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
10565
10566 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
10567 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
10568 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
10569 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
10570 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
10571
10572 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
10573 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
10574 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
10575 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
10576 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
10577 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
10578 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
10579 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
10580 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
10581 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
10582 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
10583 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
10584 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
10585 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
10586 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
10587 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
10588 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
10589 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
10590 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
10591 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
10592 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
10593 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
10594 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
10595 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
10596 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
10597 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
10598
10599 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
10600
10601 CHANGES WITH 231:
10602
10603 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
10604 with an additional special character as first argument of the
10605 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
10606 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
10607 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
10608 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
10609 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
10610 independently.
10611
10612 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
10613 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
10614
10615 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
10616 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
10617 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
10618 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
10619 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
10620 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
10621 values.
10622
10623 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
10624 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
10625 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
10626 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
10627 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
10628
10629 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
10630 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
10631 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
10632 7:10am every day.
10633
10634 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
10635 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
10636 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
10637 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
10638 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
10639 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
10640 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
10641 available for compatibility.
10642
10643 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
10644 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
10645 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
10646 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
10647 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
10648 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
10649
10650 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
10651 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
10652 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
10653 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
10654 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
10655 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
10656 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
10657 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
10658 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
10659
10660 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
10661 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
10662 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
10663 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e.g. put container
10664 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
10665 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
10666 desired options.
10667
10668 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
10669 cgroup v2.
10670
10671 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
10672 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
10673 limited to subgroups of that group.
10674
10675 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
10676 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
10677 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
10678 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
10679 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
10680 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
10681 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
10682 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
10683
10684 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
10685 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
10686 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
10687 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
10688 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
10689 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
10690 own long-running services.
10691
10692 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
10693 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
10694 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
10695 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
10696
10697 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
10698 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
10699 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
10700 propagates this notification further to the service manager
10701 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
10702 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
10703 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
10704 primitives.
10705
10706 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
10707 "terminate".
10708
10709 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
10710 link-local IPv6 addresses.
10711
10712 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
10713 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
10714 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
10715 --flush-caches".
10716
10717 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
10718 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
10719 is shown.
10720
10721 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
10722 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
10723 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
10724 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
10725 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
10726 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
10727
10728 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
10729 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
10730 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
10731 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
10732 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
10733 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
10734 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
10735 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
10736 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
10737 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
10738 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
10739 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
10740 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
10741 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
10742 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
10743 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
10744 bus API instead.
10745
10746 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
10747 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
10748 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
10749 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
10750
10751 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
10752 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
10753 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
10754 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
10755
10756 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
10757 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
10758 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
10759
10760 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
10761 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
10762
10763 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
10764 interface configuration.
10765
10766 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
10767 specifying the --force switch.
10768
10769 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
10770 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
10771 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
10772
10773 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
10774 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
10775 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
10776 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
10777 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
10778 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
10779 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
10780 to be handled.
10781
10782 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
10783 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
10784
10785 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
10786 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
10787
10788 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
10789 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
10790 of persistent symlinks for that device.
10791
10792 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
10793 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
10794
10795 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
10796 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
10797 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
10798 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
10799 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
10800 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
10801 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
10802 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
10803 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
10804 library.
10805
10806 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
10807 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
10808 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
10809 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
10810 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
10811 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
10812 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
10813 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
10814 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
10815 doc/HACKING for details.
10816
10817 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
10818 distribution's bugtracker.
10819
10820 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
10821 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
10822 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
10823 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
10824 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
10825 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
10826 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
10827 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
10828 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
10829 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
10830 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
10831 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
10832 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
10833 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
10834 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
10835 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
10836 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
10837 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
10838 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10839
10840 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
10841
10842 CHANGES WITH 230:
10843
10844 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
10845 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
10846 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
10847 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
10848 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
10849 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
10850 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
10851 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
10852 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
10853 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
10854 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
10855 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
10856 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
10857 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
10858 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
10859 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
10860 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
10861 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
10862 applications.)
10863
10864 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
10865 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
10866 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
10867
10868 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
10869 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
10870 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
10871 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
10872 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
10873 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
10874 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
10875
10876 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
10877 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
10878 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
10879 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
10880 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
10881 command works for tmux.
10882
10883 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
10884 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
10885 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
10886 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
10887 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
10888 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
10889
10890 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
10891 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
10892
10893 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
10894 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
10895 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
10896
10897 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
10898
10899 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
10900 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
10901 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
10902 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
10903 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
10904
10905 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
10906 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
10907 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
10908 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
10909
10910 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
10911 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
10912 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
10913 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
10914 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
10915 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
10916
10917 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
10918 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
10919 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
10920
10921 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
10922 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
10923 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
10924 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
10925 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
10926 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
10927
10928 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
10929 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
10930 address.
10931
10932 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
10933 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
10934 should be emitted.
10935
10936 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
10937 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
10938 supported.
10939
10940 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
10941 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
10942 logging performance.
10943
10944 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
10945 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
10946 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
10947 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
10948 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
10949 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
10950
10951 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
10952 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
10953 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
10954 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
10955
10956 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
10957 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
10958
10959 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
10960 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
10961 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
10962
10963 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
10964
10965 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
10966 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
10967 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
10968 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
10969
10970 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
10971 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
10972 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
10973 refuse to operate on such files.
10974
10975 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
10976 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
10977 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
10978
10979 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
10980 just hidden container images.
10981
10982 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
10983 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
10984
10985 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
10986 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
10987 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
10988 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
10989 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
10990 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
10991 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
10992 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
10993 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
10994 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
10995 been changed to use this functionality by default.
10996
10997 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
10998 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
10999 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
11000 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
11001 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
11002 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
11003 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
11004 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
11005 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
11006 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
11007 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
11008 terminates.
11009
11010 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
11011 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
11012 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
11013 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
11014
11015 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
11016 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
11017 rate of the socket unit.
11018
11019 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
11020 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
11021 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20…19 the
11022 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
11023 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
11024
11025 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
11026 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
11027 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
11028 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
11029 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
11030 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
11031 with this.
11032
11033 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
11034 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
11035
11036 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
11037 merged into the kernel in its current form.
11038
11039 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
11040 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
11041 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
11042 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
11043 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
11044
11045 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
11046 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
11047 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
11048
11049 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
11050 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
11051 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
11052 target is now included in early userspace.
11053
11054 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
11055 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
11056 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
11057 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
11058 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
11059 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
11060 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
11061 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
11062 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
11063 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
11064 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
11065 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
11066 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
11067 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
11068 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
11069 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
11070 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
11071 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
11072 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
11073 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
11074 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
11075 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
11076 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
11077 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
11078 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
11079 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11080
11081 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
11082
11083 CHANGES WITH 229:
11084
11085 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
11086 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
11087 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
11088 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
11089 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
11090 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
11091 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
11092 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
11093 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
11094 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
11095 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
11096 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
11097 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
11098
11099 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
11100 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
11101 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
11102 /usr/bin.
11103
11104 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
11105 devices.
11106
11107 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
11108 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
11109 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
11110 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
11111 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
11112 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
11113 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
11114 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
11115 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
11116 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
11117 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
11118 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
11119 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
11120 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
11121 this limit.
11122
11123 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
11124 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
11125 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
11126 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
11127 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
11128 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
11129 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
11130 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
11131
11132 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
11133 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
11134 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
11135 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
11136 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
11137 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
11138 and group at package installation time.
11139
11140 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
11141 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
11142 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
11143 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
11144 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
11145
11146 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
11147 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
11148 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
11149 supports it.
11150
11151 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
11152 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
11153
11154 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
11155 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
11156 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
11157 file is already initialized.
11158
11159 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
11160 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
11161 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
11162 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
11163 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
11164 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
11165 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
11166 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
11167 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
11168
11169 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
11170 working directory for the process started in the container.
11171
11172 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
11173 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
11174 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
11175 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
11176 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
11177
11178 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
11179 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
11180 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
11181
11182 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
11183 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
11184 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
11185 sd_journal_restart_fields().
11186
11187 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
11188 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
11189 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
11190 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
11191 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
11192
11193 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
11194 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
11195 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
11196 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
11197
11198 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
11199 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
11200 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
11201 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
11202 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
11203 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
11204 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
11205 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
11206 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
11207 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
11208 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
11209 by PID 1.
11210
11211 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
11212 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
11213 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
11214 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
11215 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
11216 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
11217 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
11218 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
11219
11220 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
11221
11222 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
11223 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
11224 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
11225
11226 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
11227 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
11228 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
11229 recent kernels.
11230
11231 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
11232 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
11233
11234 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
11235 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
11236 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
11237 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
11238 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
11239 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
11240 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
11241 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
11242 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
11243 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
11244 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
11245 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
11246 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
11247
11248 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
11249 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
11250 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
11251 clusters or larger setups.
11252
11253 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
11254
11255 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
11256 sockets.
11257
11258 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
11259
11260 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
11261 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
11262 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
11263 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
11264 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
11265 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
11266
11267 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
11268 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
11269 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
11270
11271 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
11272 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
11273 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
11274 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
11275
11276 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
11277
11278 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
11279 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
11280 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
11281 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
11282 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
11283 maintain compatibility.
11284
11285 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
11286 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
11287 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
11288 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
11289 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
11290 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
11291 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
11292 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
11293 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
11294 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
11295 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
11296 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
11297 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
11298 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
11299 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
11300 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
11301 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
11302 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
11303 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11304
11305 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
11306
11307 CHANGES WITH 228:
11308
11309 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
11310 files are now also available as properties to set when
11311 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
11312 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
11313 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
11314 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
11315 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
11316 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
11317 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
11318
11319 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
11320 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
11321 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
11322
11323 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
11324 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
11325 created transiently.
11326
11327 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
11328 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
11329 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
11330 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
11331 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
11332 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
11333 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
11334 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
11335
11336 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
11337 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
11338 disk and sync the files, before returning.
11339
11340 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
11341 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
11342 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
11343 enabled.
11344
11345 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
11346 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
11347 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
11348 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
11349 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
11350 subvolumes.
11351
11352 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
11353 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
11354
11355 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
11356 individual indexes.
11357
11358 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
11359 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, … suffixes to
11360 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
11361 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, … suffixes
11362 now.
11363
11364 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
11365 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
11366 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
11367 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
11368 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
11369 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
11370 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
11371 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
11372 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
11373 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
11374 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
11375 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
11376 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
11377 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
11378 number of processes or tasks each user may own
11379 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
11380 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
11381 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
11382 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
11383 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
11384 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
11385
11386 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
11387 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
11388 links between the host and the container.
11389
11390 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
11391 added that allows importing select environment variables
11392 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
11393 the service.
11394
11395 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
11396 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
11397 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
11398 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
11399 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
11400 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
11401 than until they first elapse.
11402
11403 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
11404 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
11405 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
11406 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
11407 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
11408 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
11409 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
11410 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
11411
11412 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
11413 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
11414 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
11415 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
11416 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
11417 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
11418 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
11419 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
11420 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
11421 journal and in coredump handling.
11422
11423 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
11424 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
11425 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
11426 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
11427 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
11428 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
11429 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
11430 software you package still references it, as this is a
11431 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
11432 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
11433
11434 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
11435
11436 Note that only util-linux versions built with
11437 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
11438
11439 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
11440 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
11441 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
11442
11443 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
11444 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
11445 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
11446 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
11447 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
11448 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
11449 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
11450 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
11451 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
11452 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
11453 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
11454 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
11455 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
11456 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
11457 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
11458 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
11459
11460 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
11461 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
11462 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
11463 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
11464 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
11465 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
11466 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
11467 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
11468 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
11469 surprises.
11470
11471 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
11472 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
11473 to the various user database fields of the user that the
11474 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
11475 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
11476 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
11477 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
11478 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
11479 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
11480 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
11481 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
11482 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
11483 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
11484 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
11485 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
11486 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
11487 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
11488 of PID 1 is the root user).
11489
11490 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
11491 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
11492 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
11493 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
11494 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
11495 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
11496 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
11497 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
11498 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
11499 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
11500 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
11501 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
11502 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
11503 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
11504 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11505
11506 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
11507
11508 CHANGES WITH 227:
11509
11510 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
11511 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
11512 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
11513
11514 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
11515 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
11516 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
11517 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
11518 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
11519 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
11520
11521 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
11522 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
11523 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
11524 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
11525 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
11526
11527 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
11528 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
11529 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
11530 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
11531 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
11532 packets on unestablished sockets.
11533
11534 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
11535 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
11536 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
11537 automatically.
11538
11539 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
11540 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
11541 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
11542
11543 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
11544 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
11545 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
11546 for disk IO.
11547
11548 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
11549 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
11550 removed.
11551
11552 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
11553 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
11554 directory is set to the home directory of the user
11555 configured in User=.
11556
11557 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
11558 directory of the selected user by default.
11559
11560 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
11561 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
11562 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
11563 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
11564 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
11565 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
11566 compat reasons.
11567
11568 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
11569 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
11570 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
11571 units.
11572
11573 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
11574 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
11575 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
11576 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
11577 level.
11578
11579 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
11580 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
11581 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
11582 namespaces work correctly.
11583
11584 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
11585 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
11586 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
11587 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
11588 activation.
11589
11590 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
11591 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
11592 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
11593 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
11594 system instance in a container.
11595
11596 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
11597 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
11598 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
11599 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
11600 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
11601 connections.
11602
11603 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
11604 show the control groups within a certain container only.
11605
11606 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
11607 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
11608 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
11609 processes attached, or similar.
11610
11611 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
11612 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
11613 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
11614
11615 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
11616 specifiers like %i or %f.
11617
11618 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
11619 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
11620 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
11621 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
11622
11623 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
11624 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
11625 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
11626 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
11627 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
11628 descriptors using sd_notify().
11629
11630 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
11631
11632 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
11633 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
11634
11635 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
11636 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
11637
11638 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
11639 .network files.
11640
11641 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
11642 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
11643 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
11644 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
11645 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
11646 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
11647 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
11648 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
11649 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
11650 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
11651 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
11652 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
11653 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
11654 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
11655 gdm-autologin is used.
11656
11657 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
11658 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
11659 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
11660 next to the image file.
11661
11662 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
11663 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
11664 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
11665 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
11666
11667 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
11668 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
11669 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
11670 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
11671 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
11672 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
11673
11674 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
11675 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
11676 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
11677 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
11678 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
11679 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
11680 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
11681 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
11682 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
11683 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
11684 number of files in place.
11685
11686 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
11687 on kernels where that is supported.
11688
11689 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
11690
11691 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
11692 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
11693 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
11694 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
11695 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
11696 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
11697 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
11698 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
11699 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
11700 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
11701 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
11702 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
11703 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
11704 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
11705 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
11706 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
11707 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
11708 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
11709
11710 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
11711
11712 CHANGES WITH 226:
11713
11714 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
11715 new features:
11716
11717 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
11718 information. It may be enabled and configured via
11719 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
11720 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
11721 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
11722 is any) is propagated.
11723
11724 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
11725 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
11726 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
11727 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
11728 information is enabled between host and containers by
11729 default now: the container will change its local timezone
11730 to what the host has set.
11731
11732 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
11733 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
11734
11735 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
11736 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
11737 information back, even if the server loses state.
11738
11739 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
11740 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
11741 PoolSize=.
11742
11743 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
11744 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
11745 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
11746 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
11747
11748 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
11749 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
11750 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
11751 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
11752 'dbus-daemon' systems.
11753
11754 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
11755 for virtio devices.
11756
11757 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
11758 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
11759 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
11760 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
11761 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
11762 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
11763 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
11764 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
11765 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
11766 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
11767 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
11768 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
11769 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
11770 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
11771 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
11772 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
11773 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
11774 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
11775 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
11776 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
11777 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
11778 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
11779 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
11780 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
11781 grants them.
11782
11783 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
11784 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
11785 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
11786 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
11787 group tree.
11788
11789 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
11790 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
11791 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
11792 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
11793 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
11794 work correctly in containers now.
11795
11796 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
11797 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
11798
11799 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
11800 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
11801 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
11802 function call is particularly useful when implementing
11803 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
11804
11805 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
11806 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
11807 signal events.
11808
11809 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
11810 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
11811 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
11812 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
11813
11814 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
11815 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
11816 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
11817 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
11818 nspawn command line.
11819
11820 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
11821 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
11822 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
11823 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
11824 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
11825 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
11826 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
11827 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
11828
11829 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
11830
11831 CHANGES WITH 225:
11832
11833 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
11834 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
11835 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
11836 shell directly without prompting for username or
11837 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
11838 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
11839 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
11840 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
11841 the originating session.
11842
11843 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
11844 options and allows other programs to query the values.
11845
11846 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
11847 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
11848 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
11849 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
11850 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
11851 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
11852 probably not stabilize on this release.
11853
11854 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
11855 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
11856 messages.
11857
11858 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
11859 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
11860 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
11861
11862 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
11863 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
11864
11865 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
11866 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
11867 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
11868 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
11869 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
11870 posteriori.
11871
11872 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
11873 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
11874
11875 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
11876 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
11877 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
11878 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
11879 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
11880 "lastlog" tools.
11881
11882 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
11883 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
11884 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
11885 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
11886 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
11887
11888 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
11889 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
11890 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
11891 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
11892 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
11893 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
11894 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
11895 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
11896 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
11897 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
11898 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
11899 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11900
11901 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
11902
11903 CHANGES WITH 224:
11904
11905 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
11906 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
11907
11908 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
11909 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
11910 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
11911
11912 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
11913 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11914 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
11915
11916 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
11917
11918 CHANGES WITH 223:
11919
11920 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
11921 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
11922 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
11923 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
11924
11925 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
11926 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
11927
11928 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
11929 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
11930
11931 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
11932
11933 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
11934 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
11935 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
11936
11937 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
11938 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
11939 decapsulated packet.
11940
11941 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
11942 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
11943 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
11944 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
11945 netlink attribute.
11946
11947 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
11948 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
11949 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
11950 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
11951
11952 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
11953 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
11954 according to RFC2460.
11955
11956 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
11957 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
11958
11959 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
11960 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
11961 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
11962
11963 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
11964 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
11965 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
11966 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
11967 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
11968 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
11969
11970 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
11971 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
11972 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
11973 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
11974 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
11975 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
11976 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
11977 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
11978 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
11979 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11980
11981 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
11982
11983 CHANGES WITH 222:
11984
11985 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
11986 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
11987 or should be used to work around such bugs.
11988
11989 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
11990 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
11991
11992 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
11993 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
11994 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
11995 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
11996 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
11997
11998 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
11999 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
12000 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
12001
12002 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
12003 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
12004 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
12005 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
12006 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
12007
12008 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
12009
12010 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
12011 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
12012 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
12013 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
12014 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
12015 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
12016 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
12017 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
12018 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
12019 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12020
12021 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
12022
12023 CHANGES WITH 221:
12024
12025 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
12026 stable and have been added to the official interface of
12027 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
12028 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
12029 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
12030 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
12031 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
12032 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
12033 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
12034 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
12035 portable to other kernels.
12036
12037 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
12038 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
12039 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
12040 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
12041 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
12042 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
12043 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
12044 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
12045 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
12046 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
12047 systemd enabled.
12048
12049 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
12050 2.26.
12051
12052 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
12053 favor of calling an abstraction tool
12054 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
12055 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
12056 in README for details.
12057
12058 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
12059 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
12060 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
12061 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
12062 unit.
12063
12064 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
12065 into man pages.
12066
12067 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
12068 external project.
12069
12070 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
12071 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
12072
12073 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
12074 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
12075 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
12076 state.
12077
12078 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
12079 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
12080 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
12081
12082 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
12083 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
12084 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
12085 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
12086 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
12087 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
12088 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
12089 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
12090 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
12091 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
12092 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
12093 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
12094 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
12095 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
12096 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
12097 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12098
12099 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
12100
12101 CHANGES WITH 220:
12102
12103 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
12104 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
12105 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
12106 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
12107 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
12108 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
12109 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
12110 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
12111
12112 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
12113 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
12114 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
12115 service consumed). This value is only available if
12116 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
12117 in the "systemctl status" output.
12118
12119 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
12120 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
12121 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
12122 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
12123 previously was already the default behaviour).
12124
12125 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
12126 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
12127 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
12128
12129 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
12130 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
12131 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
12132 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
12133
12134 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
12135 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
12136 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
12137 journaling file systems that support external journal
12138 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
12139 systems to be mounted.
12140
12141 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
12142 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
12143 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
12144 stable release this should not be problematic.
12145
12146 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
12147 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
12148 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
12149 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
12150 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
12151
12152 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
12153 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
12154 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
12155 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
12156 network switches.
12157
12158 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
12159 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
12160
12161 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
12162 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
12163 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
12164
12165 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
12166
12167 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
12168 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
12169 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
12170 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
12171 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
12172 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
12173 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
12174 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
12175 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
12176 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
12177 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
12178 been fixed in v220.
12179
12180 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
12181 systemd-networkd.
12182
12183 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
12184 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
12185 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
12186 containers started from the command line.
12187
12188 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
12189 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
12190
12191 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
12192 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
12193 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
12194 indirection via a pseudo tty.
12195
12196 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
12197 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
12198 when shutting down.
12199
12200 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
12201 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
12202 overlayfs support.
12203
12204 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
12205 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
12206 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
12207 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
12208 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
12209 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
12210 images are imported via systemd-importd.
12211
12212 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
12213 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
12214 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
12215
12216 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
12217 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
12218 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
12219 of v1 as before).
12220
12221 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
12222 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
12223
12224 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
12225 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
12226 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
12227 without further privileges or authorization.
12228
12229 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
12230 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
12231 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
12232 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
12233 accessible via a bus interface.
12234
12235 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
12236 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
12237 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
12238 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
12239 to cover this functionality.
12240
12241 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
12242 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
12243 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
12244 disabled/masked also stopped.
12245
12246 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
12247 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
12248 updated to support systemd-boot.
12249
12250 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
12251 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
12252 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
12253 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
12254 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
12255 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
12256 like this and can extract OS release information from them
12257 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
12258 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
12259
12260 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
12261 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
12262 system.
12263
12264 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by
12265 default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this
12266 logic has been turned into an allow list that requires picking block
12267 devices explicitly that require device symlinks.
12268
12269 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
12270 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
12271 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
12272 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
12273
12274 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
12275 stick devices has been added.
12276
12277 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
12278 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
12279
12280 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
12281 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
12282 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
12283 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
12284 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
12285
12286 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
12287 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
12288 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
12289
12290 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
12291 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
12292 Debian.
12293
12294 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
12295 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
12296 desktop edition, a server edition, …)
12297
12298 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
12299 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
12300 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
12301 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
12302 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
12303 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
12304 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
12305 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
12306 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
12307 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
12308 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
12309 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
12310 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
12311 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
12312 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
12313 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
12314 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
12315 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
12316 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
12317 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
12318 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
12319 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
12320 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
12321 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
12322 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
12323 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
12324 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12325
12326 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
12327
12328 CHANGES WITH 219:
12329
12330 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
12331 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
12332 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
12333 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
12334 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
12335 interface with and update the database.
12336
12337 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
12338 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
12339 before bytewise copying is done.
12340
12341 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
12342 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
12343 directory, and immediately removed when the container
12344 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
12345 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
12346 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
12347 for starting a container off the root file system of the
12348 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
12349 available on btrfs file systems.
12350
12351 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
12352 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
12353 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
12354 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
12355 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
12356 systems.
12357
12358 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
12359 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
12360 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
12361 mount point remains.
12362
12363 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
12364 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
12365 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
12366 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
12367 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
12368 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
12369 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
12370 are disabled.
12371
12372 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
12373 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
12374 container to the host or vice versa.
12375
12376 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
12377 mount host directories into local containers. This is
12378 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
12379
12380 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
12381 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
12382
12383 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
12384 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
12385 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
12386 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
12387 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
12388 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
12389 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
12390 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
12391 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
12392 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
12393 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
12394 make the functionality of importd available to the
12395 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
12396 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
12397 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
12398 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
12399 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
12400 only fully supported on btrfs.
12401
12402 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
12403 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
12404 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
12405 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
12406 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
12407 information about images.
12408
12409 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
12410 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
12411 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
12412 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
12413 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
12414 legacy file systems).
12415
12416 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
12417 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
12418 shown in networkctl output.
12419
12420 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
12421 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
12422 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
12423 processes as system services while interactively
12424 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
12425 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
12426 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
12427 full login session, the difference being that the former
12428 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
12429 setup.
12430
12431 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
12432 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
12433 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
12434 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
12435 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
12436
12437 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
12438 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
12439 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
12440 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
12441 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
12442 via qemu/kvm.
12443
12444 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
12445 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
12446 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
12447 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
12448 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
12449 disk images, too.
12450
12451 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
12452 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
12453 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
12454 integrate with that.
12455
12456 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
12457 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
12458 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
12459 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
12460
12461 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
12462 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
12463 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
12464
12465 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
12466 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
12467 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
12468 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
12469 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
12470 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
12471 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
12472 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
12473 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
12474 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
12475
12476 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
12477 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
12478 files.
12479
12480 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
12481 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
12482 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
12483 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
12484 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
12485 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
12486 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
12487 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
12488 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
12489 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
12490 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
12491 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
12492 explicitly turned on.
12493
12494 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
12495 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
12496 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
12497 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
12498
12499 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
12500 supported.
12501
12502 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
12503 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
12504 user/session following the status output. Similar,
12505 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
12506 associated with a virtual machine or container
12507 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
12508 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
12509 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
12510 output however.)
12511
12512 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
12513 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
12514 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
12515 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
12516 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
12517 caller's session/user.
12518
12519 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
12520 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
12521 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
12522 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
12523 user services.
12524
12525 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
12526 same way as unit files.
12527
12528 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
12529 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
12530 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
12531 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
12532 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
12533 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
12534 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
12535 the host.
12536
12537 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
12538 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
12539 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
12540 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
12541 the host as if their services were running directly on the
12542 host.
12543
12544 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
12545 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
12546 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
12547 updated to make use of it too by default.
12548
12549 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
12550 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
12551 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
12552 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
12553
12554 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
12555 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
12556 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
12557 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
12558 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
12559 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
12560 modification.
12561
12562 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
12563 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
12564 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
12565 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
12566 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
12567 information about Touchpad types.
12568
12569 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
12570 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
12571
12572 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
12573 Policy link field.
12574
12575 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
12576 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
12577
12578 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
12579 ACLs on files.
12580
12581 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
12582 tmpfs, automatically.
12583
12584 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
12585 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
12586 status" output, if available.
12587
12588 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
12589 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
12590 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
12591 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
12592 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
12593 run on next reboot.
12594
12595 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
12596 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
12597 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
12598 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
12599 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
12600 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
12601 ejected or a USB stick is yanked from the system.
12602
12603 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
12604 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
12605 after a configurable timeout.
12606
12607 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
12608 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
12609 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
12610 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
12611 it non-idle.
12612
12613 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
12614 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
12615
12616 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
12617 each .network interface in networkd.
12618
12619 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
12620 in .network files.
12621
12622 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
12623 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
12624
12625 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
12626 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
12627 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
12628 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
12629 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
12630 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
12631 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
12632 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
12633 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
12634 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
12635 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
12636 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
12637 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
12638 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
12639 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
12640 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
12641 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
12642 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
12643 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
12644 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
12645 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
12646 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
12647 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
12648 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12649
12650 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
12651
12652 CHANGES WITH 218:
12653
12654 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
12655 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
12656 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
12657 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
12658
12659 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
12660 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
12661 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
12662 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
12663 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
12664
12665 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
12666
12667 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
12668 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
12669 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
12670 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
12671 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
12672 modified configuration after editing.
12673
12674 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
12675 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
12676 system preset files.
12677
12678 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
12679 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
12680 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
12681 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
12682 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
12683 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
12684 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
12685 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
12686 other contexts.
12687
12688 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
12689 inhibitors.
12690
12691 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
12692 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
12693 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
12694 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
12695 managers.
12696
12697 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
12698 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
12699 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
12700 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
12701 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
12702 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
12703 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
12704 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
12705 parallel to journald.
12706
12707 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
12708 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
12709 available.
12710
12711 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
12712 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
12713 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
12714 or are not older than the specified time.
12715
12716 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
12717 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
12718 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
12719 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
12720
12721 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
12722 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
12723 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
12724 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
12725 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
12726 communication.
12727
12728 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
12729 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
12730 services.
12731
12732 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
12733 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
12734 including their signature and values. This is particularly
12735 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
12736 the new "busctl tree" command.
12737
12738 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
12739 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
12740 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
12741 friendly way.
12742
12743 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
12744 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
12745 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
12746 race-ful way.
12747
12748 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
12749 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
12750 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
12751 journaling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
12752 --link-journal=try-guest.
12753
12754 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
12755 stable MAC addresses.
12756
12757 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
12758 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
12759 the respective unit shall use.
12760
12761 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
12762 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
12763 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
12764 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
12765
12766 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
12767 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
12768 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
12769 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
12770 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
12771 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
12772
12773 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
12774 details see:
12775
12776 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
12777
12778 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
12779 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
12780 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
12781 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
12782 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
12783 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
12784 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
12785 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
12786 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
12787 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
12788 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
12789 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
12790
12791 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
12792 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
12793 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
12794 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
12795 bluetooth, …) is used.
12796
12797 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
12798 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
12799 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
12800 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
12801 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
12802 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
12803 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
12804 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
12805
12806 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
12807 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
12808 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
12809 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
12810 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
12811 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
12812 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
12813 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
12814 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
12815 interface.
12816
12817 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
12818 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
12819 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
12820 luks.name= argument.
12821
12822 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
12823 (this was previously already available for scope and service
12824 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
12825 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
12826 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
12827 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
12828
12829 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
12830 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
12831 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
12832
12833 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
12834 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
12835 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
12836 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
12837 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
12838 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
12839 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
12840 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
12841 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
12842 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
12843 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
12844 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
12845 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
12846 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
12847 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
12848 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
12849 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
12850 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12851
12852 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
12853
12854 CHANGES WITH 217:
12855
12856 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
12857 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
12858 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
12859 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
12860
12861 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
12862 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
12863 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
12864 now waits until the operation is complete.
12865
12866 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
12867 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
12868 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
12869 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
12870 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
12871 connection.
12872
12873 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
12874 commands anymore.
12875
12876 * User units are now loaded also from
12877 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
12878 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
12879 supported, but is under the control of the user.
12880
12881 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
12882 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
12883 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
12884 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
12885 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
12886 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
12887 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
12888 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
12889 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
12890 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
12891 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
12892 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
12893 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
12894 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
12895 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
12896 question.
12897
12898 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
12899 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
12900 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
12901
12902 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
12903 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
12904 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
12905 command line to trigger resume.
12906
12907 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
12908 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
12909 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
12910 Desktop=systemd-console.
12911
12912 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
12913 systemd-networkd.
12914
12915 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
12916 from the information provided by the networking stack
12917 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
12918
12919 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
12920 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
12921
12922 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
12923 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
12924 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
12925
12926 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
12927
12928 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
12929 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
12930 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
12931 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
12932 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
12933 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
12934
12935 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
12936 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
12937 respected.
12938
12939 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
12940 virtualization.
12941
12942 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
12943 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
12944 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
12945 on.
12946
12947 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
12948
12949 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
12950
12951 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
12952 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
12953 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
12954 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
12955 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
12956 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
12957 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
12958
12959 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
12960 available for service units, that allows locking all service
12961 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
12962 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
12963 from the service's view entirely.
12964
12965 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
12966 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
12967
12968 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
12969 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
12970 session.
12971
12972 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
12973 legacy-free systems.
12974
12975 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
12976 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
12977 easily.
12978
12979 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
12980 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
12981 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
12982 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
12983 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
12984 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
12985 option.
12986
12987 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
12988 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
12989 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
12990 /usr.
12991
12992 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
12993 services, not only the main process.
12994
12995 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
12996 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
12997 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
12998 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
12999 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
13000
13001 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
13002 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
13003 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
13004 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
13005 directly from now on, again.
13006
13007 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
13008 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
13009 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
13010 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
13011 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
13012 enabling and disabling.
13013
13014 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
13015 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
13016 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
13017 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
13018 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
13019 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
13020 unnecessary or unlikely.
13021
13022 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
13023 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
13024 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
13025 "annually", "hourly", …).
13026
13027 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
13028 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
13029 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
13030 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
13031 overwritten at runtime.
13032
13033 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
13034 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
13035 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
13036 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
13037 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
13038 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
13039 segmentation fault.
13040
13041 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
13042 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
13043 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
13044 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
13045 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
13046 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
13047 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
13048 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
13049 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
13050 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
13051 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
13052 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
13053 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
13054 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
13055 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
13056 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
13057 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
13058 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
13059 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
13060 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
13061 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
13062 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13063
13064 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
13065
13066 CHANGES WITH 216:
13067
13068 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
13069 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
13070 implementations should add a
13071
13072 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
13073
13074 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
13075 default functionality.
13076
13077 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
13078 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
13079 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
13080 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
13081 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
13082 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
13083 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
13084 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
13085 files might need to be owned by them. A new
13086 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
13087 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
13088 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
13089 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
13090
13091 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
13092 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
13093 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
13094 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
13095 added eventually, too.
13096
13097 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
13098 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
13099 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
13100 new command to update these fields.
13101
13102 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
13103 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
13104 have been discovered via DHCP.
13105
13106 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
13107 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
13108 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
13109 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
13110 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
13111 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
13112 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
13113 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
13114 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
13115 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
13116 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
13117 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
13118 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
13119 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
13120 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
13121 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
13122 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
13123 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
13124 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
13125 implementation to systemd-resolved.
13126
13127 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
13128 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
13129 containers to their respective IP addresses.
13130
13131 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
13132 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
13133 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
13134 and present it to the user in a very friendly
13135 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
13136 control utility for networkd.
13137
13138 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
13139 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
13140 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
13141 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
13142 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
13143 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
13144 (NoDelay=).
13145
13146 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
13147 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
13148
13149 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
13150 be started only after time-sync.target has been
13151 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
13152 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
13153 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
13154 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
13155
13156 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
13157 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
13158 of the link.
13159
13160 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
13161 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
13162
13163 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
13164 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
13165
13166 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
13167 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
13168 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
13169 for DHCP.
13170
13171 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
13172 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
13173 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
13174 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
13175 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
13176 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
13177 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
13178 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
13179
13180 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
13181 validation of unit files.
13182
13183 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
13184 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
13185 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
13186 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
13187 address may now be configured.
13188
13189 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
13190 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
13191 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
13192 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
13193
13194 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
13195 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
13196
13197 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
13198 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
13199 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
13200 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
13201
13202 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
13203 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
13204 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
13205 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
13206 implementation.
13207
13208 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
13209 journal data to a remote system running
13210 systemd-journal-remote.
13211
13212 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
13213 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
13214 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
13215 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
13216 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
13217 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
13218 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
13219 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
13220 version, you have to turn this option on again
13221 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
13222
13223 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
13224 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
13225 better than XZ which was the previous default.
13226
13227 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
13228 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
13229
13230 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
13231 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
13232
13233 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
13234 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
13235 "systemctl status" output for a service.
13236
13237 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
13238 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
13239 hostname, root password) interactively on first
13240 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
13241 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
13242
13243 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
13244
13245 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
13246
13247 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
13248 when primary addresses are removed.
13249
13250 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
13251 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
13252 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
13253 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
13254 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
13255 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
13256 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
13257 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
13258 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
13259 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
13260 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
13261 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
13262 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
13263 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
13264 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13265
13266 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
13267
13268 CHANGES WITH 215:
13269
13270 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
13271 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
13272 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
13273 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
13274 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
13275 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
13276 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
13277 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
13278 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
13279 require.
13280
13281 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
13282 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
13283
13284 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
13285 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
13286 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
13287 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
13288 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
13289 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
13290 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
13291
13292 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
13293 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
13294 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
13295 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
13296 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
13297 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
13298 update or reset should use this condition and order
13299 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
13300 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
13301 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
13302 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
13303 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
13304 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
13305 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
13306 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
13307 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
13308
13309 https://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
13310
13311 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
13312 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
13313 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
13314 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
13315
13316 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
13317 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
13318 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
13319 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
13320 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
13321 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
13322 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
13323 .network files using settings of this section should be
13324 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
13325 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
13326
13327 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
13328 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
13329
13330 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
13331 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
13332 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
13333 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
13334 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
13335 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
13336 of nspawn instances.
13337
13338 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
13339 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
13340 added.
13341
13342 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
13343 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
13344 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
13345 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
13346 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
13347 configuration stored in /etc.
13348
13349 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
13350 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
13351 parsing of unknown mount options.
13352
13353 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
13354 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
13355 it already exist and not already be the correct
13356 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
13357 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
13358 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
13359 pre-existing files of different types.
13360
13361 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
13362 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
13363 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
13364 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
13365 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
13366 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
13367 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
13368
13369 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
13370 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
13371 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
13372 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
13373 shall be executed.
13374
13375 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
13376 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
13377 example whether it is fully up and running.
13378
13379 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
13380 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
13381 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
13382 reset.
13383
13384 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
13385 most basic services systemd ships by default.
13386
13387 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
13388 field for defining the default instance to create if a
13389 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
13390
13391 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
13392 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
13393 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
13394
13395 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
13396 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
13397 access to this group.
13398
13399 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
13400 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
13401 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
13402 to the journal.
13403
13404 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
13405 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
13406 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
13407 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
13408 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
13409 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
13410
13411 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
13412 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
13413 that makes sure to only show information about the most
13414 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
13415 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
13416 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
13417 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
13418 the old name to the new name.
13419
13420 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
13421 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
13422 coredumpctl without restrictions.
13423
13424 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
13425 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
13426 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
13427 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
13428 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
13429 "systemd-debug-generator".
13430
13431 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
13432 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
13433 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
13434 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
13435 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
13436 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
13437 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
13438 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
13439 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
13440 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
13441 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
13442
13443 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
13444 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
13445 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
13446 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
13447 been added to query many of these paths for the local
13448 machine and user.
13449
13450 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
13451 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
13452 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
13453 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
13454 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
13455
13456 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
13457 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
13458 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
13459 couple of drop-in directories.
13460
13461 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
13462 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
13463 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
13464 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
13465 for dev_port.
13466
13467 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
13468 container (read from /etc/os-release and
13469 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
13470 "machinectl status" for a machine.
13471
13472 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
13473 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
13474 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
13475 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
13476 Restart= setting.
13477
13478 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
13479 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
13480 directly connect to a specific container on the
13481 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
13482 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
13483 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
13484 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
13485 containers is a privileged operation.
13486
13487 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
13488 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
13489 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
13490 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
13491 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13492 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
13493 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
13494 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
13495 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
13496 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
13497 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
13498 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13499
13500 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
13501
13502 CHANGES WITH 214:
13503
13504 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
13505 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
13506 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
13507 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
13508 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
13509 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
13510 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
13511 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
13512 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
13513 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
13514 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
13515 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
13516 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
13517 devices are excluded from this logic.
13518
13519 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
13520 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
13521 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
13522 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
13523 change has been released.
13524
13525 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
13526 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
13527 libattr is thus unnecessary.
13528
13529 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
13530 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
13531 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
13532 with fewer privileges.
13533
13534 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
13535 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
13536 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
13537 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
13538
13539 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
13540 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
13541
13542 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
13543 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
13544
13545 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
13546 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
13547 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
13548
13549 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
13550 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
13551 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
13552 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
13553 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
13554 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
13555
13556 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
13557 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
13558 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
13559
13560 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
13561 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
13562 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
13563 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
13564 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
13565 modifications of user data or system files from
13566 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
13567 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
13568
13569 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
13570 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
13571 and FIFOs in the file system.
13572
13573 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
13574 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
13575 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
13576
13577 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
13578 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
13579 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
13580 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
13581 the socket itself.
13582
13583 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
13584 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
13585 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
13586 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
13587 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
13588 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
13589 symlinks, and nothing else.
13590
13591 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
13592 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
13593 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
13594 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
13595 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
13596 process (for example, the parent process). The
13597 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
13598 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
13599 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
13600 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
13601 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
13602 messages to services when the originating process already
13603 vanished.
13604
13605 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
13606 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
13607 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
13608 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
13609 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
13610 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
13611 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
13612 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
13613 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
13614 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
13615 all long-running services.
13616
13617 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
13618 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
13619 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
13620 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
13621 service.
13622
13623 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
13624 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
13625 applied to all submounts, too.
13626
13627 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
13628
13629 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
13630 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
13631 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
13632 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
13633 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
13634 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
13635 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
13636
13637 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
13638 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
13639 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
13640 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
13641 (domU) domains.
13642
13643 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
13644 files or entire directories.
13645
13646 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
13647 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
13648 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
13649 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
13650 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
13651
13652 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
13653 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
13654 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
13655 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
13656 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
13657 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
13658 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
13659 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
13660 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
13661 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
13662 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
13663 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
13664
13665 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
13666 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
13667 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
13668 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
13669
13670 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
13671 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
13672 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
13673 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
13674 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
13675 non-directories.
13676
13677 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
13678 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
13679 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
13680
13681 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
13682 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
13683 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
13684 this group.
13685
13686 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
13687 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
13688 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
13689 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
13690 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
13691 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
13692 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13693
13694 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
13695
13696 CHANGES WITH 213:
13697
13698 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
13699 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
13700 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
13701 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
13702 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
13703 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
13704 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
13705 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
13706 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
13707 client should be more than appropriate for most
13708 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
13709 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
13710 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
13711 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
13712 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
13713 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
13714 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
13715 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
13716 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
13717 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
13718 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
13719
13720 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
13721 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
13722 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
13723 part of a different namespace.
13724
13725 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
13726 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
13727 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
13728 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
13729
13730 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
13731 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
13732 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
13733
13734 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
13735 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
13736 when a service fails. This works similarly to
13737 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
13738 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
13739 restart the service in question.
13740
13741 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
13742 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
13743 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
13744 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
13745 details when running non-locally.
13746
13747 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
13748 graphs it generates.
13749
13750 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
13751 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
13752 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
13753 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
13754 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
13755
13756 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
13757
13758 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
13759 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
13760 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
13761 what it was on SysV systems.
13762
13763 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
13764 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
13765
13766 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
13767 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
13768 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
13769
13770 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
13771 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
13772 to show these addresses in its output.
13773
13774 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
13775 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
13776 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
13777 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
13778 preferred over a text one.
13779
13780 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
13781 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
13782 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
13783 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
13784 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
13785 mDNS cache.
13786
13787 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
13788 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
13789 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
13790 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
13791 of network configuration performed in some other way.
13792
13793 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
13794 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
13795 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
13796 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
13797 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
13798
13799 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
13800 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
13801 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
13802 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
13803 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
13804 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
13805 overrides any other settings.
13806
13807 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
13808 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
13809 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
13810 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
13811 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
13812 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
13813 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
13814 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
13815 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
13816 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
13817 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
13818 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
13819 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
13820 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
13821 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
13822 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
13823 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13824
13825 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
13826
13827 CHANGES WITH 212:
13828
13829 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
13830 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
13831 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
13832 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
13833 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
13834 by accident.
13835
13836 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
13837 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
13838 registered with machined.
13839
13840 * sd-login gained new calls
13841 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
13842 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
13843 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
13844 counterparts.
13845
13846 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
13847 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
13848 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
13849 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
13850 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
13851 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
13852 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
13853 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
13854 once.
13855
13856 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
13857 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
13858 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
13859
13860 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
13861 units on all local containers, when used with the
13862 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
13863 executed when no parameters are specified).
13864
13865 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
13866 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
13867 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
13868 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
13869
13870 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
13871 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
13872 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
13873 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
13874 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
13875 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
13876
13877 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
13878 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
13879 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
13880 of the container.
13881
13882 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
13883 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
13884 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
13885 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
13886 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
13887 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
13888 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
13889 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
13890
13891 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
13892 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
13893 instead of /.
13894
13895 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
13896 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
13897 emergency messages now.
13898
13899 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
13900 journal log messages across the network.
13901
13902 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
13903 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
13904 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
13905 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
13906 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
13907 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
13908 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
13909
13910 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
13911 down a local OS container.
13912
13913 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
13914 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
13915 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
13916
13917 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
13918 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
13919 this is appropriate.
13920
13921 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
13922 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
13923 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
13924
13925 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
13926 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
13927 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
13928 for debugging purposes.
13929
13930 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
13931 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
13932 in seconds.
13933
13934 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
13935 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
13936 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
13937 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
13938 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
13939 like on traditional inetd.
13940
13941 * A new system.conf configuration option
13942 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
13943 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
13944
13945 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
13946 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
13947 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
13948 do these days).
13949
13950 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
13951 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
13952 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
13953 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
13954 could not take place because the system was powered off.
13955 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
13956
13957 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
13958 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
13959 it will be triggered.
13960
13961 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
13962 addresses to its local interfaces.
13963
13964 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
13965 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
13966 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
13967 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
13968 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
13969 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
13970 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
13971 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
13972 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13973
13974 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
13975
13976 CHANGES WITH 211:
13977
13978 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
13979 added to restrict which socket address families unit
13980 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
13981 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
13982 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
13983 is built on seccomp system call filters.
13984
13985 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
13986 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
13987 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
13988 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
13989 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
13990 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
13991 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
13992 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
13993 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
13994
13995 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
13996 matching against device group names.
13997
13998 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
13999 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
14000 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
14001 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
14002 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
14003 though.
14004
14005 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
14006 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
14007 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
14008 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
14009 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
14010 (https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/)
14011 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
14012 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
14013 systems prepared appropriately.
14014
14015 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
14016 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
14017 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
14018 (see above). This means that installations made with
14019 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
14020 deployed using container managers, completely
14021 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
14022 this feature soon, too.)
14023
14024 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
14025 set up a private macvlan interface for the
14026 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
14027 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
14028
14029 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
14030 using IPv4LL.
14031
14032 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
14033 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
14034 systemd-networkd.
14035
14036 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
14037 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
14038 still not a public API though (unless you specify
14039 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
14040 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
14041
14042 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
14043 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
14044 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
14045 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
14046 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
14047 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
14048 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
14049 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
14050 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
14051 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
14052 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
14053 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
14054 users.
14055
14056 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
14057 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
14058 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
14059 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
14060 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
14061 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
14062 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
14063 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
14064 due to a closed lid.
14065
14066 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
14067 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
14068 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
14069 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
14070 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
14071 order to then act as suspend blocker.
14072
14073 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
14074 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
14075 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
14076 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
14077 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
14078
14079 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
14080 now also work in --scope mode.
14081
14082 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
14083 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
14084 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
14085 promises are made.)
14086
14087 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
14088 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
14089 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
14090 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
14091 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
14092 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
14093 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
14094 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
14095 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
14096 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14097
14098 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
14099
14100 CHANGES WITH 210:
14101
14102 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
14103 according to SMACK rules.
14104
14105 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
14106 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
14107
14108 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
14109 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
14110 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
14111
14112 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
14113 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
14114 and machine ID.
14115
14116 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
14117 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
14118 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
14119 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
14120 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
14121 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
14122 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
14123 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
14124 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
14125 backpack or similar.
14126
14127 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
14128 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
14129 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
14130 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
14131 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
14132 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
14133 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
14134 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
14135 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
14136 this on its own.
14137
14138 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
14139 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
14140 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
14141 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
14142
14143 * We will now ship a default .network file for
14144 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
14145 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
14146 --network-bridge= switches.
14147
14148 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
14149 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
14150 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
14151 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
14152 metrics, according to what is customary according to
14153 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
14154 each configuration option.
14155
14156 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to
14157 allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on
14158 the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts",
14159 it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs
14160 at once.
14161
14162 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
14163 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
14164 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
14165 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
14166 triggered by other work being done in the program.
14167
14168 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
14169 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
14170 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
14171 default however.
14172
14173 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
14174 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
14175 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
14176 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
14177 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
14178 them with systemd-networkd.
14179
14180 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
14181 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
14182 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
14183 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
14184 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
14185 is drastically increased, but given that these are
14186 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
14187 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
14188 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
14189 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
14190 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
14191 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
14192 during a transitional period!
14193
14194 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
14195 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
14196
14197 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
14198 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
14199 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
14200 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
14201 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
14202 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
14203 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
14204 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14205
14206 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
14207
14208 CHANGES WITH 209:
14209
14210 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
14211 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
14212 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
14213 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
14214 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
14215 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
14216 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
14217 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
14218 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
14219 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
14220 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
14221 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
14222
14223 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
14224 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
14225 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
14226 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
14227 machines and the like.
14228
14229 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
14230 shutdown/boot.
14231
14232 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
14233 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
14234
14235 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
14236 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
14237 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
14238 prepared for additional security frameworks.
14239
14240 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
14241 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
14242 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
14243 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
14244 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
14245 address assignment policy (randomized, …).
14246
14247 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
14248 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
14249 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
14250 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
14251 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
14252 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
14253 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
14254 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
14255 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
14256
14257 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
14258 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
14259
14260 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
14261 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
14262 implementation.
14263
14264 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
14265 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
14266 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
14267 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
14268 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
14269 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
14270 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
14271 and .service units.
14272
14273 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
14274 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
14275 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
14276
14277 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
14278 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
14279 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
14280 nothing makes use of it.
14281
14282 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
14283 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
14284 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
14285
14286 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
14287 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
14288 compatibility purposes.
14289
14290 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
14291 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
14292 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
14293 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
14294 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
14295 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
14296 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
14297 process handling.
14298
14299 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
14300 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
14301 style to "sd-bus.h".
14302
14303 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
14304 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
14305 "systemd-networkd".
14306
14307 * There is a new kernel command line option
14308 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
14309 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
14310 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
14311 are not restored.
14312
14313 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
14314 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
14315 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
14316 PID1's support for that anymore.
14317
14318 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
14319 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
14320
14321 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
14322 busctl, systemd-run, … have gained a new switch "-M" to
14323 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
14324 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
14325 container that is registered with machined, such as those
14326 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
14327
14328 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
14329 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
14330 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
14331 onto remote systems.
14332
14333 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
14334 login in any local container. This works with any container
14335 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
14336 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
14337
14338 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
14339 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
14340 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
14341 system of some kind.
14342
14343 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
14344 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
14345 next.
14346
14347 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
14348 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
14349 reboot() system call.
14350
14351 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
14352 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
14353 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
14354 still available but not advertised anymore.
14355
14356 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
14357 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
14358 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
14359 within each Unit.
14360
14361 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
14362 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
14363 the kernel).
14364
14365 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
14366 timestamps (following the setting in
14367 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
14368
14369 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
14370 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
14371
14372 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
14373 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
14374
14375 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
14376 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
14377 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
14378
14379 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
14380 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
14381 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
14382 the full configuration is shown.
14383
14384 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
14385 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
14386 those commands which take multiple unit names.
14387
14388 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
14389
14390 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
14391 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
14392
14393 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
14394 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
14395 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
14396 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
14397
14398 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
14399 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
14400 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
14401 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
14402
14403 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
14404 of the legend text.
14405
14406 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
14407 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
14408 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
14409 remote sessions.
14410
14411 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
14412 information of SDIO devices.
14413
14414 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
14415 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
14416 the system manager.
14417
14418 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
14419 short description of the connection parameters in the
14420 description.
14421
14422 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
14423 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
14424 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
14425 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
14426 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
14427 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
14428 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
14429
14430 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
14431 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
14432 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
14433 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
14434 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
14435 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
14436 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
14437 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
14438 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
14439
14440 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
14441 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
14442 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
14443 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
14444 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
14445 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
14446 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
14447 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
14448 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
14449 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
14450 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
14451 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
14452 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
14453 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
14454 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
14455 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
14456 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
14457 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
14458 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
14459 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
14460 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
14461 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
14462 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
14463
14464 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
14465 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
14466 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
14467 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
14468 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
14469 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
14470 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
14471 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
14472 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
14473 that you are aware of the instability of the current
14474 APIs.
14475
14476 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
14477 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
14478 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
14479 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
14480 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
14481 declare the APIs stable.
14482
14483 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
14484 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
14485 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
14486 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
14487 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
14488 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
14489 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
14490 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
14491 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
14492 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
14493 one of them is updated.
14494
14495 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
14496 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
14497 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
14498 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
14499 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
14500
14501 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
14502 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
14503 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
14504 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
14505 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
14506 entry points.
14507
14508 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
14509 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
14510 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
14511 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
14512 been disabled at compile-time.
14513
14514 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
14515 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
14516 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
14517 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
14518
14519 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
14520 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
14521 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
14522
14523 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
14524 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
14525 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
14526
14527 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
14528 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
14529 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
14530
14531 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
14532 remains until jobs expire.
14533
14534 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
14535 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
14536 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
14537 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
14538 all remaining processes of the service.
14539
14540 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
14541 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
14542 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
14543 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
14544 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
14545 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
14546 manager process which created them takes no further
14547 responsibilities for it.
14548
14549 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
14550 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
14551 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
14552 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
14553 marked executable or world-writable.
14554
14555 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
14556 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
14557 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
14558 "--setenv=" for consistency.
14559
14560 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
14561 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
14562 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
14563 independent of the host.
14564
14565 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
14566 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
14567 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
14568 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
14569
14570 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
14571 with specific SELinux labels set.
14572
14573 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
14574 any additional output but the container's own console
14575 output.
14576
14577 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
14578 container without PID namespacing enabled.
14579
14580 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
14581 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
14582 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
14583 OS images, but only specific apps.
14584
14585 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
14586 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
14587 results in registration of the unit service itself in
14588 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
14589
14590 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
14591 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
14592 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
14593 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
14594 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
14595 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
14596
14597 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
14598 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
14599 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
14600 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
14601 units to use.
14602
14603 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
14604 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
14605 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
14606 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
14607
14608 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
14609 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
14610 context for a service.
14611
14612 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
14613 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
14614 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
14615 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
14616 influence this logic.
14617
14618 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
14619 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
14620 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
14621 other things.
14622
14623 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
14624 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
14625 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
14626 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
14627 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
14628 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
14629 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
14630 architectures). There is also a global
14631 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
14632 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
14633
14634 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
14635 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
14636
14637 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
14638 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
14639 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
14640 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
14641 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
14642 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
14643 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
14644 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
14645 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
14646 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
14647 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
14648 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
14649 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
14650 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
14651 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
14652 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
14653 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
14654 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
14655 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
14656 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
14657 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
14658 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
14659 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
14660 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14661
14662 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
14663
14664 CHANGES WITH 208:
14665
14666 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
14667 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
14668 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
14669 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
14670 access input and drm devices which are normally
14671 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
14672 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
14673 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
14674 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
14675 session switching without allowing background sessions to
14676 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
14677 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
14678 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
14679
14680 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
14681 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
14682 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
14683
14684 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
14685 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
14686 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
14687 kernel version number.
14688
14689 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
14690 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
14691 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
14692
14693 * This release removes high-level support for the
14694 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
14695 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
14696 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
14697 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
14698
14699 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
14700 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
14701 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
14702 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
14703 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
14704 cgroup system.
14705
14706 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
14707 messages containing the slice a message was generated
14708 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
14709 logs among other things.
14710
14711 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
14712 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
14713 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
14714 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
14715 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
14716 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
14717 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
14718 journald which would be necessary to resolve
14719 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
14720 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
14721 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
14722 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
14723 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
14724 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
14725 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
14726 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
14727 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
14728 not delayed until next reboot.
14729
14730 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
14731 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
14732 systemd generated files in one directory.
14733
14734 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
14735 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
14736 performance information if that's available to determine how
14737 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
14738 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
14739 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
14740
14741 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
14742 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
14743 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
14744 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14745 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
14746 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
14747 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14748
14749 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
14750
14751 CHANGES WITH 207:
14752
14753 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
14754 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
14755 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
14756 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
14757
14758 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
14759 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
14760 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
14761 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
14762 specified on the kernel command line less important.
14763
14764 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
14765 retrieve the VT number of a session.
14766
14767 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
14768 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
14769 maximum number of tries.
14770
14771 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
14772 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
14773 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
14774
14775 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
14776 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
14777
14778 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
14779 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
14780 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
14781
14782 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
14783 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
14784 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
14785
14786 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
14787 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
14788 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
14789 and type).
14790
14791 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
14792 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
14793
14794 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
14795 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
14796 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
14797 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
14798
14799 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
14800 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
14801 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
14802 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
14803 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
14804 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
14805 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
14806 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
14807
14808 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
14809 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
14810 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
14811 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
14812
14813 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
14814 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
14815 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
14816 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
14817 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
14818 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
14819 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
14820
14821 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
14822 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
14823
14824 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
14825 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
14826 automatically after the process terminated.
14827
14828 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
14829 certain paths from operation.
14830
14831 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
14832 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
14833 is received.
14834
14835 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
14836 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
14837 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
14838 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
14839 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
14840 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
14841 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
14842 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
14843 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
14844 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
14845 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
14846 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
14847 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14848
14849 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
14850
14851 CHANGES WITH 206:
14852
14853 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
14854 concepts introduced with 205.
14855
14856 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
14857 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
14858 -r".
14859
14860 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
14861 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
14862 --state= parameter.
14863
14864 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
14865 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
14866 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
14867 the journal.
14868
14869 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
14870 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
14871 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
14872
14873 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
14874 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
14875 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
14876 browsing logs from that point on.
14877
14878 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
14879 of an FSS key.
14880
14881 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
14882 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
14883 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
14884 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
14885 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
14886 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
14887 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
14888 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
14889 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
14890 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
14891 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
14892 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
14893 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
14894 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
14895
14896 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
14897 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
14898 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
14899 backing module right-away.
14900
14901 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
14902 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
14903
14904 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
14905 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
14906
14907 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
14908 set of processes in the message metadata.
14909
14910 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
14911
14912 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
14913 support for passing performance data via environment
14914 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
14915 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
14916 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
14917 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
14918 deserialize it again.
14919
14920 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
14921 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
14922 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
14923 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
14924
14925 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
14926 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
14927 completely silent shutdown when used.
14928
14929 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
14930 option in .socket units.
14931
14932 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
14933 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
14934 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
14935 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
14936 system.slice as before.
14937
14938 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
14939
14940 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
14941 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
14942 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14943 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
14944 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
14945 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
14946 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14947
14948 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
14949
14950 CHANGES WITH 205:
14951
14952 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
14953
14954 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
14955 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
14956 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
14957 possible for system services and applications to group their
14958 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
14959 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
14960 together, or apply resource limits on them.
14961
14962 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
14963 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
14964 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
14965 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
14966 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
14967
14968 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
14969 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
14970 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
14971 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
14972
14973 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
14974 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
14975 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
14976 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
14977 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
14978 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
14979 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
14980 and useful as a general batch manager.
14981
14982 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
14983 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
14984 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
14985 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
14986 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
14987 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
14988 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
14989 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
14990 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
14991 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
14992
14993 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
14994 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
14995 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
14996 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
14997 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
14998 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
14999 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
15000 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
15001 is compile-time optional.
15002
15003 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
15004 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
15005 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
15006 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
15007 well as slice units.
15008
15009 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
15010 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
15011 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
15012 but will be extended later on to make more properties
15013 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
15014 command that wraps this call.
15015
15016 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
15017 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
15018 while configuring a number of settings via the command
15019 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
15020 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
15021 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
15022 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
15023
15024 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
15025 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
15026 off audit.
15027
15028 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
15029 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
15030
15031 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
15032 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
15033 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
15034 and system logs.
15035
15036 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
15037 snippets extending unit files.
15038
15039 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
15040 not available as public API.
15041
15042 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
15043 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
15044 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
15045
15046 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
15047 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
15048 controls what to boot into by default.
15049
15050 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
15051 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
15052
15053 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
15054 generators needed for execution, as well as information
15055 about the unit file loading.
15056
15057 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
15058 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
15059 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
15060 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
15061 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
15062 racy due to journal file rotation.
15063
15064 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
15065 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
15066 all services.
15067
15068 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
15069 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
15070 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
15071 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, … fields. This is useful if
15072 system services want to log events about specific client
15073 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
15074 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
15075 unit is requested.
15076
15077 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
15078 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
15079 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
15080 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
15081 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
15082 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
15083 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
15084 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
15085 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
15086 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
15087 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
15088 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
15089 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
15090
15091 CHANGES WITH 204:
15092
15093 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
15094 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
15095
15096 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
15097 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
15098 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
15099
15100 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
15101 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15102
15103 CHANGES WITH 203:
15104
15105 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
15106 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
15107
15108 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
15109 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
15110 fields, including the root directory.
15111
15112 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
15113 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
15114 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
15115 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
15116 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
15117 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
15118 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
15119 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
15120 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
15121 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
15122 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
15123
15124 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
15125 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
15126
15127 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
15128 have taken an inhibitor lock.
15129
15130 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
15131 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
15132 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
15133 the local hostname.
15134
15135 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
15136 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
15137 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
15138 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
15139 VMs/containers coming and going.
15140
15141 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
15142 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
15143 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
15144
15145 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
15146 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
15147 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
15148 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
15149
15150 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
15151 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
15152 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
15153
15154 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
15155 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
15156 services. With the container's root directory in
15157 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
15158 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
15159
15160 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
15161 the processes within a certain container.
15162
15163 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
15164 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
15165 check though. Patches welcome!
15166
15167 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
15168 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
15169 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
15170 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
15171 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
15172
15173 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
15174 the passed argument if applicable.
15175
15176 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
15177 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
15178 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
15179 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
15180 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
15181 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
15182 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
15183 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15184
15185 CHANGES WITH 202:
15186
15187 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
15188 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
15189 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
15190 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
15191 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
15192 units activate.
15193
15194 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
15195 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
15196 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
15197 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
15198 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
15199 for now, and not installable.
15200
15201 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
15202 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
15203 can run in conjunction with udev.
15204
15205 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
15206 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
15207 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
15208 session manager.
15209
15210 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
15211 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
15212 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
15213 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
15214 services, user processes and containers/virtual
15215 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
15216 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
15217 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
15218 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
15219 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
15220 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
15221
15222 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
15223
15224 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
15225 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
15226 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
15227 logical expressions.
15228
15229 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
15230 switches.
15231
15232 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
15233 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
15234 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
15235 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
15236 the user.
15237
15238 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
15239 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
15240 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
15241 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
15242 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
15243 an entry.
15244
15245 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
15246 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
15247 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
15248 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
15249 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
15250 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15251
15252 CHANGES WITH 201:
15253
15254 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
15255 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
15256 directory.
15257
15258 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
15259 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
15260 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
15261 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
15262 problem.
15263
15264 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
15265 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
15266 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
15267 before the key file is attempted to be read.
15268
15269 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
15270 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
15271
15272 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
15273 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
15274 files in this context are files such as
15275 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
15276
15277 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
15278 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
15279 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
15280 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
15281 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
15282 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
15283
15284 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
15285 hostnames.
15286
15287 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
15288 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
15289 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
15290 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
15291 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
15292 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
15293 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
15294 all time-related output of systemd.
15295
15296 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
15297 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
15298 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
15299 loops.
15300
15301 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
15302 (models, layouts, variants, options).
15303
15304 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
15305 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
15306 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
15307 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
15308 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
15309
15310 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
15311 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
15312 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
15313 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
15314 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
15315 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
15316 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
15317
15318 CHANGES WITH 200:
15319
15320 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
15321 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
15322 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
15323 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
15324 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
15325 middle ground between physical and access time order.
15326
15327 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
15328 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
15329 images.
15330
15331 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
15332 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
15333 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15334
15335 CHANGES WITH 199:
15336
15337 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
15338
15339 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
15340 security policy.
15341
15342 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
15343 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
15344 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
15345 shared by all processes of a service (which means
15346 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
15347 the same service can still access). When a service is
15348 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
15349 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
15350 this though).
15351
15352 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
15353 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
15354 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
15355 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
15356 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
15357 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
15358
15359 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
15360 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
15361
15362 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
15363 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
15364
15365 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
15366
15367 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
15368 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
15369 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
15370 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
15371 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
15372
15373 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
15374 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
15375 system is to be mounted.
15376
15377 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
15378 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
15379 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
15380 purpose for socket units.
15381
15382 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
15383 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
15384
15385 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
15386 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
15387 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
15388 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
15389 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
15390
15391 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
15392 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
15393 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
15394 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
15395 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
15396 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
15397 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
15398 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
15399 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15400
15401 CHANGES WITH 198:
15402
15403 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
15404 files without having to edit/override the unit files
15405 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
15406 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
15407 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
15408 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
15409 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
15410 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
15411 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
15412 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
15413 unit files locally: copying the files from
15414 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
15415 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
15416 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
15417 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
15418 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
15419 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
15420 for them too.
15421
15422 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
15423 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
15424 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
15425 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
15426 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
15427 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
15428 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
15429 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
15430 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
15431
15432 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
15433 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
15434
15435 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
15436 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
15437 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
15438 other users.
15439
15440 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
15441 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
15442 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
15443 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
15444 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
15445 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
15446 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
15447 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
15448 management logic is also available to other programs via the
15449 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
15450 supported.
15451
15452 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
15453 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
15454 the foreground VT.
15455
15456 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
15457 call.
15458
15459 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
15460 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
15461 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
15462 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
15463 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
15464 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
15465 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
15466 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
15467 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
15468 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
15469 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
15470 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
15471 also been removed.
15472
15473 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
15474 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
15475 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
15476 objects themselves.
15477
15478 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
15479
15480 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
15481 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
15482 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
15483 to how this is supported in shells.
15484
15485 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
15486 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
15487 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
15488 user systemd instance.
15489
15490 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
15491 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
15492 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
15493 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
15494 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
15495 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
15496 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
15497 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
15498 one day for good in the kernel.
15499
15500 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
15501 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
15502 container.
15503
15504 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
15505 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
15506 the host into the container.
15507
15508 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
15509 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
15510 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
15511 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
15512 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
15513 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
15514
15515 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
15516
15517 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
15518 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
15519 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
15520 configured to be mounted there.
15521
15522 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
15523 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
15524 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
15525 system resume events.
15526
15527 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
15528 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
15529 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
15530 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
15531
15532 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
15533 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
15534 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
15535 card).
15536
15537 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
15538 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
15539 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
15540
15541 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
15542 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
15543 later "change" event.
15544
15545 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
15546 now carry a message ID.
15547
15548 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
15549 continues to be work in progress.
15550
15551 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
15552 root directory to operate relative to.
15553
15554 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
15555 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
15556 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
15557 times a little.
15558
15559 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
15560 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
15561 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
15562 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
15563 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
15564 request boot into firmware operations.
15565
15566 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
15567 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
15568 correctly in initrds.
15569
15570 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
15571 compile time optional via a configure switch.
15572
15573 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
15574 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
15575
15576 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
15577 the status of all active or failed units.
15578
15579 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
15580 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
15581 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
15582 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
15583 requests more robust.
15584
15585 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
15586 reading journal files.
15587
15588 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
15589 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
15590
15591 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION
15592
15593 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
15594 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
15595
15596 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
15597 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
15598 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
15599 socket activation in daemons.
15600
15601 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
15602 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
15603
15604 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
15605 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
15606 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
15607
15608 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
15609 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
15610 system units.
15611
15612 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
15613 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
15614 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
15615
15616 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
15617 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
15618 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
15619 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
15620 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
15621 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
15622 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
15623 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
15624 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
15625 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
15626 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
15627 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
15628 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
15629 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
15630 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
15631 package installation time.
15632
15633 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
15634 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
15635 scripts need to create these system user/group at
15636 installation time.
15637
15638 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
15639 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
15640
15641 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
15642
15643 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
15644 available.
15645
15646 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
15647 load SMACK policies at early boot.
15648
15649 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
15650 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
15651 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
15652 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
15653 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
15654 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
15655 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
15656 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
15657 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
15658 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
15659 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
15660 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
15661 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
15662 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
15663
15664 CHANGES WITH 197:
15665
15666 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
15667 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
15668 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
15669 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
15670 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
15671 a Thursday or a Friday. This brings timer event support
15672 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
15673 the supported calendar time specification language see
15674 systemd.time(7).
15675
15676 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
15677 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
15678 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
15679 document for details:
15680
15681 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.net-naming-scheme.html
15682
15683 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
15684 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
15685 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
15686 implementations around and minimal in its code and
15687 dependencies.
15688
15689 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
15690 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
15691 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
15692 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
15693 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
15694 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
15695 with a configure switch.
15696
15697 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
15698 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
15699 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
15700 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
15701 such as ext4.
15702
15703 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
15704 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
15705 identities are attached to the devices as well.
15706
15707 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
15708 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
15709
15710 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
15711 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
15712 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
15713 using only core OS tools.
15714
15715 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
15716 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
15717 implementation of socket activated nspawn
15718 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
15719 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
15720 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
15721 eventually.
15722
15723 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
15724 presenting log data.
15725
15726 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
15727 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
15728
15729 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
15730 system on idle.
15731
15732 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
15733 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
15734 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
15735 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
15736 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
15737 information if possible.
15738
15739 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
15740 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
15741 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
15742
15743 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
15744 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
15745 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
15746 is running on battery power.
15747
15748 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
15749 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
15750 is in the "failed" state.
15751
15752 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
15753 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
15754 environment files at once.
15755
15756 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
15757 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
15758 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
15759 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
15760 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
15761 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
15762 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
15763 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
15764 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
15765 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
15766 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
15767 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
15768 pieces of code locally from the git history.
15769
15770 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
15771 log the unit name in the message meta data.
15772
15773 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
15774 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
15775
15776 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
15777 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
15778 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
15779 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
15780 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
15781 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
15782 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
15783 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
15784 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
15785 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
15786 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
15787 shipped from us upstream.
15788
15789 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
15790 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
15791 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
15792 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
15793 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
15794 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
15795 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
15796 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
15797 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
15798 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
15799 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
15800 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
15801 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15802
15803 CHANGES WITH 196:
15804
15805 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
15806 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
15807 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
15808 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
15809 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
15810 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
15811 becoming the one central database for non-essential
15812 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
15813 database was only attached to select devices, since the
15814 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
15815 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
15816 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
15817 data for all devices where this is available, by
15818 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
15819 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
15820 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
15821 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
15822 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
15823 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
15824
15825 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
15826 indexed database to link up additional information with
15827 journal entries. For further details please check:
15828
15829 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
15830
15831 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
15832 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
15833 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
15834 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
15835 macro for this purpose.
15836
15837 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
15838 Python logging framework.
15839
15840 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
15841 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
15842 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
15843 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
15844 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
15845 time intervals.
15846
15847 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
15848 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
15849 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
15850
15851 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
15852 right-away on the selected coredump.
15853
15854 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
15855 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
15856 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
15857
15858 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
15859 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
15860 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
15861 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
15862
15863 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
15864 default.
15865
15866 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
15867 SMACK security label.
15868
15869 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
15870 daylight saving change.
15871
15872 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
15873 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
15874 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
15875 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
15876 distributions who still need support this to either continue
15877 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
15878 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
15879
15880 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
15881 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
15882 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
15883 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
15884 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
15885 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
15886 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
15887
15888 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
15889 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
15890
15891 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
15892 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
15893 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
15894 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
15895 offline updating tools.
15896
15897 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
15898 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
15899 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
15900 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
15901 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
15902 directories for packages to place various data files in.
15903
15904 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
15905 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
15906
15907 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
15908 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
15909 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
15910 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
15911 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
15912 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
15913 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
15914 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
15915 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15916
15917 CHANGES WITH 195:
15918
15919 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
15920 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
15921 units via --unit=/-u.
15922
15923 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
15924 right thing.
15925
15926 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
15927 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
15928 rotation.
15929
15930 * The journal will now index the available field values for
15931 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
15932 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
15933 completion of journalctl has been updated
15934 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
15935 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
15936
15937 * More service events are now written as structured messages
15938 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
15939
15940 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
15941 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
15942 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
15943 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
15944 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
15945 these settings from the command line now, especially since
15946 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
15947 completion.
15948
15949 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
15950 extract coredumps from the journal.
15951
15952 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
15953 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
15954 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
15955 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
15956 scratch their heads.
15957
15958 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
15959 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
15960
15961 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
15962 in immediate termination of systemd.
15963
15964 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
15965 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
15966
15967 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
15968 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
15969 mouse screen support has been added.
15970
15971 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
15972 Server-Sent-Events as output.
15973
15974 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
15975 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
15976 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
15977 "systemctl reload".
15978
15979 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
15980 -u" instead.
15981
15982 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
15983 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
15984 configured.
15985
15986 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
15987 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
15988
15989 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
15990 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
15991 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
15992 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
15993 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
15994 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
15995 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
15996
15997 CHANGES WITH 194:
15998
15999 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
16000 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
16001 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
16002 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
16003 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
16004 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
16005 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
16006 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
16007 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
16008 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
16009 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
16010 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
16011
16012 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
16013 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
16014 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16015
16016 CHANGES WITH 193:
16017
16018 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
16019 starting from the specified location in the journal.
16020
16021 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
16022 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
16023 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
16024
16025 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
16026 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
16027 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
16028 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
16029 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
16030 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
16031 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
16032
16033 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
16034 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
16035
16036 This will download the journal contents in a
16037 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
16038
16039 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
16040
16041 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
16042 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
16043 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
16044 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
16045 screenshot of this app in its current state:
16046
16047 https://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
16048
16049 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
16050 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
16051
16052 CHANGES WITH 192:
16053
16054 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
16055 too.
16056
16057 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
16058 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
16059 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
16060 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
16061 just start them.
16062
16063 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
16064 and line break accordingly.
16065
16066 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
16067 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
16068
16069 CHANGES WITH 191:
16070
16071 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
16072 container environment, copying the host's timezone
16073 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
16074 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
16075 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
16076
16077 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
16078 will default to 10 if omitted.
16079
16080 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
16081 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
16082 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
16083 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
16084 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
16085
16086 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
16087 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
16088 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
16089 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
16090 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
16091 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
16092 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
16093
16094 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
16095 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
16096 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
16097 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
16098 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
16099 into two.
16100
16101 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
16102 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
16103
16104 CHANGES WITH 190:
16105
16106 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
16107 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
16108 "systemctl status".
16109
16110 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
16111 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
16112 system to another place in the same file system could not be
16113 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
16114 field.)
16115
16116 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
16117 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
16118 default.
16119
16120 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
16121 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
16122 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
16123 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
16124 in a container.
16125
16126 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
16127 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
16128 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
16129 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
16130 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
16131 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
16132
16133 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
16134 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
16135 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
16136 no-op.
16137
16138 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
16139 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
16140 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
16141 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
16142 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
16143
16144 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
16145 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
16146
16147 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
16148 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
16149 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
16150 command.
16151
16152 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
16153 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
16154 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
16155
16156 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
16157
16158 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
16159 multiple files at once.
16160
16161 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
16162 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
16163 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
16164 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
16165 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
16166 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
16167 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
16168
16169 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
16170 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
16171 now support specifiers as well.
16172
16173 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
16174 dir: %_presetdir.
16175
16176 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
16177 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
16178
16179 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
16180 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
16181 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
16182 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
16183 anymore.
16184
16185 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
16186 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
16187 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
16188 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
16189
16190 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
16191 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
16192 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
16193
16194 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
16195 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
16196 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
16197 sockets.
16198
16199 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
16200 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
16201 is changed.
16202
16203 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
16204 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
16205 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
16206 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
16207 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
16208 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
16209 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
16210
16211 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch …
16212
16213 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
16214 the unit file label and client process label into account.
16215
16216 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
16217 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
16218
16219 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
16220 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
16221 (%b).
16222
16223 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
16224 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
16225 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
16226 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
16227 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
16228 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
16229 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16230
16231 CHANGES WITH 189:
16232
16233 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
16234 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
16235
16236 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
16237 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
16238 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
16239 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
16240 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
16241 syslog daemons again.
16242
16243 * The libudev API gained the new
16244 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
16245
16246 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
16247 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
16248 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
16249 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
16250
16251 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
16252 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
16253 container.
16254
16255 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
16256 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
16257 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
16258 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
16259 this explaining it in more detail.
16260
16261 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
16262 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
16263 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
16264 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
16265
16266 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
16267 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
16268 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
16269 journal files.
16270
16271 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
16272 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
16273 as container init process a lot more fun.
16274
16275 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
16276 entries.
16277
16278 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
16279 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
16280 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
16281 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
16282 different sets of services.
16283
16284 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
16285 failure state.
16286
16287 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
16288 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
16289 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16290
16291 CHANGES WITH 188:
16292
16293 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
16294 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
16295 tree a lot more organized.
16296
16297 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
16298 may be used to group services in a natural way.
16299
16300 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
16301 services.
16302
16303 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
16304 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
16305 filtering by log level now.
16306
16307 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
16308 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
16309 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
16310
16311 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
16312 command lines involving service unit names.
16313
16314 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
16315 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
16316
16317 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
16318 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
16319 and encodes structured information about the error number.
16320
16321 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
16322 option.
16323
16324 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
16325 a shutdown is cancelled.
16326
16327 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
16328 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
16329 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
16330 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
16331 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
16332
16333 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
16334 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
16335 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
16336 for display managers instead.
16337
16338 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
16339 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
16340 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
16341 protection, and suchlike.
16342
16343 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
16344 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
16345 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
16346 the service.
16347
16348 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
16349 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
16350 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
16351 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
16352 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
16353 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16354
16355 CHANGES WITH 187:
16356
16357 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
16358 pages.
16359
16360 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
16361 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
16362 data loss.
16363
16364 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
16365 option.
16366
16367 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
16368
16369 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
16370 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
16371
16372 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
16373 specific directory.
16374
16375 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
16376 messages of two different boots.
16377
16378 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
16379 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
16380 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
16381
16382 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
16383 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
16384 disjunctions.
16385
16386 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
16387 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
16388 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
16389
16390 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
16391 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
16392 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
16393
16394 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
16395 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
16396 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
16397 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
16398 speed things up a bit.
16399
16400 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
16401 header data of journal files.
16402
16403 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may
16404 be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is
16405 based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
16406
16407 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
16408 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
16409 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
16410 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
16411
16412 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
16413
16414 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
16415 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
16416 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
16417 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16418
16419 CHANGES WITH 186:
16420
16421 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
16422 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
16423 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
16424 prefixed with rd.
16425
16426 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
16427 automatically generated at boot. Use:
16428
16429 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
16430
16431 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
16432
16433 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
16434
16435 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
16436 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
16437 as well.
16438
16439 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
16440 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
16441 in all appropriate directories automatically.
16442
16443 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
16444 does the right thing. Example:
16445
16446 udevadm info /dev/sda
16447 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
16448
16449 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
16450 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
16451 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
16452 running.
16453
16454 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
16455 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
16456
16457 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
16458 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
16459
16460 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
16461 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
16462 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
16463 files.
16464
16465 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
16466 be stopped that is not loaded.
16467
16468 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
16469
16470 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
16471
16472 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
16473 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
16474 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
16475 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
16476
16477 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
16478 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
16479 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
16480 completed initialization.
16481
16482 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
16483
16484 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
16485 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
16486 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
16487 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
16488 distributions.
16489
16490 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
16491 always valid when services log to the journal via
16492 STDOUT/STDERR.
16493
16494 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
16495 command line options we understand.
16496
16497 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
16498 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
16499
16500 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
16501 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
16502
16503 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
16504 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
16505 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
16506 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
16507
16508 systemctl status /home
16509 systemctl status /dev/sda
16510
16511 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
16512 system.conf parsing.
16513
16514 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
16515 Manager object.
16516
16517 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
16518
16519 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
16520
16521 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
16522 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
16523 complete.
16524
16525 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
16526 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
16527 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
16528 systemd-fsck@.service.
16529
16530 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
16531 Manager object.
16532
16533 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
16534 work sensibly.
16535
16536 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
16537 we actually understand.
16538
16539 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
16540 additional capabilities to the container.
16541
16542 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
16543 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
16544 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
16545
16546 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
16547 the current boot only.
16548
16549 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
16550 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
16551
16552 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
16553 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
16554 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
16555 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
16556 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
16557
16558 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
16559
16560 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
16561 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
16562 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
16563 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
16564
16565 CHANGES WITH 185:
16566
16567 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
16568 available.
16569
16570 * Several new man pages have been added.
16571
16572 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
16573 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
16574 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
16575 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
16576
16577 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
16578 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
16579
16580 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
16581 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
16582 Matthias Clasen
16583
16584 CHANGES WITH 184:
16585
16586 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
16587 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
16588
16589 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
16590 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
16591 daemon.
16592
16593 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
16594 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
16595
16596 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
16597 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
16598 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
16599 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
16600
16601 CHANGES WITH 183:
16602
16603 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
16604 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
16605 and systemd's most recent version number.
16606
16607 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
16608 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
16609 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
16610 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
16611 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
16612 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
16613
16614 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
16615 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
16616 subsystems.
16617
16618 * udev: RUN+="socket:…" and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
16619 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
16620 used to subscribe to events.
16621
16622 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
16623 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
16624 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
16625 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
16626 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
16627 forked by udev rules.
16628
16629 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
16630 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
16631 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
16632 it.
16633
16634 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
16635 udev_monitor_from_socket()
16636 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
16637 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
16638 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
16639
16640 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
16641 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
16642
16643 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
16644 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
16645 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
16646 the files to the new names on upgrade.
16647
16648 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
16649 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
16650 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
16651 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
16652 to be used as drop-in files.
16653
16654 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
16655 particular suspending and hibernating.
16656
16657 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
16658 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
16659 about this in more detail.
16660
16661 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
16662 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
16663 places). Distributions which have not converted these
16664 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
16665 from git history and add them downstream.
16666
16667 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
16668 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
16669 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
16670 units.
16671
16672 * All smaller setup units (such as
16673 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
16674 are run in a container and are skipped when
16675 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
16676 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
16677
16678 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
16679 integrated, for details see:
16680 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.offline-updates.html
16681
16682 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
16683 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
16684 messages.
16685
16686 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
16687 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
16688 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
16689 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
16690 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
16691
16692 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
16693 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
16694 for all units started by PID 1.
16695
16696 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
16697 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
16698 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
16699
16700 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
16701 of PID 1 anymore.
16702
16703 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
16704 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
16705 have not been read by systemd yet.
16706
16707 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
16708 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
16709 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
16710 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
16711 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
16712 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
16713
16714 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
16715 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
16716
16717 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
16718
16719 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
16720 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
16721 so sexy.
16722
16723 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
16724 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
16725 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
16726 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
16727 patterns.
16728
16729 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
16730 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
16731 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
16732 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
16733
16734 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
16735 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
16736
16737 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
16738 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
16739 in systemd now.
16740
16741 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
16742 ID on the command line.
16743
16744 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
16745 for an init system.
16746
16747 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
16748 vt100.
16749
16750 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
16751
16752 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
16753 components now have directories of their own.
16754
16755 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
16756
16757 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
16758 container in other hierarchies.
16759
16760 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
16761 system.conf.
16762
16763 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
16764
16765 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
16766 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
16767
16768 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
16769 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
16770
16771 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
16772 locally generated journal files.
16773
16774 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
16775
16776 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
16777
16778 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
16779 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
16780 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
16781 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
16782 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
16783 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
16784 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
16785 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
16786 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
16787 Gundersen
16788
16789 CHANGES WITH 44:
16790
16791 * This is mostly a bugfix release
16792
16793 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
16794 KVM or container configured UUID.
16795
16796 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
16797
16798 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
16799
16800 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
16801 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
16802
16803 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
16804
16805 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
16806 folks
16807
16808 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
16809 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
16810 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
16811
16812 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
16813 configuration
16814
16815 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
16816 free fashion
16817
16818 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
16819 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
16820 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
16821 automatically generated data.
16822
16823 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
16824 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
16825 however.
16826
16827 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
16828 tarball.
16829
16830 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
16831 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
16832 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
16833 Reding
16834
16835 CHANGES WITH 43:
16836
16837 * This is mostly a bugfix release
16838
16839 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
16840
16841 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
16842
16843 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
16844 normal user logins.
16845
16846 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
16847 Biebl
16848
16849 CHANGES WITH 42:
16850
16851 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
16852
16853 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
16854 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
16855 xsltproc.
16856
16857 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
16858 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
16859 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
16860
16861 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
16862 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
16863 reboot can automatically be triggered.
16864
16865 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
16866
16867 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
16868 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
16869 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
16870
16871 CHANGES WITH 41:
16872
16873 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
16874 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
16875 package update.
16876
16877 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
16878 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
16879 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
16880
16881 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
16882 complete.
16883
16884 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
16885 understood to set system wide environment variables
16886 dynamically at boot.
16887
16888 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
16889
16890 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
16891 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
16892 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
16893 files.
16894
16895 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
16896 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
16897 William Douglas
16898
16899 CHANGES WITH 40:
16900
16901 * This is mostly a bugfix release
16902
16903 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
16904 "Result" D-Bus property.
16905
16906 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
16907 the next few releases.)
16908
16909 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
16910 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
16911 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
16912 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
16913
16914 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
16915 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
16916 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
16917
16918 CHANGES WITH 39:
16919
16920 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
16921 bugfixes.
16922
16923 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
16924 resource usage.
16925
16926 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
16927 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
16928 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
16929 journals by the respective users.
16930
16931 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
16932 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
16933 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
16934
16935 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
16936 client for all entries.
16937
16938 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
16939
16940 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
16941 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
16942
16943 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
16944 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
16945 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
16946 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
16947
16948 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
16949 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
16950 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
16951
16952 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
16953 journal along with meta data.
16954
16955 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
16956 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
16957 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
16958
16959 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
16960 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
16961 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
16962
16963 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
16964
16965 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
16966 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
16967 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
16968 or fsck.
16969
16970 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
16971 requested with new -k switch.
16972
16973 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
16974 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
16975
16976 CHANGES WITH 38:
16977
16978 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
16979 bugfixes.
16980
16981 * The git repository moved to:
16982 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
16983 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
16984
16985 * First release with the journal
16986 https://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
16987
16988 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
16989 systemd-stdout-bridge.
16990
16991 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
16992
16993 * Many systemadm clean-ups
16994
16995 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
16996 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
16997 remote mounts.
16998
16999 * Added Mageia support
17000
17001 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
17002
17003 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
17004 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
17005 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
17006 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
17007 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
17008
17009 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
17010 of existing distributions.
17011
17012 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
17013 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
17014
17015 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
17016 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
17017 boot.
17018
17019 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
17020
17021 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
17022 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
17023 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
17024 among other things.
17025
17026 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
17027 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
17028
17029 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
17030
17031 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
17032 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
17033 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
17034
17035 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
17036 restored.
17037
17038 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
17039 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
17040 kmod
17041
17042 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
17043 of /usr/local by default.
17044
17045 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
17046 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
17047 in:
17048 https://systemd.io/ROOT_STORAGE_DAEMONS/
17049
17050 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
17051 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
17052 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
17053 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
17054 supported anyway, and bad style).
17055
17056 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
17057 reloading of units together.
17058
17059 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
17060 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
17061 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
17062 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
17063 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek